HEALTHSOUTH CORP
10-K, 1996-03-28
SPECIALTY OUTPATIENT FACILITIES, NEC
Previous: COPLEY REALTY INCOME PARTNERS I, 10-K, 1996-03-28
Next: FIRST TRUST COMBINED SERIES 3, 485BPOS, 1996-03-28



<PAGE>
==============================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D. C. 20549
                                    FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
|X|      Annual  Report  pursuant  to  Section  13 or  15(d)  of the  Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 [Fee  Required] For the fiscal year ended December
         31, 1995; or

| |      Transition  Report  pursuant  to Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
         Exchange Act of 1934 [No Fee Required] For the  transition  period from
         ______ to ______

Commission File Number  1-10315
                        -------

                             HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
             (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

                 Delaware                              63-0860407
                 --------                              ----------
       (State or Other Jurisdiction       (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
     of Incorporation or Organization)

         Two Perimeter Park South
            Birmingham, Alabama                                  35243
            -------------------                                  -----
      (Address of Principal Executive                          (Zip Code)
                 Offices)

Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code:          (205) 967-7116
                                                             --------------

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
                                                 Name of Each Exchange
            Title of Each Class                   on which Registered
            -------------------                   -------------------
          Common Stock, par value               New York Stock Exchange
              $.01 per share
         9.5% Senior Subordinated               New York Stock Exchange
              Notes due 2001
        5% Convertible Subordinated             New York Stock Exchange
            Debentures due 2001

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:    NONE

         Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all Reports
required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of
1934  during  the  preceding  12 months  (or for such  shorter  period  that the
Registrant was required to file such Reports),  and (2) has been subject to such
filing requirements for the past 90 days.
                  Yes |X|                        No | ]

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein and will not be contained, to
the  best  of  Registrant's   knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information
statements  incorporated  by  reference  in Part  III of this  Form  10-K or any
amendment to this Form 10-K. | |

         State  the  aggregate   market  value  of  the  voting  stock  held  by
non-affiliates of the Registrant as of March 15, 1996:

           Common Stock, par value $.01 per share -- $5,339,826,576

         Indicate the number of shares  outstanding of each of the  Registrant's
classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

           Class                              Outstanding at March 15, 1996
           -----                              -----------------------------
  Common Stock, par value
     $.01 per share                               152,483,607 shares

                       DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
No documents are incorporated by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



<PAGE>


                                     PART I


Item 1.  Business.

General

         HEALTHSOUTH Corporation ("HEALTHSOUTH" or the "Company) is the nation's
largest  provider of outpatient  and  rehabilitative  healthcare  services.  The
Company  provides these services  through its national network of outpatient and
inpatient rehabilitation facilities, outpatient surgery centers, medical centers
and other healthcare facilities. The Company believes that it provides patients,
physicians and payors with  high-quality  healthcare  services at  significantly
lower costs than traditional  inpatient hospitals.  Additionally,  the Company's
national network, reputation for quality and focus on outcomes has enabled it to
secure contracts with national and regional managed care payors.  At January 31,
1996,  the  Company  had over 700 patient  care  locations  in 42 states and the
District of Columbia.

         In its outpatient and inpatient rehabilitation  facilities, the Company
provides   interdisciplinary   programs  for  the   rehabilitation  of  patients
experiencing  disability due to a wide variety of physical  conditions,  such as
stroke,   head  injury,   orthopaedic   problems,   neuromuscular   disease  and
sports-related  injuries. The Company's rehabilitation services include physical
therapy,  sports  medicine,  work hardening,  neurorehabilitation,  occupational
therapy,  respiratory  therapy,  speech-language  pathology  and  rehabilitation
nursing.  Independent studies have shown that rehabilitation services like those
provided by the Company can save money for payors and employers.

         The Company  operates the largest network of  free-standing  outpatient
surgery centers in the United States.  The Company's  outpatient surgery centers
provide the  facilities  and medical  support staff  necessary for physicians to
perform  non-emergency  surgical procedures.  While outpatient surgery is widely
recognized as generally less expensive than surgery performed in a hospital, the
Company believes that outpatient surgery performed at a free-standing outpatient
surgery  center is  generally  less  expensive  than  hospital-based  outpatient
surgery.  Approximately  80% of the  Company's  surgery  center  facilities  are
located in markets served by its rehabilitative service facilities, enabling the
Company to pursue opportunities for cross-referrals.

         Over the last two years, the Company has completed several  significant
acquisitions  in the  rehabilitation  business and has expanded into the surgery
center  business.  The Company believes that these  acquisitions  complement its
historical  operations  and enhance  its market  position.  The Company  further
believes that its expansion into the  outpatient  surgery  business  provides it
with a platform  for  future  growth.  The  Company  is  continually  evaluating
potential acquisitions in the outpatient and rehabilitative  healthcare services
industry.

         The Company was organized as a Delaware  corporation  in February 1984.
The Company's  principal  executive  offices are located at Two  Perimeter  Park
South, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, and its telephone number is (205) 967-7116.


Company Strategy

         The Company's  principal  objective is to be the provider of choice for
patients,   physicians  and  payors  alike  for  outpatient  and  rehabilitative
healthcare  services throughout the United States. The Company's growth strategy
is based upon four primary  elements:  (i) the  implementation  of the Company's
integrated service model in appropriate  markets,  (ii) successful  marketing to
managed  care   organizations   and  other   payors,   (iii)  the  provision  of
high-quality,  cost-effective healthcare services, and (iv) the expansion of its
national network.


                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>

o        Integrated  Service Model.  The Company seeks,  where  appropriate,  to
         provide  an  integrated  system  of  healthcare   services,   including
         outpatient rehabilitation services,  inpatient rehabilitation services,
         ambulatory  surgery services and outpatient  diagnostic  services.  The
         Company   believes  that  its  integrated   system  offers  payors  the
         convenience  of dealing with a single  provider for multiple  services.
         Additionally,  it believes that its  facilities  can provide  extensive
         referral  opportunities.   For  example,  the  Company  estimates  that
         approximately one-third of its outpatient  rehabilitation patients have
         had outpatient surgery, virtually all inpatient rehabilitation patients
         will require some form of outpatient rehabilitation,  and virtually all
         inpatient  rehabilitation  patients  have had some  type of  diagnostic
         procedure.  The Company has implemented its Integrated Service Model in
         certain  of its  markets,  and  intends  to expand the model into other
         appropriate markets.

o        Marketing to Managed Care  Organizations  and Other  Payors.  Since the
         late 1980s,  the Company has focused on the  development of contractual
         relationships   with  managed  care   organizations,   major  insurance
         companies,  large  regional and national  employer  groups and provider
         alliances  and  networks.   The  Company's   documented   outcomes  and
         experience with several hundred thousand patients in delivering quality
         healthcare   services   at   reasonable   prices   has   enhanced   its
         attractiveness to such entities and has given the Company a competitive
         advantage over smaller and regional  competitors.  These  relationships
         have increased patient flow to the Company's facilities and contributed
         to the Company's same-store growth.

o        Cost-Effective  Services. The Company's goal is to provide high-quality
         healthcare  services  in  cost-effective  settings.  To that  end,  the
         Company has developed standardized clinical protocols for the treatment
         of its  patients.  This results in "best  practices"  techniques  being
         utilized at all of the Company's  facilities,  allowing the  consistent
         achievement of  demonstrable,  cost-effective  clinical  outcomes.  The
         Company's  reputation for its clinical programs is enhanced through its
         relationships  with major  universities  throughout the nation, and its
         support of clinical  research in its facilities.  Further,  independent
         studies estimate that, for every dollar spent on rehabilitation, $11 to
         $35 is saved. Finally, surgical procedures typically are less expensive
         in outpatient  surgery centers than in hospital  settings.  The Company
         believes that outpatient and  rehabilitative  healthcare  services will
         assume  increasing  importance in the healthcare  environment as payors
         continue to seek to reduce  overall costs by shifting  patients to more
         cost-effective treatment settings.

o        Expansion of National  Network.  As the largest  provider of outpatient
         and  rehabilitative  healthcare  services  in the  United  States,  the
         Company is able to realize economies of scale and compete  successfully
         for national  contracts with large payors and employers while retaining
         the  flexibility to respond to particular  needs of local markets.  The
         national  network  affords the Company the  opportunity  to offer large
         national and regional  employers and payors the  convenience of dealing
         with a  single  provider,  to  utilize  greater  buying  power  through
         centralized purchasing,  to achieve more efficient costs of capital and
         labor  and to more  effectively  recruit  and  retain  clinicians.  The
         Company  believes  that its  recent  and  pending  acquisitions  in the
         outpatient  surgery and diagnostic  imaging fields will further enhance
         its national  presence by broadening the scope of its existing services
         and providing new opportunities for growth. These national benefits are
         realized without sacrificing local market responsiveness. The Company's
         objective is to provide those outpatient and rehabilitative  healthcare
         services  needed within each local market by tailoring its services and
         facilities  to that  market's  needs,  thus  bringing  the  benefits of
         nationally recognized expertise and quality into the local setting.



                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>


Recent Acquisitions

         In 1995 and early 1996, the Company consummated a series of significant
acquisitions.  During 1995, the Company consummated pooling-of-interests mergers
with Surgical Health  Corporation  ("SHC";  37 outpatient  surgery centers in 11
states) and Sutter Surgery Centers,  Inc. ("SSCI"; 12 outpatient surgery centers
in three states),  as well as stock purchase  acquisitions of the rehabilitation
hospitals division of NovaCare,  Inc. ("NovaCare";  11 inpatient  rehabilitation
facilities, 12 other healthcare facilities and two Certificates of Need in eight
states) and  Caremark  Orthopedic  Services  Inc.  ("Caremark";  120  outpatient
rehabilitation  facilities in 13 states). In addition,  the Company entered into
agreements  to acquire  Surgical  Care  Affiliates,  Inc.  ("SCA"; 67 outpatient
surgery  centers in 24 states)  and  Advantage  Health  Corporation  ("Advantage
Health"; approximately 150 inpatient and outpatient rehabilitation facilities in
11  states)  in  pooling-of-interests   transactions,  which  transactions  were
consummated  in January  1996 and March 1996  respectively.  Information  on the
Company's  facilities  included herein  includes all of the acquired  facilities
other than the Advantage Health facilities. The NovaCare, Caremark and Advantage
Health transactions have further enhanced the Company's position as the nation's
largest provider of inpatient and outpatient  rehabilitative services, while the
SHC,  SSCI and SCA  transactions  have made the Company the largest  provider of
outpatient  surgery  services  in the  nation.  The  Company  believes  that the
geographic  dispersion  of the more  than 850  locations  (giving  effect to the
Advantage  Health  acquisition)  now  operated  by the  Company  makes  it  more
attractive to managed care networks,  major  insurance  companies,  regional and
national  employers and regional  provider  alliances and enhances the Company's
ability to implement its  Integrated  Service Model in additional  markets.  See
Item 7,  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of  Financial  Conditions  and
Results of Operations".


Industry Background

         In  1991  (the  most  recent  year  for  which  data  are   available),
approximately  4,000,000  people in the United  States  received  rehabilitative
healthcare services. "Rehabilitative healthcare services" refers to the range of
skilled  services  provided to  individuals  in order to minimize  physical  and
cognitive  impairments,  maximize functional ability and restore lost functional
capacity.  The focus of rehabilitative  healthcare is to ameliorate physical and
cognitive  impairments  resulting  from  illness  or  injury,  and to restore or
improve  functional  ability  so that  individuals  can  return to work and lead
independent and fulfilling lives. Typically,  rehabilitative healthcare services
are provided by a variety of healthcare  professionals  including  physiatrists,
rehabilitation   nurses,   physical   therapists,    occupational    therapists,
speech-language  pathologists,  respiratory  therapists,  recreation therapists,
social workers, psychologists, rehabilitation counselors and others. Over 80% of
those receiving rehabilitative  healthcare services return to their homes, work,
schools or active retirement.

         Demand for rehabilitative healthcare services continues to be driven by
advances in medical technologies, an aging population and the recognition on the
part of the payor  community  (insurers,  self-insured  companies,  managed care
organizations  and  federal,  state and local  governments)  that  appropriately
administered  rehabilitative  services  can  improve  quality of life as well as
lower  overall  healthcare  costs.  Studies  conducted  by  insurance  companies
demonstrate the ability of  rehabilitation  to significantly  reduce the cost of
future care.  Estimates of the savings range from $11 to $30 per dollar spent on
rehabilitation.   Further,  reimbursement  changes  have  encouraged  the  rapid
discharge of patients  from  acute-care  hospitals  while they remain in need of
rehabilitative healthcare services.



                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>


Patient Care Services

         The  Company  began its  operations  in 1984 with a focus on  providing
comprehensive  orthopaedic  and  musculoskeletal  rehabilitation  services on an
outpatient  basis.  Over the succeeding 12 years,  the Company has  consistently
sought and implemented opportunities to expand its services through acquisitions
and de novo  development  activities  that  complement  its  historic  focus  on
orthopaedic, sports medicine and occupational medicine services and that provide
independent platforms for growth. The Company's acquisitions and internal growth
have  enabled it to become the  largest  provider of  rehabilitative  healthcare
services, both inpatient and outpatient,  in the United States. In addition, the
Company has added outpatient  surgery services,  diagnostic imaging services and
other   outpatient   services  which  provide   natural   enhancements   to  its
rehabilitative  healthcare  locations and facilitate the  implementation  of its
Integrated Service Model. The Company believes that these additional  businesses
also provide opportunities for growth in other areas not directly related to the
rehabilitative  business, and the Company intends to pursue further expansion in
those businesses.

Rehabilitative Services: General

         When a  patient  is  referred  to one of the  Company's  rehabilitation
facilities,  he  undergoes an initial  evaluation  and  assessment  process that
results in the development of a rehabilitation  care plan designed  specifically
for that patient.  Depending  upon the  patient's  disability,  this  evaluation
process  may  involve  the  services  of a single  discipline,  such as physical
therapy  for a knee  injury,  or of  multiple  disciplines,  as in the case of a
complicated stroke patient.  HEALTHSOUTH has developed  numerous  rehabilitation
programs,  which include stroke, head injury, spinal cord injury,  neuromuscular
and work injury,  that combine certain services to address the needs of patients
with  similar  disabilities.  In  this  way,  all of the  facilities'  patients,
regardless of the severity and complexity of their disabilities, can receive the
level and  intensity of those  services  necessary for them to be restored to as
productive, active and independent a lifestyle as possible.

Outpatient Rehabilitation Services

         The  Company  operates  the  largest  group of  affiliated  proprietary
outpatient  rehabilitation  facilities  in  the  United  States.  The  Company's
outpatient  rehabilitation centers offer a comprehensive range of rehabilitative
healthcare services,  including physical therapy and occupational  therapy, that
are  tailored to the  individual  patient's  needs,  focusing  predominantly  on
orthopaedic injuries,  sports injuries,  work injuries, hand and upper extremity
injuries, back injuries, and various neurological  neuromuscular  conditions. As
of January 31, 1996, the Company provided outpatient  rehabilitative  healthcare
services through approximately 500 outpatient locations,  including freestanding
outpatient  centers and their satellites and outpatient  satellites of inpatient
facilities.

         The  continuing  emphasis on  containing  the  increases in  healthcare
costs,  as evidenced by Medicare's  prospective  payment  system,  the growth in
managed care and the various alternative healthcare reform proposals, results in
the early discharge of patients from acute-care  facilities.  As a result,  many
hospital patients do not receive the intensity of services that may be necessary
for them to achieve a full recovery from their diseases,  disorders or traumatic
conditions.  The Company's outpatient rehabilitation services play a significant
role in the continuum of care because they provide  hospital-level  services, in
terms of intensity, quality and frequency, in a more cost- efficient setting.

         Patients  treated at the  Company's  outpatient  centers  will  undergo
varying  courses of therapy  depending upon their needs.  Some patients may only
require a few hours of therapy per week for a few weeks,  while others may spend
up to five hours per day in therapy  for six  months or more,  depending  on the
nature, severity and complexity of their injuries.

         In general, the Company initially establishes an outpatient center in a
given  market,  either by  acquiring  an existing  private  therapy  practice or
through de novo development,  and institutes its clinical protocols and programs
in response to the community's general need for services.  The Company will then
establish satellite clinics that are

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>


dependent  upon the main facility for management  and  administrative  services.
These satellite  clinics  generally  provide a specific  evaluative or specialty
service/program,  such as hand therapy or foot and ankle therapy, in response to
specific  market demands.  The Company's  outpatient  rehabilitation  facilities
range in size from 1,200 square feet for specialty clinics to 20,000 square feet
for large,  full-service facilities.  Currently, the typical outpatient facility
configuration ranges in size from 2,000 to 5,000 square feet and costs less than
$500,000 to build and equip.

         Patient   utilization  of  the  Company's   outpatient   rehabilitation
facilities  cannot be measured in the conventional  manner applied to acute-care
hospitals,  nursing  homes and other  healthcare  providers  which  have a fixed
number of  licensed  beds and serve  patients  on a 24-hour  basis.  Utilization
patterns in outpatient  rehabilitation facilities will be affected by the market
to be served,  the types of injuries treated,  the patient mix and the number of
available therapists,  among other factors.  Moreover,  because of variations in
size,  location,  hours of  operation,  referring  physician  base and  services
provided  and  other  differences   among  each  of  the  Company's   outpatient
facilities,  it is not possible to accurately assess patient utilization against
a norm.

Inpatient Services

         Inpatient Rehabilitation  Facilities.  At January 31, 1996, the Company
operated 77 inpatient  rehabilitation  facilities with 4,618 beds,  representing
the largest group of affiliated proprietary inpatient rehabilitation  facilities
in the United States. The Company's inpatient rehabilitation  facilities provide
high-quality   comprehensive   services  to  patients   who  require   intensive
institutional rehabilitation care.

         Inpatient   rehabilitation   patients  are  typically   those  who  are
experiencing  significant physical disabilities due to various conditions,  such
as head injury,  spinal cord injury,  stroke,  certain orthopaedic  problems and
neuromuscular disease. The Company's inpatient rehabilitation facilities provide
the medical,  nursing,  therapy and ancillary  services  required to comply with
local, state and federal  regulations as well as accreditation  standards of the
Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare  Organizations (the "JCAHO") and
the Commission on Accreditation of Rehabilitation Facilities ("CARF").

         All of the Company's  inpatient  rehabilitation  facilities  utilize an
interdisciplinary  team approach to the  rehabilitation  process and involve the
patient and family,  as well as the payor, in the determination of the goals for
the patient.  Internal case managers monitor each patient's progress and provide
documentation of patient status,  achievement of goals,  functional outcomes and
efficiency.

         The Company acquires or develops inpatient rehabilitation facilities in
those   communities   where  it  believes  there  is  a  demonstrated  need  for
comprehensive  inpatient  rehabilitation  services.  Depending upon the specific
market opportunity, these facilities may be licensed as rehabilitation hospitals
or  skilled  nursing  facilities.  The  Company  believes  that  it can  provide
high-quality  rehabilitation services in either type of facility, but prefers to
utilize the rehabilitation hospital form.

         In certain markets where it does not provide  free-standing  outpatient
facilities,  the  Company's  rehabilitation  hospitals  may  provide  outpatient
rehabilitation services as a complement to their inpatient services.  Typically,
this  opportunity  arises  when  patients  complete  their  inpatient  course of
treatment but remain in need of additional  therapy that can be  accomplished on
an  outpatient  basis.  Depending  upon the demand for  outpatient  services and
physical  space  constraints,  the  rehabilitation  hospital may  establish  the
services either within its building or in a satellite location.  In either case,
the clinical  protocols  and  programs  developed  for use in the  free-standing
outpatient centers will be utilized by these facilities.

         The Company's Nashville,  Tennessee (Vanderbilt  University),  Memphis,
Tennessee  (Methodist  Hospitals),  Dothan,  Alabama  (Southeast Alabama Medical
Center) and Charleston,  South Carolina (North Trident  Regional Medical Center)
hospital  facilities have been developed in conjunction with local tertiary-care
facilities. This

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>

strategy of developing  effective referral and service networks prior to opening
results in improved operating  efficiencies for the new facilities.  The Company
is utilizing this same concept in  rehabilitation  hospitals  under  development
with the University of Missouri and the University of Virginia.

         Medical  Centers.  The Company  operates five medical  centers with 912
licensed beds in four distinct  markets.  These  facilities  provide general and
specialty medical and surgical healthcare  services,  emphasizing  orthopaedics,
sports medicine and rehabilitation.

         The Company  acquired its five  medical  centers as  outgrowths  of its
rehabilitative healthcare services. Often, patients require medical and surgical
interventions prior to the initiation of their  rehabilitative  care. In each of
the markets in which the Company has acquired a medical center,  the Company had
well-established   relationships  with  the  medical  communities  serving  each
facility.  In  addition,   each  of  the  facilities  enjoyed   well-established
reputations in orthopaedics and/or sports medicine prior to their acquisition by
the Company.  Following  the  acquisition  of each of its medical  centers,  the
Company has provided the resources to improve upon the physical plant and expand
services  through  the  introduction  of new  technology.  The  Company has also
developed  additional   relationships   between  these  facilities  and  certain
university facilities,  including the University of Miami, Auburn University and
the University of Alabama at Birmingham. Through these relationships, the influx
of celebrity  athletes and  personalities and the acquisition of new technology,
all five medical centers have improved their operating efficiencies and enhanced
census.

         Each of the five medical center facilities is licensed as an acute-care
hospital,   is  accredited  by  the  JCAHO  and  participates  in  the  Medicare
prospective payment system. See this Item, "Business -- Regulation".

         Inpatient Facility Utilization. In measuring patient utilization of the
Company's  inpatient  facilities,  various  factors must be  considered.  Due to
market demand, demographics,  start-up status, renovation, patient mix and other
factors, the Company may not treat all licensed beds in a particular facility as
available beds, which sometimes  results in a material variance between licensed
beds and beds  actually  available for  utilization  at any specific  time.  The
Company is in a  position  to  increase  the  number of  available  beds at such
facilities  as market  conditions  dictate.  During the year ended  December 31,
1995, the Company's inpatient facilities achieved an overall utilization,  based
on patient days and available beds, of 70.5%.

Surgery Centers

         As a result of the  acquisitions of SHC, SSCI and SCA in 1995 and early
1996, the Company became the largest  operator of outpatient  surgery centers in
the United States.  It currently  operates 123  free-standing  surgery  centers,
including five mobile lithotripsy units, in 30 states, and has an additional ten
free-standing  surgery  centers under  development.  Approximately  80% of these
facilities  are  located  in  markets  served  by  the  Company  outpatient  and
rehabilitative service facilities,  enabling the Company to pursue opportunities
for cross-referrals between surgery and rehabilitative  facilities as well as to
centralize  administrative  functions. The Company's surgery centers provide the
facilities  and  medical  support  staff  necessary  for  physicians  to perform
non-emergency surgical procedures. Its typical surgery center is a free-standing
facility with three to six fully  equipped  operating  and  procedure  rooms and
ancillary areas for reception, preparation, recovery and administration. Each of
the Company's surgery centers is available for use only by licensed  physicians,
oral  surgeons  and  podiatrists,  and the centers do not perform  surgery on an
emergency basis.

         Outpatient  surgery centers,  unlike  hospitals,  have not historically
provided overnight  accommodations,  food services or other ancillary  services.
Over the past  several  years,  states have  increasingly  permitted  the use of
extended-stay  recovery  facilities by outpatient surgery centers.  As a result,
many outpatient  surgery centers are adding extended  recovery care capabilities
where permitted.  Fifty-two of the Company's  surgery centers  currently provide
for extended recovery stays. The Company's ability to develop such recovery care
facilities is dependent  upon state  regulatory  environments  in the particular
states where its centers are located.

                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>


         The Company's  outpatient  surgery  centers  implement  quality control
procedures to evaluate the level of care provided the centers. Each center has a
medical  advisory  committee  of  three  to ten  physicians  which  reviews  the
professional  credentials of physicians applying for medical staff privileges at
the center.

Other Patient Care Services

         In certain of its  markets,  the Company  provides  other  patient care
services, including home healthcare, diagnostic services, physician services and
contract management of hospital-based  rehabilitative  healthcare services.  The
Company  evaluates market  opportunities on a case-by-case  basis in determining
whether  to  provide   additional   services  of  these  types,   which  may  be
complementary to facility-based  services provided by the Company or stand-alone
businesses.

Marketing of Facilities and Services

         The Company markets its facilities, and their services and programs, on
local, regional and national levels. Local and regional marketing activities are
typically coordinated by facility-based marketing personnel, whereas large-scale
regional and national efforts are coordinated by corporate-based personnel.

         In general,  the Company  develops a marketing  plan for each  facility
based on a variety of factors, including population  characteristics,  physician
characteristics  and  incidence of disability  statistics,  in order to identify
specific service opportunities. Facility-oriented marketing programs are focused
on  increasing  the volume of patient  referrals  to the  specific  facility and
involve the development of ongoing  relationships with area schools,  businesses
and  industries as well as  physicians,  health  maintenance  organizations  and
preferred provider organizations.

         The  Company's  larger-scale  marketing  activities  are  focused  more
broadly on efforts to generate patient referrals to multiple  facilities and the
creation of new business opportunities.  Such activities include the development
and maintenance of contractual relationships or national pricing agreements with
large third-party payors, such as CIGNA, Metrahealth or other national insurance
companies,      with      national      HMO/PPO      companies,      such     as
Healthcare-COMPARE/AFFORDABLE,  Hospital Network of America and Multiplan,  with
national case  management  companies,  such as INTRACORP and Crawford & Co., and
with national employers, such as Wal-Mart,  Georgia-Pacific Corporation, Dillard
Department  Stores,  Goodyear Tire & Rubber and Winn-Dixie.  In addition,  since
many of the  facilities  acquired by the  Company  during the past two years had
very limited  contractual  relationships  with payors,  managed care  providers,
employers and others, the Company is expanding its existing payor  relationships
to include these facilities.

         The Company  carries out broader  programs  designed to further enhance
its public image. Among these is the HEALTHSOUTH Sports Medicine Council, headed
by Bo Jackson,  which is dedicated to developing educational programs focused on
athletics for use in high schools.  The Company has ongoing  relationships  with
the Ladies Professional Golf Association,  the Southeastern  Conference and more
than 400  universities,  colleges  and high schools to provide  sports  medicine
coverage of events and rehabilitative  healthcare services for injured athletes.
In  addition,  the  Company  has  established  relationships  with  or  provided
treatment  services for athletes  from some 35 to 40 major  professional  sports
teams,  as well as providing  sports  medicine  services for Olympic and amateur
athletes.

         The  Company  is a  national  sponsor  of  the  United  Cerebral  Palsy
Association  and the  National  Arthritis  Foundation  and  supports  many other
charitable  organizations on national and local levels. Through these endeavors,
the  Company  provides  its  employees  with   opportunities  to  support  their
communities.


                                      - 8 -

<PAGE>

Sources of Revenues

         Private pay revenue  sources  represent  the majority of the  Company's
revenues.  The  following  table sets  forth the  percentages  of the  Company's
revenues from various sources for the periods indicated:

                                              Year Ended          Year Ended
          Source                           December 31, 1994   December 31, 1995
- ---------------------------                -----------------   -----------------

Medicare .................................        41.0%              40.0%
Commercial (1) ...........................        34.1               34.8
Workers' Compensation.....................        10.9               10.3
All Other Payors (2)......................        14.0               14.9
                                                 -----               -----
                                                 100.0%             100.0%
_____________

(1)     Includes commercial insurance, HMOs, PPOs and other managed care plans.

(2)     Medicaid is included in this category, but is insignificant in amount.


         The above table does not reflect the  facilities  acquired from ReLife,
         Inc. ("ReLife") in 1994, the SHC facilities and the SSCI facilities for
         periods  or  portions  thereof  prior  to  the  effective  date  of the
         acquisitions.  Comparable  information  for the  ReLife,  SHC and  SSCI
         facilities  is not available and is not reflected in either year in the
         table.

         See this Item  "Business --  Regulation -- Medicare  Participation  and
Reimbursement" for a description of the reimbursement  regulations applicable to
the Company's facilities.

Competition

         The Company competes in the geographic  markets in which its facilities
are located. In addition, the Company's  rehabilitation  facilities compete on a
regional and national basis with other providers of specialized services such as
sports medicine and work  hardening,  and specific  concentrations  such as head
injury  rehabilitation and orthopaedic surgery. The competition faced in each of
these markets is similar,  with variations arising from the number of healthcare
providers in the given metropolitan area. The primary competitive factors in the
rehabilitation  services  business  are quality of services,  projected  patient
outcomes,  charges for  services,  responsiveness  to the needs of the patients,
community and  physicians,  and ability to tailor  programs and services to meet
specific needs of the patients.  Competitors and potential  competitors  include
hospitals, private practice therapists, rehabilitation agencies and others. Some
of these competitors may have greater patient referral support and financial and
personnel resources in particular markets than the Company.  Management believes
that the Company  competes  successfully  within the marketplace  based upon its
reputation for quality,  competitive prices, positive  rehabilitation  outcomes,
innovative programs, clean and bright facilities and responsiveness to needs.

         The  Company's  medical  centers are located in four urban areas of the
country,  all with well established  healthcare services provided by a number of
proprietary,  not-for-profit,  and municipal hospital facilities.  The Company's
facilities  compete  directly  with  these  local  hospitals  as well as various
nationally recognized centers of excellence in orthopaedics, sports medicine and
other  specialties.  Because  the  Company's  facilities  enjoy a  national  and
international  reputation  for  orthopaedic  surgery  and sports  medicine,  the
Company  believes  that its medical  centers'  level of service and continuum of
care enable them to compete successfully, both locally and nationally.

         The Company's  surgery  centers  compete  primarily  with hospitals and
other  operators of freestanding  surgery  centers in attracting  physicians and
patients,  and in developing new centers and in acquiring existing centers.  The
primary  competitive factors in the outpatient surgery business are convenience,
cost, quality of service,

                                      - 9 -


<PAGE>
physician loyalty and reputation.  Hospitals have many competitive advantages in
attracting  physicians  and  patients,   including  established  standing  in  a
community,  historical  physician  loyalty and convenience for physicians making
rounds or performing  inpatient  surgery in the hospital.  However,  the Company
believes that its national market system and its historical  presence in certain
of the markets where its surgery  centers are located will enhance the Company's
ability to operate these facilities successfully.

         The  Company  potentially  faces  competition  any time it  initiates a
Certificate of Need ("CON") project or seeks to acquire an existing  facility or
CON. See this Item, "Business -- Regulation".  This competition may arise either
from competing  companies,  national or regional,  or from local hospitals which
file competing  applications  or oppose the proposed CON project.  The necessity
for these approvals  serves as a barrier to entry and has the potential to limit
competition by creating a franchise to provide services to a given area. To date
the  Company  has been  successful  in  obtaining  each of the  CONs or  similar
approvals  which it has sought,  although there can be no assurance that it will
achieve similar success in the future.

Regulation

         The healthcare industry is subject to regulation by federal,  state and
local  governments.  The  various  levels  of  regulatory  activity  affect  the
Company's business activities by controlling its growth,  requiring licensure or
certification  of its  facilities,  regulating  the  use of its  properties  and
controlling the reimbursement to the Company for services provided.

Licensure, Certification and Certificate of Need Regulations

         Capital  expenditures  for  the  construction  of new  facilities,  the
addition of beds or the acquisition of existing  facilities may be reviewable by
state regulators  under a statutory  scheme which is sometimes  referred to as a
CON program.  States with CON  programs  place  limits on the  construction  and
acquisition of healthcare  facilities  and the expansion of existing  facilities
and services.  In such states,  approvals are required for capital  expenditures
exceeding certain amounts which involve inpatient  rehabilitation  facilities or
services.  Outpatient rehabilitation facilities and services do not require such
approvals in a majority of states.

         State CON statutes generally provide that, prior to the addition of new
beds, the construction of new facilities or the introduction of new services,  a
state health planning  designated  agency (a "SHPDA") must determine that a need
exists for those beds,  facilities  or services.  The CON process is intended to
promote  comprehensive  healthcare  planning,  assist in providing  high quality
healthcare at the lowest  possible  cost and avoid  unnecessary  duplication  by
ensuring that only those healthcare facilities that are needed will be built.

         Typically,  the  provider of  services  submits an  application  to the
appropriate  SHPDA with  information  concerning  the area and  population to be
served, the anticipated  demand for the facility or service to be provided,  the
amount of  capital  expenditure,  the  estimated  annual  operating  costs,  the
relationship  of the  proposed  facility or service to the overall  state health
plan and the cost per patient day for the type of care contemplated. Whether the
CON is granted is based upon a finding of need by the SHPDA in  accordance  with
criteria  set forth in CON statutes  and state and  regional  health  facilities
plans.  If the  proposed  facility or service is found to be  necessary  and the
applicant to be the appropriate provider,  the SHPDA will issue a CON containing
a maximum amount of expenditure and a specific time period for the holder of the
CON to implement the approved project.

         Licensure  and  certification  are  separate,  but related,  regulatory
activities. The former is usually a state or local requirement and the latter is
a federal requirement. In almost all instances, licensure and certification will
follow  specific  standards  and  requirements  that are set  forth  in  readily
available  public  documents.  Compliance with the  requirements is monitored by
annual on-site  inspections by representatives  of various government  agencies.
All of the Company's inpatient rehabilitation facilities and medical centers and
substantially all of the Company's surgery centers are currently  required to be
licensed, but only the outpatient rehabilitation facilities located in

                                     - 10 -

<PAGE>


Alabama,  Arizona,  Connecticut,   Maryland,  Massachusetts  and  New  Hampshire
currently must satisfy such a licensing requirement.

Medicare Participation and Reimbursement

         In order to  participate in the Medicare  program and receive  Medicare
reimbursement,  each facility must comply with the applicable regulations of the
United States  Department of Health and Human Services  relating to, among other
things, the type of facility, its equipment,  its personnel and its standards of
medical  care,  as  well as  compliance  with  all  state  and  local  laws  and
regulations. All of the Company's inpatient facilities, except for the St. Louis
head injury center,  participate in the Medicare  program.  Approximately 165 of
the Company's outpatient  rehabilitation facilities currently participate in, or
are awaiting the assignment of a provider number to participate in, the Medicare
program.  All of the  Company's  surgery  centers  are  certified  (or  awaiting
certification)  under the Medicare program. Its  Medicare-certified  facilities,
inpatient and outpatient,  undergo annual on-site Medicare certification surveys
in order to  maintain  their  certification  status.  Failure to comply with the
program's   conditions   of   participation   may  result  in  loss  of  program
reimbursement  or other  governmental  sanctions.  All such facilities have been
deemed to be in satisfactory  compliance on all applicable surveys.  The Company
has  developed its  operational  systems to assure  compliance  with the various
standards and requirements of the Medicare  program and has established  ongoing
quality assurance  activities to monitor  compliance.  The Company believes that
all of such facilities currently meet all applicable Medicare requirements.

         As a result of the Social  Security Act  Amendments  of 1983,  Congress
adopted a prospective  payment system ("PPS") to cover the routine and ancillary
operating costs of most Medicare inpatient hospital services. Under this system,
the Secretary of Health and Human Services has established fixed payment amounts
per  discharge  based  on  diagnosis-related   groups  ("DRGs").   With  limited
exceptions,  a hospital's payment for Medicare  inpatients is limited to the DRG
rate, regardless of the number of services provided to the patient or the length
of the patient's hospital stay. Under PPS, a hospital may retain the difference,
if any,  between its DRG rate and its  operating  costs  incurred in  furnishing
inpatient  services,  and is at risk for any operating costs that exceed its DRG
rate. The Company's  medical center facilities are generally subject to PPS with
respect to Medicare inpatient services.

         The PPS program has been beneficial for the  rehabilitation  segment of
the healthcare industry because of the economic pressure on acute-care hospitals
to discharge patients as soon as possible.  The result has been increased demand
for rehabilitation  services for those patients discharged early from acute-care
hospitals.   Outpatient  rehabilitation  services  and  free-standing  inpatient
rehabilitation   facilities  are  currently   exempt  from  PPS,  and  inpatient
rehabilitation  units  within  acute-care  hospitals  are  eligible to obtain an
exemption from PPS upon satisfaction of certain federal criteria.

         Currently,    five   of   the   Company's    outpatient   centers   are
Medicare-certified  Comprehensive Outpatient Rehabilitation Facilities ("CORFs")
and  143  are  Medicare-certified   rehabilitation  agencies.  CORFs  have  been
designated cost-reimbursed Medicare providers since 1982. Under the regulations,
CORFs are reimbursed  reasonable  costs (subject to certain limits) for services
provided  to  Medicare  beneficiaries.   Outpatient   rehabilitation  facilities
certified by Medicare as rehabilitation  agencies are reimbursed on the basis of
the lower of reasonable costs for services provided to Medicare beneficiaries or
charges  for such  services.  Outpatient  rehabilitation  facilities  which  are
physician-directed   clinics,  as  well  as  outpatient  surgery  centers,   are
reimbursed by Medicare on a fee screen basis; that is, they receive a fixed fee,
which is determined by the  geographical  area in which the facility is located,
for each procedure performed. The Company's outpatient rehabilitation facilities
submit  monthly bills to their fiscal  intermediaries  for services  provided to
Medicare  beneficiaries,  and the Company  files  annual cost  reports  with the
intermediaries  for each such facility.  Adjustments are then made if costs have
exceeded payments from the fiscal intermediary or vice versa.

         The  Company's  inpatient  facilities  (other than the  medical  center
facilities)  either are not currently covered by PPS or are exempt from PPS, and
are also cost-reimbursed, receiving the lower of reasonable costs or charges.

                                     - 11 -

<PAGE>


Typically,  the fiscal  intermediary  pays a set rate based on the prior  year's
costs for each facility.  As with  outpatient  facilities  subject to cost-based
reimbursement,   annual  cost  reports  are  filed  with  the  Company's  fiscal
intermediary and payment adjustments are made, if necessary.

         Congress has directed the United States  Department of Health and Human
Services to develop  regulations,  which could subject inpatient  rehabilitation
hospitals to PPS in place of the current  "reasonable cost within limits" system
of  reimbursement.  In  addition,  informal  proposals  have  been  made  for  a
prospective  payment system for Medicare  outpatient care. Other proposals for a
prospective   payment  system  for  rehabilitation   hospitals  are  also  being
considered by the federal government.  Therefore,  the Company cannot predict at
this  time  the  effect  that  any  such  changes  may  have on its  operations.
Regulations  relating to prospective  payment or other aspects of  reimbursement
may be developed in the future which could adversely  affect  reimbursement  for
services provided by the Company.

         Over  the  past  several  years  an  increasing  number  of  healthcare
providers  have been accused of violating the federal False Claims Act. That Act
prohibits  the  knowing  presentation  of a false  claim  to the  United  States
government.  Because the Company performs thousands of similar procedures a year
for which it is reimbursed by Medicare and there is a relatively long statute of
limitations,  a billing error could result in significant  civil penalties.  The
Company does not believe that it is or has been in violation of the False Claims
Act.

Relationships with Physicians and Other Providers

         Various state and federal laws regulate  relationships  among providers
of healthcare services, including employment or service contracts and investment
relationships. These restrictions include a federal criminal law prohibiting (i)
the offer,  payment,  solicitation  or receipt of remuneration by individuals or
entities,  to induce  referrals of patients for  services  reimbursed  under the
Medicare  or  Medicaid  programs  or (ii)  the  leasing,  purchasing,  ordering,
arranging for or recommending  the lease,  purchase or order of any item,  good,
facility or service  covered by such  programs  (the "Fraud and Abuse Law").  In
addition to federal criminal sanctions, violators of the Fraud and Abuse Law may
be subject to significant civil sanctions, including fines and/or exclusion from
the Medicare and/or Medicaid programs.

         In 1991,  the  Office of the  Inspector  General  ("OIG") of the United
States  Department  of  Health  and  Human  Services   promulgated   regulations
describing   compensation   arrangements   which  are  not   viewed  as  illegal
remuneration  under the Fraud and Abuse Law (the "Safe Harbor Rules").  The Safe
Harbor Rules create certain  standards  ("Safe Harbors") for identified types of
compensation  arrangements which, if fully complied with, assure participants in
the particular  arrangement that the OIG will not treat such  participation as a
criminal  offense under the Fraud and Abuse Law or as the basis for an exclusion
from the Medicare and Medicaid programs or an imposition of civil sanctions. The
OIG closely  scrutinizes  health care joint  ventures  involving  physicians and
other referral  sources.  In 1989, the OIG published a Fraud Alert that outlined
questionable features of "suspect" joint ventures.

         In  1992,   regulations   were   published  in  the  Federal   Register
implementing the OIG sanction and civil money penalty provisions  established in
the Fraud and Abuse Law. The regulations (the "Exclusion  Regulations")  provide
that the OIG may exclude a Medicare provider from  participation in the Medicare
Program for a five-year  period upon a finding  that the Fraud and Abuse Law has
been violated.  The  regulations  expressly  incorporate a test adopted by three
federal  circuit courts  providing that if one purpose of  remuneration  that is
offered, paid, solicited or received is to induce referrals, then the statute is
violated.  The regulations also provide that after the OIG establishes a factual
basis for excluding a provider  from the program,  the burden of proof shifts to
the provider to prove that the Fraud and Abuse Law has not been violated.

         The Company  operates five of its  rehabilitation  hospitals and almost
all of its outpatient rehabilitation  facilities as limited partnerships.  Three
of the rehabilitation hospital partnerships involve physician investors, and two
of  the  rehabilitation   hospital   partnerships  involve  other  institutional
healthcare providers. Seven of the

                                     - 12 -

<PAGE>


outpatient partnerships currently have a total of 21 physician limited partners,
some of whom refer patients to the partnerships.  Those  partnerships  which are
providers of services under the Medicare  program,  and their limited  partners,
are  subject  to the  Fraud  and  Abuse  Law.  A  number  of  the  relationships
established by the Company with physicians and other healthcare providers do not
fit  within any of the Safe  Harbors.  The Safe  Harbor  Rules do not expand the
scope of activities that the Fraud and Abuse Law prohibits,  nor do they provide
that failure to fall within a Safe Harbor  constitutes  a violation of the Fraud
and Abuse Law;  however,  the OIG has informally  indicated that failure to fall
within a Safe Harbor may subject an arrangement to increased scrutiny.

         Most  of  the   Company's   surgery   centers   are  owned  by  limited
partnerships,  which include as limited partners physicians who perform surgical
procedures at such centers.  Subsequent to the  promulgation  of the Safe Harbor
Rules in 1991,  the  Department of Health and Human  Services  issued for public
comment additional  proposed Safe Harbors,  one of which specifically  addresses
surgeon  ownership  interests in ambulatory  surgery  centers (the "Proposed ASC
Safe Harbor"). As proposed,  the Proposed ASC Safe Harbor would protect payments
to be made to surgeons as a return on  investment  interest in a surgery  center
if, among other conditions, all the investors are surgeons who are in a position
to refer  patients  directly to the center and perform  surgery on such referred
patients.  Since a  subsidiary  of the Company is an  investor  in each  limited
partnership  which  owns a  surgery  center,  the  Company's  arrangements  with
physician  investors do not fit within the Proposed ASC Safe Harbor as currently
proposed. The Company is unable at this time to predict whether the Proposed ASC
Safe Harbor will become final,  and if so, whether the language and requirements
will remain as  currently  proposed,  or whether  changes  will be made prior to
becoming  final.  There can be no assurance  that the Company will ever meet the
criteria  under the Proposed ASC Safe Harbor as proposed or as it may be adopted
in final  form.  The  Company  believes,  however,  that its  arrangements  with
physicians with respect to its surgery center  facilities should not fall within
the activities prohibited by the Fraud and Abuse Law.

         While several  federal court  decisions have  aggressively  applied the
restrictions  of the Fraud and Abuse Law, they provide little guidance as to the
application  of the Fraud and Abuse Law to the Company's  limited  partnerships.
The Company  believes that it is in compliance with the current  requirements of
applicable  federal and state law, but no assurances can be given that a federal
or state agency charged with  enforcement of the Fraud and Abuse Law and similar
laws might not assert a contrary  position or that new federal or state laws, or
new  interpretations of existing laws, might not adversely affect  relationships
established  by the Company with  physicians  or other  healthcare  providers or
result  in  the  imposition  of  penalties  on the  Company  or  certain  of its
facilities.  Even the  assertion  of a violation  could have a material  adverse
effect upon the Company.

         The   so-called   "Stark  II"   provisions   of  the   Omnibus   Budget
Reconciliation  Act of 1993 amend the federal  Medicare  statute to prohibit the
making by a physician of referrals for "designated  health services"  (including
physical therapy and  occupational  therapy) to an entity in which the physician
has an investment interest or other financial  relationship,  subject to certain
exceptions.  Such  prohibition took effect on January 1, 1995 and applies to all
of the Company's outpatient  rehabilitation facility partnerships with physician
limited partners. In addition, a number of states have passed or are considering
statutes which prohibit or limit  physician  referrals of patients to facilities
in which they have an  investment  interest.  In  response  to these  regulatory
activities,  the Company has restructured  most of its  rehabilitation  facility
partnerships which involve physician investors,  in order to eliminate physician
ownership interests not permitted by applicable law. The Company intends to take
such  actions as may be required to cause the  remaining  partnerships  to be in
compliance with applicable laws and regulations,  including,  if necessary,  the
prohibition of physician partners from referring patients.  The Company believes
that this restructuring has not adversely affected and will not adversely affect
the operations of its facilities.

         Ambulatory  surgery is not identified as a "designated health service",
and the  Company  does not  believe  that  ambulatory  surgery is subject to the
restrictions set forth in Stark II. However,  lithotripsy facilities operated by
the  Company  frequently  operate on  hospital  campuses,  and it is possible to
conclude that such services are "inpatient and outpatient  hospital services" --
a category of  proscribed  services  within the meaning of Stark II.  Similarly,
physicians  frequently perform  endoscopic  procedures in the procedure rooms of
the  Company's  surgery  centers,  and it is also  possible  to  construe  these
services to be "designated health services". While the Company

                                     - 13 -

<PAGE>

does not believe that Stark II was intended to apply to such  services,  if that
were  determined to be the case, the Company  intends to take steps necessary to
cause the operation of its facilities to comply with the law.

         The Company  cannot  predict  whether  other  regulatory  or  statutory
provisions will be enacted by federal or state  authorities which would prohibit
or otherwise  regulate  relationships  which the Company has  established or may
establish  with other  healthcare  providers or the  possibility  of  materially
adverse  effects on its business or revenues  arising from such future  actions.
Management of the Company  believes,  however,  that the Company will be able to
adjust its operations so as to be in compliance with any regulatory or statutory
provision  as may be  applicable.  See this  Item,  "Business  --  Patient  Care
Services" and "Business -- Sources of Revenues".

Insurance

         Beginning  December  1,  1993,  the  Company  became  self-insured  for
professional   liability  and  comprehensive  general  liability.   The  Company
purchased  coverage  for all claims  incurred  prior to  December  1,  1993.  In
addition,  the  Company  purchased  underlying  insurance  which would cover all
claims  once  established  limits  have  been  exceeded.  It is the  opinion  of
management  that as of December 31, 1995,  the Company had adequate  reserves to
cover losses on asserted and unasserted claims.

Employees

         As of January 31, 1996, the Company  employed 26,427  persons,  of whom
17,016 were full-time employees and 9,411 were part-time employees. Of the above
employees,  417 were  employed  at the  Company's  headquarters  in  Birmingham,
Alabama.  Except for approximately 100 employees at one rehabilitation  hospital
(about 20% of that facility's  workforce),  none of the Company's  employees are
represented by a labor union. The Company is not aware of any current activities
to  organize  its  employees  at other  facilities.  Management  of the  Company
considers the relationship between the Company and its employees to be good.


Item 2.  Properties.

         The Company's executive offices currently occupy approximately  120,000
square feet of leased space in Birmingham,  Alabama. In August 1995, the Company
announced  plans to construct new executive  offices on property  acquired by it
earlier in the year.  The  expanded  executive  offices are expected to be fully
available by December  1996.  All of the  Company's  outpatient  operations  are
carried  out in leased  facilities,  except  for its  outpatient  rehabilitation
facilities  located in Birmingham and  Montgomery,  Alabama,  Orlando and Panama
City,  Florida,  Bedford,  New Hampshire and one of its facilities in Baltimore,
Maryland.  The Company owns 33 of its inpatient  rehabilitation  facilities  and
leases or operates under management contracts 44 of its inpatient rehabilitation
facilities.  The  Company  also owns 27 of its  surgery  centers  and leases the
remainder.  The Company constructed its rehabilitation hospitals in Florence and
Columbia,  South  Carolina,  Kingsport and Nashville,  Tennessee,  Concord,  New
Hampshire, and Dothan, Alabama on property leased under long-term ground leases.
The property on which the Company's Memphis,  Tennessee  rehabilitation hospital
is located is owned in  partnership  by the Company and  Methodist  Hospitals of
Memphis.  The Company owns its four medical  center  facilities  in  Birmingham,
Alabama,  Richmond,  Virginia and Miami,  Florida and leases its medical  center
facility in Dallas, Texas. The Company currently owns, and from time to time may
acquire,  certain other  improved and unimproved  real  properties in connection
with  its  business.  See  Notes 4 and 6 of  "Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial
Statements" for information  with respect to the properties owned by the Company
and certain indebtedness related thereto.

                                     - 14 -

<PAGE>


      In management's  opinion,  the Company's physical  properties are adequate
for the Company's needs for the foreseeable  future, and are consistent with its
expansion plans described elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


      The  following  table sets forth a listing of the  Company's  patient care
services locations at January 31, 1996:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   Outpatient           Inpatient
                                 Rehabilitation      Rehabilitation           Medical          Surgery  Diagnostic     Other
State             Market           Centers(1)     Facilities (Beds)(2)   Centers (Beds)(2)     Centers    Centers    Services
- -----             ------           ----------     --------------------   -----------------     -------    -------    --------
<S>                                    <C>               <C>                   <C>                          <C>         <C>
Alabama           Auburn               1
                  Birmingham           6                 6(225)                1(219)                       1           3
                  Dothan                                 1(34)                                    1
                  Florence             2                                                          1
                  Gadsden              1                                                          1         2
                  Huntsville           3                 1(50)
                  Mobile               2                                                          1
                  Montgomery           1                 1(80)
                  Muscle Shoals        1
                  Opelika              1
                  Tuscaloosa                                                                      1         1
                  Valley               1

Alaska            Anchorage                                                                       1

Arizona           Mesa                 3
                  Phoenix              7                 1(60)                                    1
                  Prescott             2
                  Scottsdale           3                 1(43)
                  Tucson               2                 1(80)                                    1

Arkansas          Fort Smith                             1(80)                                    1
                  Little Rock          1                                                          1
                  Van Buren            1

California        Anaheim              1
                  Bakersfield          1                 1(60)                                    1
                  Canoga Park          1
                  Carmichael           1
                  Cerritos             1
                  Elk Grove            1
                  Folsom               1
                  Foster City          1
                  Fresno               2
                  Huntington           2                                                          1
                  Inglewood            1
                  Marina Del Rey       1                                                                                2
                  Murrieta                                                                        1
                  Newport Beach        1                                                          1
                  Oakland              1                                                          1
                  Oceanside            1
                  Palo Alto            1
                  Rancho Cordova       1
                  Redding              1
                  Redlands                                                                        1
                  Riverside                                                                       1
                  Sacramento           2                                                          2
                  San Carlos           1
                  San Diego           12                                                          3
                  San Francisco        2                                                          1                     1

                                                            - 15 -

<PAGE>


                                   Outpatient           Inpatient
                                 Rehabilitation      Rehabilitation           Medical          Surgery  Diagnostic     Other
State             Market           Centers(1)     Facilities (Beds)(2)   Centers (Beds)(2)     Centers    Centers    Services
- -----             ------           ----------     --------------------   -----------------     -------    -------    --------

                  San Jose                                                                        1
                  San Leandro          1
                  San Luis Obispo                                                                 1
                  Santa Monica         1
                  Santa Rosa           2                                                          1
                  Torrance             2
                  Vacaville                                                                       1
                  Van Nuys             2
                  Whittier                                                                        1
                  Woodland Hills       1

Colorado          Colorado Springs     8                                                          1                     1
                  Denver               3                                                          1                     2
                  Englewood            2
                  Fort Collins         2                                                          1
                  Longmont             1
                  Pueblo                                                                          1
                  Vail                 1
                  Wheat Ridge          4

Connecticut       Fairfield            1

Delaware          Newark               4

District of
 Columbia         Washington           1                                                                    1

Florida           Boca Raton           2                                                          2
                  Coral Gables         2
                  Fort Lauderdale      1                 1(108)                                                         1
                  Fort Myers           1                                                          1
                  Fort Pierce                                                                     1
                  Fort Walton Beach                                                               1
                  Jacksonville         2
                  Lake Worth           1
                  Largo                                  1(40)
                  Lecanto                                                                         1
                  Melbourne            3                 1(80)                                    1
                  Merritt Island       3
                  Miami                2                 2(165)                2(397)             1         1           1
                  Naples                                                                          1
                  Ocala                2
                  Ocoee                2                                                          1
                  Orlando              6                                                          3
                  Palm Bay             2
                  Panama City          3
                  Port St. Lucie       3                                                          1
                  St. Petersburg                                                                  1
                  Sarasota             2                 1(60)                                    2
                  Tallahassee          2                 1(70)
                  Tampa                4                                                          1
                  Tarpon Springs       1
                  Vero Beach           1                 1(70)                                    1
                  West Palm Beach      2                                                          1

Georgia           Atlanta              6                 1(14)                                    3         1
                  Columbus             1
                  Gainesville                                                                     1

                                                            - 16 -

<PAGE>


                                   Outpatient           Inpatient
                                 Rehabilitation      Rehabilitation           Medical          Surgery  Diagnostic     Other
State             Market           Centers(1)     Facilities (Beds)(2)   Centers (Beds)(2)     Centers    Centers    Services
- -----             ------           ----------     --------------------   -----------------     -------    -------    --------

                  Macon                1                 2(75)

Hawaii            Honolulu                                                                        1
                  Kahului              1
                  Kihei                1
                  Lahaina              1

Idaho             Boise                                                                          1(3)

Illinois          Barrington           2
                  Carol Stream         2
                  Chicago             27                                                          2
                  Elgin                2
                  Gurnee               2
                  Joliet               2
                  Lake Zurich          2
                  Naperville           2
                  Rockford             3
                  Woodstock            2

Indiana           Evansville                             1(80)                                    1
                  Fort Wayne           4
                  Indianapolis         1                                                          1
                  Jeffersonville       1
                  La Porte             1
                  Muncie               3
                  New Albany           1
                  South Bend           1
                  Warsaw               1

Iowa              Des Moines           3

Kansas            Kansas City          2
                  Great Bend           1

Kentucky          Edgewood                               1(40)
                  Lexington                                                                       1
                  Louisville           2                                                          1

Louisiana         Baton Rouge          1                 1(43)
                  Metaire              1
                  New Orleans                                                                     1
                  Shreveport                                                                                            1

Maine             Bangor               2

Maryland          Annapolis            2
                  Baltimore            8                                                          4
                  Chevy Chase          1                                                                    1
                  Hagerstown           1
                  Rockville            1                                                          1         1
                  Salisbury            1                 1(44)
                  Severna Park         1
                  Wheaton                                                                                   1

Massachusetts     Abington             1
                  Springfield                                                                     1


                                                            - 17 -

<PAGE>


                                   Outpatient           Inpatient
                                 Rehabilitation      Rehabilitation           Medical          Surgery  Diagnostic     Other
State             Market           Centers(1)     Facilities (Beds)(2)   Centers (Beds)(2)     Centers    Centers    Services
- -----             ------           ----------     --------------------   -----------------     -------    -------    --------

Michigan          Marquette                                                                       1
                  Monroe               1

Mississippi       Jackson              1
                  Pascagoula           1
                  Meridian             1

Missouri          Blue Springs         1
                  Brentwood            1
                  Bridgeton            1
                  Cape Girardeau       3
                  Chesterfield                                                                    1
                  Columbia             2
                  Kansas City          2                 2(21)                                                          1
                  Lake Ozark           1
                  Springfield          3
                  St. Joseph                                                                      1
                  St. Louis           16                 1(26)                                    4                     2

Nebraska          Omaha                2

Nevada            Las Vegas            3

New Hampshire     Bedford              3
                  Concord                                1(100)
                  Dover                2
                  Manchester           1
                  Somersworth          1

New Jersey        Atlantic City                                                                                         1
                  Bridgewater          1                                                                                1
                  Brunswick            1                 1(15)
                  Edison               2
                  Emerson              2
                  Haddonfield                                                                                           1
                  Linden               2
                  Madison              1
                  Monahawkin           1
                  Mt. Laurel                                                                      1
                  Newton               1
                  North Bergen         1
                  Paramus              2
                  Roseland                                                                        1
                  Sparta               1
                  Succasunna           1
                  Tinton Falls         1
                  Toms River           1                 1(155)

New Mexico        Albuquerque          3                 1(60)                                    1

New York          Albany               1
                  Great Neck           2
                  Huntington           1
                  Liverpool            1
                  Monsey               2
                  New York             2
                  Orangeburg           1
                  Pulaski              1

                                                            - 18 -

<PAGE>


                                   Outpatient           Inpatient
                                 Rehabilitation      Rehabilitation           Medical          Surgery  Diagnostic     Other
State             Market           Centers(1)     Facilities (Beds)(2)   Centers (Beds)(2)     Centers    Centers    Services
- -----             ------           ----------     --------------------   -----------------     -------    -------    --------

                  Syracuse             1

North Carolina    Asheville            1
                  Chapel Hill          1
                  Charlotte            1                                                          1
                  Concord              1
                  Durham               1
                  Greensboro           1
                  Kinston                                1(17)
                  Marion               1
                  Monroe               1
                  Raleigh              2                                                          1
                  Shelby               1
                  Statesville          1
                  Wilmington           1
                  Wilson                                                                          1

Ohio              Ashtabula            1
                  Centerville          2
                  Cincinnati                                                                      1
                  Columbus             5
                  Cuyahoga Falls       1
                  Dayton               2
                  Dublin               1
                  Fairlawn             1
                  Independence         1
                  Lorain               5
                  Oregon               2
                  Toledo               2
                  Westerville          1

Oklahoma          Ada                  2
                  Oklahoma City        4                 1(111)                2                  1
                  Tulsa                2                                       1
                  Weatherford          1

Pennsylvania      Altoona              2                 1(66)
                  Camp Hill                                                    1
                  Erie                 1                 2(207)
                  Harrisburg           3
                  Lancaster                                                    1
                  Mechanicsburg        2                 2(201)
                  Mt. Pleasant                                                 1
                  Paoli                                                        1
                  Pittsburgh           6                 1(89)
                  Pleasant Gap         4                 1(88)
                  Scranton                                                     1
                  Springfield                                                                                           1
                  York                 3                 1(88)

South Carolina    Charleston           1                 1(36)                 1
                  Columbia             3                 1(89)
                  Florence             1                 1(88)
                  Greenville                                                   1
                  Goose Creek          1
                  Lancaster                              2(54)

                                                            - 19 -

<PAGE>


                                   Outpatient           Inpatient
                                 Rehabilitation      Rehabilitation           Medical          Surgery  Diagnostic     Other
State             Market           Centers(1)     Facilities (Beds)(2)   Centers (Beds)(2)     Centers    Centers    Services
- -----             ------           ----------     --------------------   -----------------     -------    -------    --------


Tennessee         Chattanooga          2                 1(80)                                    2
                  Clarksville                                                                     1
                  Kingsport                              1(50)
                  Knoxville            2                                                          1
                  Dyersburg            1
                  Collierville         1
                  Union City           1
                  Martin                                 1(40)
                  Memphis              4                 1(80)                                    1
                  Nashville            2                 1(80)                                    1         1

Texas             Allen                1
                  Amarillo                                                                        1
                  Arlington            2                 1(60)                                    1
                  Austin               7                 1(80)                                    1
                  Beaumont                                                                        1
                  Dallas               9                 3(173)                1(96)              1         1           1
                  El Paso                                                                         1                     1
                  Fort Worth           5                 1(60)                                    1                     1
                  Houston             11                 2(186)                                   4         1           1
                  Midland                                1(60)
                  San Antonio          2                 3(127)                                   2                     5
                  Stafford                                                                        1
                  Texarkana            1                 1(60)
                  Victoria             1
                  Waco                 2
                  Wylie                1                                                                    1

Utah              Salt Lake City                                                                  1
                  Sandy                1                 1(86)

Virginia          Alexandria           1
                  Arlington            1
                  Falls Church                                                                              1
                  Norfolk              1
                  Richmond             2                 3(84)                 1(200)             1                     1
                  Roanoke              1
                  Virginia Beach       3
                  Warrenton            1

Washington        Seattle             20                                                          1
                  Tacoma               3

West Virginia     Beckley              1
                  Huntington                             1(40)
                  Morgantown                             1(80)
                  Parkersburg                            1(40)
                  Princeton                              1(40)

Wisconsin         Eau Claire                                                                      1
                  Green Bay            1
                  Oshkosh                                                                         1
                  Wausau                                                                          1
                  Wauwatosa                                                                       1
______________________
<FN>
(1)     Includes  freestanding  outpatient  centers  and  their  satellites  and
        outpatient satellites of inpatient rehabilitation facilities.
(2)     "Beds"  refers to the number of beds for which a license or  certificate
        of need has been granted,  which may vary materially from beds available
        for use.
(3)     Under construction.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                     - 20 -

<PAGE>




Item 3.  Legal Proceedings.

         In the  ordinary  course of its  business,  the Company may be subject,
from time to time,  to claims and legal  actions by  patients  and  others.  The
Company does not believe that any such pending  actions,  if adversely  decided,
would have a material  adverse  effect on its financial  condition.  See Item 1,
"Business -- Insurance"  and Item 7,  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  for a  description  of  the
Company's insurance coverage arrangements.

         From time to time, the Company appeals decisions of various rate-making
authorities  with  respect  to  Medicare  rates  established  for the  Company's
facilities.  These  appeals are  initiated in the  ordinary  course of business.
Management  believes that adequate  reserves have been  established for possible
adverse  decisions  on any pending  appeals and that the  outcomes of  currently
pending appeals, either individually or in the aggregate,  will have no material
adverse effect on the Company's operations.


Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders.

         On January 17, 1996, a Special  Meeting of  Stockholders of the Company
was held, at which the following actions were taken:

         1. The shares of Common Stock  represented at the Special  Meeting were
voted in favor of the merger with SCA as follows:

        NUMBER
        VOTING                      FOR             AGAINST          ABSTAIN
        ------                      ---             -------          -------

      69,296,381                68,987,300          138,189          170,892

         2. The shares of Common Stock  represented at the Special  Meeting were
voted  for  the  approval  of  an  Amendment  to  the  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  of the Company to increase the authorized  shares of Common Stock
to 250,000,000 shares as follows:

        NUMBER
        VOTING                      FOR             AGAINST          ABSTAIN
        ------                      ---             -------          -------

      71,658,079                70,713,604          750,958          193,517





                                     - 21 -

<PAGE>



                                     PART II


Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters.

         The Company's  Common Stock is listed for trading on the New York Stock
Exchange  (Symbol:  HRC). The following  table sets forth for the fiscal periods
indicated the high and low reported  sale prices for the Company's  Common Stock
as reported on the NYSE Composite  Transactions Tape. All prices shown have been
adjusted  for a  two-for-one  stock  split  effected in the form of a 100% stock
dividend paid on April 17, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  Reported
                                                                                                 Sale Price
                                                                                           High             Low
         1994

<S>                                                                                      <C>             <C>     
         First Quarter................................................................   $  16.13        $  11.69
         Second Quarter...............................................................      17.32           12.63
         Third Quarter................................................................      19.69           12.88
         Fourth Quarter...............................................................      19.32           16.13

         1995

         First Quarter................................................................   $  20.44        $  18.06
         Second Quarter...............................................................      21.63           16.32
         Third Quarter................................................................      25.75           17.25
         Fourth Quarter...............................................................      32.38           22.50
</TABLE>

                                             -------------------------

         The closing  price for the Common Stock on the New York Stock  Exchange
on March 21, 1996, was $36-5/8.

         There were approximately 4,413 holders of record of the Common Stock as
of March 21, 1996,  excluding  those  shares held by  depository  companies  for
certain beneficial owners.

         The Company has never paid cash  dividends on its Common Stock and does
not  anticipate  the payment of cash dividends in the  foreseeable  future.  The
Company  currently  anticipates  that any future  earnings  will be  retained to
finance the Company's operations.




                                     - 22 -

<PAGE>

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

         Set forth below is a summary of selected  consolidated  financial  data
for the  Company for the years  indicated.  All  amounts  have been  restated to
reflect  the effects of the 1994  ReLife  acquisition  and the 1995 SHC and SSCI
acquisitions, each of which was accounted for as a pooling of interests.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              Year Ended December 31,
                                                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    1991             1992             1993               1994              1995
                                                -----------       ----------      ------------        -----------        ---------
                                                                       (in thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                         <C>               <C>              <C>                <C>                <C>          
Income Statement Data:

  Revenues                                  $     277,655     $     503,657    $    678,425       $   1,274,365      $   1,556,687
  Operating expenses:
      Operating units                             200,350           373,984         486,546             930,845          1,087,554
      Corporate general and administrative         10,901            17,354          26,593              48,606             42,514
  Provision for doubtful accounts                   6,092            13,431          17,947              27,646             31,637
  Depreciation and amortization                    15,115            30,019          47,827              89,305            121,195
  Interest expense                                 10,507            12,667          19,107              66,874             91,693
  Interest income                                  (5,835)           (5,434)         (4,352)             (4,566)            (5,879)
  Merger and acquisition related expenses (1)        ----              ----             333               6,520             34,159
  Loss on impairment of assets (2)                   ----              ----            ----              10,500             11,192
  Loss on abandonment of computer project (2)        ----              ----            ----               4,500               ----
  NME Selected Hospitals Acquisition
      related expense  (2)                           ----              ----          49,742                ----               ----
  Terminated merger expense                          ----             3,665            ----                ----               ----
  Gain on sale of partnership interest               ----              ----          (1,400)               ----               ----
                                            -------------     -------------    -------------      -------------      -------------
                                                  237,130           445,686         642,343           1,180,230          1,414,065

  Income before income taxes and
      minority interests                           40,525            57,971          36,082              94,135            142,622
  Provision for income taxes                       13,582            18,842          12,062              34,778             48,091
                                            -------------     -------------    ------------       -------------      -------------
  Income before minority interests                 26,943            39,129          24,020              59,357             94,531
  Minority interests                                1,272             4,430           6,684               8,864             15,582
                                            --------------    --------------   -------------      --------------     --------------

      Net income                            $      25,671     $      34,699    $     17,336       $      50,493      $      78,949
                                            =============     =============    ============       =============      =============

  Weighted average common and common
      equivalent shares outstanding (3)            57,390            75,988          79,484              86,461             94,246
                                            =============     =============    ============       =============      =============
  Net income per common and common
      equivalent share(3)                   $        0.45     $        0.46    $       0.22       $        0.58      $        0.84
                                            =============     =============    ============       =============      =============
  Net income per common share--
      assuming full dilution(3)(4)          $        0.43     $         N/A    $        N/A       $        0.58      $        0.82
                                            =============     =============    ============       =============      =============
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 December 31,
                                                   1991              1992            1993              1994             1995
                                                ----------      -------------    ------------       -----------      ---------
<S>                                         <C>               <C>              <C>              <C>              <C>          
Balance Sheet Data:

  Cash and marketable securities            $     126,508     $     113,268    $     94,084     $      90,066    $     108,973
  Working capital                                 184,729           210,217         216,670           236,877          327,474
  Total assets                                    503,797           818,089       1,487,772         1,778,939        2,460,129
  Long-term debt(5)                               171,275           343,477         906,972         1,052,064        1,281,287
  Stockholders' equity                            302,176           402,369         431,811           504,223          927,710

___________________
<FN>
(1)   Expenses  related to SHC's Ballas Merger in 1993,  the ReLife and Heritage
      Acquisitions  in 1994  and  the  SHC,  SSCI  and  NovaCare  Rehabilitation
      Hospitals Acquisition in 1995.
(2)   See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and
      Results of Operations" and "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements".
(3)   Adjusted to reflect a three-for-two  stock split effected in the form of a
      50% stock dividend paid on December 31, 1991 and a two-for-one stock split
      effected in the form of a 100% stock dividend paid on April 17, 1995.
(4)   Fully-diluted  earnings  per share in 1991  reflects  shares  reserved for
      issuance upon exercise of dilutive  stock options and shares  reserved for
      issuance upon conversion of HEALTHSOUTH's 7 3/4% Convertible  Subordinated
      Debentures  due 2014,  all of which were converted into Common Stock prior
      to June 3, 1991. Fully-diluted earnings per share in 1994 and 1995 reflect
      shares  reserved  for  issuance  upon  conversion  of   HEALTHSOUTH's   5%
      Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2001.
(5)   Includes current portion of long-term debt.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                     - 23 -


<PAGE>



Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results
         of Operations.


General

         The following  discussion is intended to facilitate  the  understanding
and  assessment  of  significant  changes  and trends  related to the results of
operations and financial  condition of the Company,  including  certain  factors
related to recent  acquisitions  by the Company,  the timing and nature of which
have significantly affected the Company's results of operations. This discussion
and  analysis  should be read in  conjunction  with the  Company's  consolidated
financial  statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report
on Form 10-K.

         The Company  completed  the  following  acquisitions  over the last two
years:

         o        On December 31, 1993,  HEALTHSOUTH acquired  substantially all
                  of the  assets  of the  rehabilitation  services  division  of
                  National   Medical   Enterprises,   Inc.  (the  "NME  Selected
                  Hospitals Acquisition").  The purchase price was approximately
                  $315,000,000,  plus net working capital.  The Company acquired
                  28 inpatient rehabilitation  facilities,  with an aggregate of
                  2,296 licensed beds, and 45 outpatient rehabilitation centers.

         o        On December 29, 1994,  HEALTHSOUTH  acquired ReLife, Inc. (the
                  "ReLife  Acquisition").   A  total  of  11,025,290  shares  of
                  HEALTHSOUTH  Common  Stock  were  issued  in the  transaction,
                  representing  a  value  of  $180,000,000  at the  time  of the
                  acquisition.  At  that  time,  ReLife  operated  31  inpatient
                  facilities with an aggregate of 1,102 licensed beds, including
                  nine  free-standing   rehabilitation   hospitals,  nine  acute
                  rehabilitation  units,  five sub-acute  rehabilitation  units,
                  seven transitional living units and one residential  facility,
                  and also  provided  outpatient  rehabilitation  services at 12
                  centers.

         o        Effective April 1, 1995,  HEALTHSOUTH purchased the operations
                  of the rehabilitation hospital division of NovaCare, Inc. (the
                  "NovaCare Rehabilitation Hospitals Acquisition"). The purchase
                  price   was   approximately    $235,000,000.    The   NovaCare
                  Rehabilitation   Hospitals   consisted  of  11  rehabilitation
                  hospitals  in  seven  states,  12  other  facilities  and  two
                  Certificates of Need.

         o        On  June  13,  1995,   HEALTHSOUTH  acquired  Surgical  Health
                  Corporation  (the  "SHC  Acquisition").  A total of  8,531,480
                  shares  of  HEALTHSOUTH   Common  Stock  were  issued  in  the
                  transaction,  representing a value of $155,000,000 at the time
                  of  the   acquisition.   The  Company  also  purchased   SHC's
                  $75,000,000   aggregate   principal  amount  of  11.5%  Senior
                  Subordinated Notes due 2004 for an aggregate  consideration of
                  approximately  $86,000,000.  At  that  time,  SHC  operated  a
                  network of 36 free-standing  surgery centers in 11 states, and
                  five mobile lithotripsy units.

         o        On October  26,  1995,  HEALTHSOUTH  acquired  Sutter  Surgery
                  Centers,  Inc. (the "SSCI Acquisition").  A total of 1,776,001
                  shares  of  HEALTHSOUTH   Common  Stock  were  issued  in  the
                  transaction,  representing  a value of $44,444,000 at the time
                  of the  acquisition.  At that time, SSCI operated a network of
                  12  freestanding  surgery  centers  in three  states,  with an
                  aggregate of 54 operating and procedure rooms.

         o        On December 1, 1995,  HEALTHSOUTH acquired Caremark Orthopedic
                  Services Inc. (the "Caremark Acquisition"). The purchase price
                  was  approximately  $127,500,000.  At that time Caremark owned
                  and  operated  approximately  120  outpatient   rehabilitation
                  centers in thirteen states.

                                     - 24 -

<PAGE>



         The NME Selected  Hospitals  Acquisition,  the NovaCare  Rehabilitation
Hospitals Acquisition and the Caremark Acquisition each were accounted for under
the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, such operations are included
in the Company's  consolidated financial information from their respective dates
of  acquisition.  The  ReLife  Acquisition,  the SHC  Acquisition  and the  SSCI
Acquisition  were each  accounted  for as a pooling of interests  and,  with the
exception  of data set forth  relating to revenues  derived  from  Medicare  and
Medicaid,  all amounts shown in the following  discussion  have been restated to
reflect such  acquisitions.  ReLife,  SHC and SSCI did not separately track such
revenues.  The  results  of  operations  of  SHC  in  turn  reflect  SHC's  1994
acquisition of Heritage Surgical Corporation (the "Heritage Acquisition"), which
also was accounted for as a pooling of interests.

         As described below under " -- Liquidity and Capital Resources",  in the
fourth quarter of 1995, the Company entered into agreements to acquire  Surgical
Care Affiliates,  Inc. and Advantage Health Corporation  through mergers.  These
transactions  were  consummated  during the first  quarter of 1996,  and are not
reflected in the following discussion.

         The Company determines the amortization period of the cost in excess of
net asset value of purchased  facilities based on an evaluation of the facts and
circumstances of each individual purchase  transaction.  The evaluation includes
an analysis of historic and projected  financial  performance,  an evaluation of
the  estimated  useful life of the  buildings  and fixed  assets  acquired,  the
indefinite  useful  life of  certificates  of need and  licenses  acquired,  the
competition  within local markets,  lease terms where applicable,  and the legal
terms  of  partnerships  where  applicable.  The  Company  utilizes  independent
appraisers and relies on its own management  expertise in evaluating each of the
factors  noted above.  With respect to the carrying  value of the excess of cost
over net asset value of purchased  facilities and other intangible  assets,  the
Company determines on a quarterly basis whether an impairment event has occurred
by  considering  factors  such as the market value of the asset,  a  significant
adverse  change in legal factors or in the business  climate,  adverse action by
regulators,  history of operating losses or cash flow losses, or a projection of
continuing  losses  associated with an operating  entity.  The carrying value of
excess cost over net asset value of purchased  facilities  and other  intangible
assets will be evaluated if the facts and circumstances suggest that it has been
impaired.  If this evaluation  indicates that the value of the asset will not be
recoverable,  as determined based on the  undiscounted  cash flows of the entity
acquired  over  the  remaining   amortization  period,  an  impairment  loss  is
calculated  based on the  excess of the  carrying  value of the  asset  over the
asset's fair value.

         Governmental,   commercial   and  private   payors  have   increasingly
recognized  the need to  contain  their  costs for  healthcare  services.  These
payors,  accordingly,  are  turning  to closer  monitoring  of  services,  prior
authorization  requirements,  utilization  review and increased  utilization  of
outpatient  services.  During the  periods  discussed  below,  the  Company  has
experienced  an  increased  effort by these  payors  to  contain  costs  through
negotiated  discount pricing.  The Company views these efforts as an opportunity
to demonstrate  the  effectiveness  of its clinical  programs and its ability to
provide its  rehabilitative  healthcare  services  efficiently.  The Company has
entered  into a number of  contracts  with  payors to provide  services  and has
realized an increased volume of patients as a result.

         The Company's  revenues  include net patient service revenues and other
operating  revenues.  Net patient service revenues are reported at estimated net
realizable  amounts  from  patients,  insurance  companies,  third-party  payors
(primarily  Medicare and  Medicaid) and others for services  rendered.  Revenues
from third-party  payors also include  estimated  retroactive  adjustments under
reimbursement  agreements  which are subject to final review and  settlement  by
appropriate authorities.  Management determines allowances for doubtful accounts
and  contractual  adjustments  based on historical  experience  and the terms of
payor contracts. Net accounts receivable include only those amounts estimated by
management to be collectible. The Company, in many cases, operates more than one
site within a market. In such markets, there is customarily an outpatient center
or inpatient  facility  with  associated  satellite  outpatient  locations.  For
purposes of the following  discussion  and analysis,  same store  operations are
measured on locations within markets in which similar  operations existed at the
end of the period and include the  operations  of  additional  locations  opened
within the same market.  New store  operations are measured on locations  within
new markets.


                                     - 25 -

<PAGE>


Results of Operations of the Company

Twelve-Month Periods Ended December 31, 1993 and 1994

         The  Company  operated  238  outpatient   rehabilitation  locations  at
December  31,  1994,  compared to 171  outpatient  rehabilitation  locations  at
December 31, 1993. In addition, the Company operated 66 inpatient facilities, 47
surgery  centers and five medical  centers at December 31, 1994,  compared to 39
inpatient  facilities,  39 surgery  centers and four medical centers at December
31, 1993.

         The Company's  operations generated revenues of $1,274,365,000 in 1994,
an increase of $595,940,000,  or 87.8%, as compared to 1993 revenues. Same store
revenues for the twelve  months ended  December 31, 1994 were  $784,884,000,  an
increase of $106,459,000,  or 15.7%, as compared to the same period in 1993. New
store revenues for 1994 were $489,481,000.  New store revenues primarily reflect
the  28  inpatient  rehabilitation   facilities  and  45  associated  outpatient
rehabilitation locations associated with the NME Selected Hospitals Acquisition.
The  increase in revenues is  primarily  attributable  to the  addition of these
operations  and increases in patient  volume.  Revenues  generated from patients
under Medicare and Medicaid plans  respectively  accounted for 41.0% and 3.2% of
revenues for 1994, compared to 30.6% and 1.0% of revenues for 1993. The increase
in Medicare  revenues is primarily  attributable  to the NME Selected  Hospitals
Acquisition,  since the acquired facilities had a greater proportion of Medicare
patients than the Company's  historical  experience in its existing  facilities.
Revenues  from any  other  single  third-party  payor  were not  significant  in
relation to the Company's  revenues.  During 1994, same store outpatient visits,
inpatient  days and  surgery  center  cases  increased  21.8%,  23.0%  and 5.0%,
respectively.  Revenue per outpatient visit,  inpatient day and surgery case for
the same store  operations  increased  (decreased)  by (7.8)%,  (8.4)% and 0.9%,
respectively.

         Operating expenses, at the operating unit level, were $930,845,000,  or
73.0% of revenues,  for 1994, compared to 71.7% of revenues for 1993. Same store
operating expenses for 1994 were $588,048,000, or 74.9% of related revenues. New
store  operating  expenses  were  $342,797,000,  or 70.0% of  related  revenues.
Corporate general and administrative expenses increased from $26,593,000 in 1993
to  $48,606,000  in 1994.  As a percentage  of revenues,  corporate  general and
administrative  expense  decreased  from  3.9% in 1993  to 3.8% in  1994.  Total
operating expenses were $979,451,000,  or 76.9% of revenues,  for 1994, compared
to  $513,139,000,  or 75.6% of revenues,  for 1993.  The  provision for doubtful
accounts  was  $27,646,000,   or  2.2%  of  revenues,   for  1994,  compared  to
$17,947,000, or 2.6% of revenues, for 1993.

         Depreciation  and  amortization   expense  was  $89,305,000  for  1994,
compared to  $47,827,000  for 1993.  The increase  represents  the investment in
additional  assets by the Company.  Interest expense increased to $66,874,000 in
1994,  compared to  $19,107,000  for 1993,  primarily  because of the  increased
borrowings  during the year under the Company's  revolving  line of credit,  the
issuance of $250,000,000  principal amount of 9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due
2001  and the  issuance  of  $115,000,000  principal  amount  of 5%  Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures due 2001.  For 1994,  interest  income was  $4,566,000,
compared to $4,352,000 for 1993.

         As a result of the NME  Selected  Hospitals  Acquisition,  the  Company
recognized  an  expense  of  approximately  $49,742,000  during  the year  ended
December  31,  1993.  By   recognizing   this  expense,   the  Company   accrued
approximately  $3,000,000 for costs related to certain employee  separations and
relocations. In addition, the Company provided approximately $39,000,000 for the
write-down of certain  assets to net  realizable  value as the result of planned
facility  consolidations,  and  approximately  $7,700,000  for the  write-off of
certain capitalized  development projects.  The consolidations are applicable in
selected markets where the Company's services overlap with those of the acquired
facilities.  The costs of  development  projects in certain  target markets that
were  previously  capitalized  were  written off due to the  acquisition  of NME
facilities  in or near those  markets.  For further  discussion,  see Note 10 of
"Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements".

         During 1994 and 1995, the Company  completed the  implementation of the
plan of consolidation  related to the NME Selected  Hospitals  Acquisition.  The
accrual for costs related to employee separations was increased

                                     - 26 -

<PAGE>


by  $338,000  due to a change  in  estimate.  This  adjustment  was  charged  to
operations in 1994. The total accrual was then reduced by approximately $758,000
and  $2,580,000  in  actual  employee  separation  costs  during  1994 and 1995,
respectively.  In  addition,  assets  with a net book value of  $17,911,000  and
$21,089,000  were written off against the  $39,000,000  provided for in the plan
during 1994 and 1995,  respectively.  Finally,  the Company wrote off all of the
$7,700,000 in capitalized  development  projects provided for in the plan during
1994.

         Merger and acquisition related expenses in 1994 of $6,520,000 represent
costs incurred or accrued in connection with  completing the ReLife  Acquisition
($2,949,000) and the Heritage Acquisition ($3,571,000).  For further discussion,
see Note 2 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements".

         During 1994, the Company recognized a $10,500,000 loss on impairment of
assets.  This amount relates to the termination of a ReLife management  contract
and a permanently damaged ReLife facility. The Company determined not to attempt
to reopen such  damaged  facility  because,  under its existing  licensure,  the
facility was not  consistent  with the Company's  plans.  Also during 1994,  the
Company  recognized  a  $4,500,000  loss on  abandonment  of a  ReLife  computer
project. For further discussion, see Note 15 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements".

         Income  before  minority  interests  and  income  taxes  for  1994  was
$94,135,000, compared to $36,082,000 for 1993. Minority interests reduced income
before income taxes by $8,864,000 in 1994,  compared to $6,684,000 in 1993.  The
provision for income taxes for 1994 was $34,778,000, compared to $12,062,000 for
1993, resulting in effective tax rates of 40.8% for 1994 and 41.0% for 1993. Net
income for 1994 was $50,493,000.

Twelve-Month Periods Ended December 31, 1994 and 1995

         The  Company  operated  473  outpatient   rehabilitation  locations  at
December  31,  1995,  compared to 238  outpatient  rehabilitation  locations  at
December 31, 1994. In addition, the Company operated 77 inpatient facilities, 56
surgery  centers and five medical  centers at December 31, 1995,  compared to 66
inpatient  facilities,  47 surgery  centers and five medical centers at December
31, 1994.

         The Company's  operations generated revenues of $1,556,687,000 in 1995,
an increase of $282,322,000,  or 22.2%, as compared to 1994 revenues. Same store
revenues for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 were  $1,410,278,000,  an
increase of $135,913,000,  or 10.7%, as compared to the same period in 1994. New
store revenues for 1995 were $146,409,000. New store revenues reflect (1) the 11
rehabilitation  hospitals and 12 other  facilities  associated with the Novacare
Rehabilitation  Hospitals  Acquisition,  (2) the 120  outpatient  rehabilitation
centers  associated  with the Caremark  Acquisition,  (3) the acquisition of one
surgery  center and one outpatient  diagnostic  imaging  operation,  and (4) the
acquisition of outpatient  rehabilitation operations in 31 new markets. See Note
10 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements".  The increase in revenues is
primarily  attributable  to the addition of these  operations  and  increases in
patient  volume.  Revenues  generated  from patients under Medicare and Medicaid
plans  respectively  accounted  for 40.0% and 2.5% of total  revenues  for 1995,
compared to 41.0% and 3.2% of total  revenues for 1994.  Revenues from any other
single third-party payor were not significant in relation to the Company's total
revenues.  During 1995, same store outpatient visits, inpatient days and surgery
center  cases  increased  24.6%,  11.0% and  12.0%,  respectively.  Revenue  per
outpatient  visit,  inpatient  day and  surgery  case for same store  operations
increased (decreased) by (0.8%), 1.4% and (0.2%), respectively.  These decreases
were offset by increased  volume from managed care and national  accounts and by
control of expenses.

         Operating expenses,  at the operating unit level, were  $1,087,554,000,
or 69.9% of revenues,  for 1995,  compared to 73.0% of revenues  for 1994.  Same
store  operating  expenses  for 1995  were  $983,709,000,  or  69.8% of  related
revenues.  New store operating expenses were  $103,845,000,  or 70.9% of related
revenues.   Corporate  general  and   administrative   expenses  decreased  from
$48,606,000  in 1994 to  $42,514,000  in  1995.  As a  percentage  of  revenues,
corporate  general and  administrative  expenses  decreased from 3.8% in 1994 to
2.7% in  1995.  Total  operating  expenses  were  $1,130,068,000,  or  72.6%  of
revenues, for 1995, compared to $979,451,000, or 76.9%

                                     - 27 -

<PAGE>


of revenues,  for 1994. The provision for doubtful accounts was $31,637,000,  or
2.0% of revenues,  for 1995, compared to $27,646,000,  or 2.2% of revenues,  for
1994.

         Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was  $121,195,000  for  1995,
compared to $89,305,000  for 1994. The increase  resulted from the investment in
additional  assets by the Company.  Interest expense increased to $91,693,000 in
1995,  compared to  $66,874,000  for 1994,  primarily  because of the  increased
average borrowings during 1995 under the Company's revolving line of credit. For
1995, interest income was $5,879,000 compared to $4,566,000 for 1994.

         As  a  result  of  the  NovaCare  and  SHC  acquisitions,  the  Company
recognized  $29,194,000 in merger and  acquisition  related  expenses during the
second quarter of 1995. Fees related to legal, accounting and financial advisory
services accounted for $3,400,000 of the expense.  Costs and expenses related to
the purchase of the SHC Notes (see "--Liquidity and Capital Resources" and Note
7 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements") totaled $14,606,000. Accruals
for employee separations were approximately $1,188,000. In addition, the Company
provided  approximately  $10,000,000 for the write-down of certain assets to net
realizable  value  as  the  result  of a  planned  facility  consolidation.  The
consolidation  is applicable in a market where the Company's  existing  services
overlap with those of an acquired facility. The planned employee separations and
facility consolidation were completed by the end of 1995.

         In the fourth  quarter of 1995, the Company  incurred  direct costs and
expenses of $4,965,000 in connection with the SSCI  Acquisition.  These expenses
consist  primarily of fees related to legal,  accounting and financial  advisory
services and are  included in merger and  acquisition  related  expenses for the
year ended December 31, 1995.

         Also  during  1995,  the  Company  recognized  an  $11,192,000  loss on
impairment of assets.  The impaired assets relate to six SHC facilities in which
the  projected  undiscounted  cash flows did not  support  the book value of the
long-lived  assets of such  facilities.  See Note 15 of  "Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements".

         Income  before  minority  interests  and  income  taxes  for  1995  was
$142,622,000,  compared to  $94,135,000  for 1994.  Minority  interests  reduced
income before income taxes by $15,582,000,  compared to $8,864,000 for 1994. The
provision for income taxes for 1995 was $48,091,000, compared to $34,778,000 for
1994, resulting in effective tax rates of 37.9% for 1995 and 40.8% for 1994. Net
income for 1995 was $78,949,000.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

         At December 31, 1995, the Company had working capital of  $327,474,000,
including cash and marketable  securities of  $108,973,000.  Working  capital at
December 31, 1994 was $236,877,000,  including cash and marketable securities of
$90,066,000. For 1995, cash provided by operations was $217,282,000, compared to
$151,826,000 for 1994. The Company used  $705,557,000  for investing  activities
during 1995, compared to $272,479,000 for 1994. Additions to property, plant and
equipment  and  acquisitions   accounted  for  $145,820,000  and   $463,105,000,
respectively,  during  1995.  Those  same  investing  activities  accounted  for
$161,728,000  and  $89,266,000,  respectively,  in  1994.  Financing  activities
provided $515,238,000 and $108,975,000 during 1995 and 1994,  respectively.  Net
borrowing proceeds (borrowings less principal reductions) for 1995 and 1994 were
$193,812,000 and $105,890,000, respectively.

         Net  accounts  receivable  were  $336,818,000  at  December  31,  1995,
compared to  $246,983,000  at December 31,  1994.  The number of days of average
revenues in average  receivables was 65.7 at December 31, 1995, compared to 61.8
at December 31, 1994. The increase is primarily  attributable  to  approximately
$68,300,000 in net accounts  receivable  obtained  through  acquisitions  during
1995,  since the days'  revenues  in net  accounts  receivable  of the  acquired
facilities was generally greater than the Company's historical experience in its
existing facilities.


                                     - 28 -

<PAGE>


         The  Company  has  a  $1,000,000,000  revolving  line  of  credit  with
NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas) and 28 other participating banks. Interest is paid
based on LIBOR plus a predetermined  margin,  a base rate or  competitively  bid
rates from the participating  banks. This credit facility has a maturity date of
October  1, 2000.  The  Company  provided  a  negative  pledge on all assets and
granted the banks a first priority  security  interest in all shares of stock of
its  subsidiaries and rights and interests in its controlled  partnerships.  The
effective interest rate on the average  outstanding  balance under the revolving
line of credit was 7.01% for the twelve months ended December 31, 1995, compared
to the average prime rate of 8.83% during the same period. At December 31, 1995,
the Company  had drawn  $790,000,000  under its  revolving  line of credit.  The
Company is currently  seeking an amendment  to the credit  facility  which would
extend  the  maturity  date to April 1,  2001 and  release  the  first  priority
security  interest  in all  shares of stock of its  subsidiaries  and rights and
interests in its controlled partnerships.

         On June 20, 1995, the Company purchased  $67,500,000 of the $75,000,000
outstanding  principal amount of 11.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004 of SHC
for 115% of the face value of the Notes. In July 1995, the remaining  $7,500,000
balance was purchased on the open market.  See Note 7 of "Notes to  Consolidated
Financial Statements".

         The  Company  intends  to pursue  the  acquisition  or  development  of
additional   healthcare   operations,    including   comprehensive    outpatient
rehabilitation  facilities,  inpatient  rehabilitation  facilities,   ambulatory
surgery centers and companies engaged in the provision of rehabilitation-related
services,  and to expand  certain of its  existing  facilities.  While it is not
possible to estimate  precisely  the amounts  which will actually be expended in
the foregoing areas,  the Company  anticipates that over the next twelve months,
it will spend  approximately  $30,000,000  on  maintenance  and expansion of its
existing  facilities  and  approximately  $150,000,000  on  development  of  the
Integrated Service Model. See Item 1, "Business -- Company Strategy".

         On October 9, 1995,  the Company  entered into a Plan and  Agreement of
Merger  with  Surgical  Care  Affiliates,  Inc.  ("SCA"),  pursuant to which the
Company agreed to acquire SCA through a  stock-for-stock  merger to be accounted
for as a  pooling  of  interests.  SCA  operates  67  surgery  centers  (with an
additional 10 under  development or construction) in 24 states.  Under the terms
of the Plan and  Agreement of Merger,  the Company  issued  1.1726 shares of its
Common  Stock  for  each  share of  SCA's  common  stock.  The  transaction  was
consummated on January 17, 1996. See Note 16 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements".

         On December 16, 1995, the Company entered into an Agreement and Plan of
Merger with Advantage Health Corporation ("Advantage Health"), pursuant to which
the Company agreed to acquire Advantage Health through a stock-for-stock  merger
to be  accounted  for as a pooling of  interests.  Advantage  Health  operates a
network of  approximately  150 sites of  service,  including  four  freestanding
rehabilitation hospitals, one freestanding multi-use hospital, one nursing home,
68 outpatient  rehabilitation  facilities,  14 inpatient managed  rehabilitation
units, 24 rehabilitation services management contracts and six managed sub-acute
rehabilitation  units.  Under the terms of the Agreement and Plan of Merger, the
Company  issued 1.3768  shares of its Common  Stock for each share of  Advantage
Health's  common stock.  The  transaction was consummated on March 14, 1996. See
Note 16 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements".

         Although  the  Company  is  continually   considering   and  evaluating
acquisitions and  opportunities  for future growth,  the Company has not entered
into any agreements  with respect to material future  acquisitions.  The Company
believes that existing cash, cash flow from operations, and borrowings under the
revolving  line of credit will be sufficient to satisfy the Company's  estimated
cash requirements for the next twelve months, and for the reasonably foreseeable
future.

         Inflation  in  recent  years  has not had a  significant  effect of the
Company's  business,  and is not expected to adversely affect the Company in the
future unless it increases significantly.

         Statements  contained in this Annual  Report on Form 10-K which are not
historical  facts are  forward-looking  statements.  In  addition,  the Company,
through its senior management, from time to time makes forward-looking

                                     - 29 -

<PAGE>

public statements  concerning its expected future operations and performance and
other developments.  Such forward-looking  statements are necessarily  estimates
reflecting  the  Company's  best  judgment  based upon current  information  and
involve a number of risks and uncertainties,  and there can be no assurance that
other factors will not affect the accuracy of such  forward-looking  statements.
While it is impossible  to identify all such factors,  factors which could cause
actual results to differ materially from those estimated by the Company include,
but are not limited to, changes in the regulation of the healthcare  industry at
either or both of the federal and state levels, changes in reimbursement for the
Company's services by governmental or private payors,  competitive  pressures in
the  healthcare  industry and the  Company's  response  thereto,  the  Company's
ability to obtain and retain favorable  arrangements  with  third-party  payors,
unanticipated  delays in the Company's  implementation of its Integrated Service
Model,  general conditions in the economy and capital markets, and other factors
which  may be  identified  from  time to time in the  Company's  Securities  and
Exchange Commission filings and other public announcements.


                                     - 30 -

<PAGE>


Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

         Consolidated   financial   statements   of  the  Company   meeting  the
requirements of Regulation S-X are filed on the succeeding  pages of this Item 8
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as listed below:

                                                                            Page
                                                                            ----

          Report of Independent Auditors                                     33

          Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995       34

          Consolidated Statements of Income for the Years Ended  
          December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995                                   36

          Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
          Years Ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995                       37

          Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended
          December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995                                   38

          Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                         40

          Other financial statements and schedules required under Regulation S-X
are listed in Item 14(a)2,  and filed under Item 14(d), of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.


Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

         Set forth  below is certain  summary  information  with  respect to the
Company's  operations for the last eight fiscal quarters.  All amounts have been
restated  to reflect the  effects of the 1994  ReLife  acquisition  and the 1995
acquisitions  of SHC and SSCI which were accounted for as poolings of interests.
All per share amounts have been  adjusted to reflect a  two-for-one  stock split
effected in the form of a 100% stock dividend paid on April 17, 1995.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1994
                                              -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1st                 2nd               3rd                 4th
                                              Quarter             Quarter           Quarter             Quarter
                                              -------             -------           -------             -------
                                                           (In thousands, except per share data)

<S>                                         <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>      
  Revenues                                  $  291,554          $  311,759         $ 327,312           $ 343,740
  Net income                                    13,198              16,451            16,220               4,624
  Net income per common and
      common equivalent share                     0.16                0.18              0.19                0.05
  Net income per common share --
      assuming full dilution                       N/A                 N/A               N/A                0.05
</TABLE>






                                     - 31 -


<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            1995
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1st                 2nd               3rd                 4th
                                              Quarter             Quarter           Quarter             Quarter
                                              -------             -------           -------             -------
                                                           (In thousands, except per share data)
<S>                                         <C>                 <C>                <C>                 <C>      
  Revenues                                  $  347,421          $  389,974         $ 402,162           $ 417,130
  Net income (loss)                             20,237              (1,888)           27,601              32,999
  Net income (loss) per common and
      common equivalent share                     0.23               (0.02)             0.30                0.33
  Net income (loss) per common share --
      assuming full dilution                      0.23               (0.02)             0.29                0.32
</TABLE>











                                     - 32 -

<PAGE>
                  Report of Ernst & Young, Independent Auditors

The Board of Directors
HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  HEALTHSOUTH
Rehabilitation  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1995,
and the related consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended  December  31,  1995.  Our
audits also included the  financial  statement  schedule  listed in the Index at
Item 14(a).  These financial  statements and schedule are the  responsibility of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated  financial statements referred to above present
fairly,  in all  material  respects,  the  consolidated  financial  position  of
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation and Subsidiaries at December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the consolidated  results of their operations and their cash flows for
each of the three years in the period ended  December 31,  1995,  in  conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related
financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial
statements  taken as a whole,  presents  fairly  in all  material  respects  the
information set forth therein.

                                        ERNST & YOUNG LLP




Birmingham, Alabama
February 14, 1995



                                     - 33 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries


                           Consolidated Balance Sheets


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              December 31
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                                       1994                  1995
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                                             (In thousands)
<S>                                                              <C>                   <C>            
Assets
Current assets:
   Cash and cash equivalents (Note 3)                            $        73,438       $       104,896
   Other marketable securities (Note 3)                                   16,628                 4,077
   Accounts receivable, net of allowances for doubtful
     accounts and contractual adjustments of $147,436,000                
     in 1994 and $212,972,000 in 1995                                    246,983               336,818
   Inventories                                                            27,398                33,504
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets                              69,092                70,888
   Deferred income taxes (Note 11)                                         3,073                13,257
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
Total current assets                                                     436,612               563,440

Other assets:
   Loans to officers                                                       1,240                 1,525
   Other (Note 4)                                                         41,834                60,437
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                                          43,074                61,962

Property, plant and equipment, net (Note 5)                              872,795             1,100,212
Intangible assets, net (Note 6)                                          426,458               734,515








                                                              ---------------------------------------------
Total assets                                                     $     1,778,939       $     2,460,129
                                                              =============================================
</TABLE>



                                     - 34 -

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>



                                                                              December 31
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                                       1994                  1995
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
                                                                             (In thousands)

<S>                                                              <C>                   <C>            
Liabilities and stockholders' equity
Current liabilities:
   Accounts payable                                              $        88,413       $        90,427
   Salaries and wages payable                                             34,848                59,540
   Accrued interest payable and other liabilities                         57,351                58,086
   Current portion of long-term debt (Note 7)                             19,123                27,913
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
Total current liabilities                                                199,735               235,966

Long-term debt (Note 7)                                                1,032,941             1,253,374
Deferred income taxes (Note 11)                                            9,104                15,436
Other long-term liabilities (Note 15)                                      9,451                 5,375
Deferred revenue (Note 14)                                                 7,526                 1,525
Minority interests-limited partnerships (Note 9)                          15,959                20,743

Commitments and contingent liabilities (Note 12)

Stockholders' equity:
   Preferred Stock, $.10 par value-1,500,000 shares                            
     authorized; issued and outstanding-none                                   -                     -                     
                                                                               
   Common Stock, $.01 par value-150,000,000 shares
     authorized; issued-78,858,000 in 1994 and
     97,359,000 in 1995                                                      789                   974
   Additional paid-in capital                                            388,269               740,763
   Retained earnings                                                     138,205               208,653
   Treasury stock, at cost (91,000 shares)                                  (323)                 (323)
   Receivable from Employee Stock Ownership
     Plan                                                                (17,477)              (15,886)
   Notes receivable from stockholders                                     (5,240)               (6,471)
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
Total stockholders' equity                                               504,223               927,710
                                                              ---------------------------------------------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity                       $     1,778,939       $     2,460,129
                                                              =============================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                     - 35 -

<PAGE>



                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

                        Consolidated Statements of Income

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Year ended December 31
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                1993                  1994                  1995
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   (In thousands, except for per share amounts)

<S>                                        <C>                   <C>                   <C>            
Revenues                                   $       678,425       $     1,274,365       $     1,556,687
Operating expenses:
   Operating units                                 486,546               930,845             1,087,554
   Corporate general and administrative             26,593                48,606                42,514
Provision for doubtful accounts                     17,947                27,646                31,637
Depreciation and amortization                       47,827                89,305               121,195
Interest expense                                    19,107                66,874                91,693
Interest income                                     (4,352)               (4,566)               (5,879)
Merger and acquisition related
   expenses (Notes 2 and 10)                           333                 6,520                34,159
Loss on impairment of assets (Note 15)                   -                10,500                11,192
Loss on abandonment of computer
   project (Note 15)                                     -                 4,500                     -
NME Selected Hospitals Acquisition
   related expense (Note 10)                        49,742                     -                     -
Gain on sale of partnership interest                (1,400)                    -                     -
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                   642,343             1,180,230             1,414,065
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
Income before income taxes and
   minority interests                               36,082                94,135               142,622
Provision for income taxes
   (Note 11)                                        12,062                34,778                48,091
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    24,020                59,357                94,531
Minority interests                                   6,684                 8,864                15,582
                                        -------------------------------------------------------------------
Net income                                 $        17,336       $        50,493       $        78,949
                                        ===================================================================

Weighted average common and common 
   equivalent shares outstanding                    79,484                86,461                94,246
                                        ===================================================================



                                     - 36 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

                        Consolidated Statements of Income



Net income per common and common
   equivalent share                        $         0.22        $         0.58        $         0.84
                                        ===================================================================

Net income per common share-assuming
   full dilution                           $          N/A        $         0.58        $         0.82
                                        ===================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.








                                     - 37 -

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

                 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

                                                                                                              Notes 
                                                            Additional                                      Receivable    Total
                                     Common     Common       Paid-In    Retained   Treasury     Receivable     from    Stockholders'
                                     Shares   Stock (Note 2)  Capital   Earnings    Stock        from ESOP  Stockholders  Equity
                                    -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                 <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>            <C>         <C>       
Balance at December 31, 1992        $75,155     $ 752.3   $349,932.6  $ 77,305.7   $ (60.0)   $  (19,642.0)  $ (5,919.7) $402,368.9
Proceeds from exercise of 
   options (Note 8)                     462         4.6      1,732.9         -         -               -            -       1,737.5
Proceeds from issuance of 
   common shares                      1,074        10.7     13,987.9         -         -               -            -      13,998.6
Income tax benefits related  
   to incentive stock options 
   (Note 8)                               -         -          584.7         -         -               -            -         584.7
Reduction in Receivable from 
   Employee Stock Ownership Plan          -         -            -           -         -             710.1          -         710.1
Payments received on stockholders' 
   notes receivable                       -         -            -           -         -               -          429.7       429.7
Purchase of limited partnership 
   units                                  -         -            -      (5,091.7)      -               -            -      (5,091.7)
Purchases of treasury stock             (20)        -            -           -      (263.0)            -            -        (263.0)
Net income                                -         -            -      17,336.0       -               -            -      17,336.0
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1993         76,671       767.6    366,238.1    89,550.0    (323.0)      (18,931.9)    (5,490.0)  431,810.8
Proceeds from issuance of common  
   shares at $27.17 per share            38         0.4        532.6         -         -               -            -         533.0
Proceeds from exercise of options 
   (Note 8)                           2,080        20.8     15,349.4         -         -               -            -      15,370.2
Income tax benefits related to 
   incentive stock options (Note 8)       -         -        6,469.6         -         -               -            -       6,469.6
Common shares exchanged in the 
   exercise of options                  (22)       (0.2)      (321.2)        -         -               -            -        (321.4)
Reduction in receivable from 
   Employee Stock Ownership Plan          -         -            -           -         -           1,455.0          -       1,455.0
Payments received on stockholders' 
   notes receivable                       -         -            -           -         -               -          250.0       250.0
Purchase of limited partnership 
   units                                  -         -            -      (1,838.0)      -               -            -      (1,838.0)
Net income                                -         -            -      50,493.4       -               -            -      50,493.4
                                    ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 1994         78,767       788.6    388,268.5   138,205.4    (323.0)      (17,476.9)    (5,240.0)  504,222.6

Adjustment for ReLife Merger 
   (Note 2)                           2,732        27.3      7,113.7    (3,734.0)      -               -            -       3,407.0
Proceeds from issuance of common 
   shares                            14,950       149.5    330,229.2         -         -               -            -     330,378.7
Proceeds from exercise of options 
   (Note 8)                             819         8.2      8,498.8         -         -               -            -       8,507.0
Income tax benefits related to 
   incentive stock options (Note 8)       -         -        6,653.3         -         -               -            -       6,653.3
Reduction in receivable from 
   Employee Stock Ownership Plan          -         -            -           -         -           1,590.9          -       1,590.9
Increase in stockholders' notes 
   receivable                             -         -            -           -         -               -      (1,231.0)    (1,231.0)
Purchase of limited partnership 
   units                                  -         -            -      (4,767.3)      -               -            -      (4,767.3)
Net income                                -         -            -      78,949.1       -               -            -      78,949.1
                                    ================================================================================================
Balance at December 31, 1995      $  97,268     $ 973.6   $740,763.5  $208,653.2  $ (323.0)     $(15,886.0)  $(6,471.0)  $927,710.3
                                    ================================================================================================
</TABLE>

See accompanying notes.

                                     - 38 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Year ended December 31
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1993              1994             1995
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (In thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>              <C>          
Operating activities
Net income                                              $      17,336     $      50,493    $      78,949
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
   provided by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                             47,827            89,305          121,195
     Provision for doubtful accounts                           17,947            27,646           31,637
     Provision for losses on impairment of assets                   -            10,500           11,192
     Provision for losses on abandonment of
       computer project                                             -             4,500                -
     Merger and acquisition related expenses                        -                 -           34,159
     NME Selected Hospitals Acquisition related
       expense                                                 49,742                 -                -
     Income applicable to minority interests of
       limited partnerships                                     6,684             8,864           15,582
     Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes             (5,718)           (1,770)             938
     Provision for deferred revenue                               (49)             (164)          (1,990)
     Gain on sale of property, plant and equipment                  -              (623)               -
     Gain on sale of partnership interests                     (1,400)                -                -
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of 
        effects of acquisitions:
         Accounts receivable                                  (31,493)          (78,400)         (52,661)
         Inventories, prepaid expenses and other
           current assets                                     (18,373)          (21,285)           3,153
         Accounts payable and accrued expenses                 (6,903)           62,760          (24,872)
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by operating activities                      75,600           151,826          217,282

Investing activities
Purchases of property, plant and equipment                   (131,929)         (161,728)        (145,820)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment                 -            68,330           14,541
Additions to intangible assets, net of effects of
   acquisitions                                               (39,333)          (59,311)        (114,381)
Assets obtained through acquisitions, net of
   liabilities assumed                                       (460,080)          (89,266)        (463,105)
Changes in other assets                                        (5,303)          (23,038)          (6,963)
Proceeds received on sale of other marketable
   securities                                                  20,554             1,660           21,097
Investments in other marketable securities                     (6,000)           (9,126)         (10,926)
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
Net cash used in investing activities                        (622,091)         (272,479)        (705,557)
</TABLE>

                                     - 39 -

<PAGE>



                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

                Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    Year ended December 31
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                           1993              1994             1995
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        (In thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>              <C>          
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings                                $     557,657     $   1,045,471    $     610,700
Principal payments on long-term debt and leases               (33,086)         (939,581)        (416,888)
Proceeds from exercise of options                               1,736            13,895            8,508
Proceeds from issuance of common stock                         13,999               350          330,379
Purchase of treasury stock                                       (263)                -                -
Reduction in Receivable from Employee Stock
   Ownership Plan                                                 710             1,455            1,591
Payments received on (loans made to) stockholders                 429               250           (1,231)
Proceeds from investment by minority interests                  6,476             2,268            1,103
Purchase of limited partnership interests                      (3,784)           (1,090)          (7,548)
Payment of cash distributions to limited partners              (7,519)          (14,043)         (11,376)
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
Net cash provided by financing activities                     536,355           108,975          515,238
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents              (10,136)          (11,678)          26,963
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
   (Note 2)                                                    95,252            85,116           77,933
                                                     ------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                $      85,116     $      73,438    $     104,896
                                                     ======================================================

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information 
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest                                                $      16,856     $      53,374    $      90,636
Income taxes                                                   22,216            29,315           49,581
</TABLE>

Non-cash investing activities:

The Company  assumed  liabilities of  $88,566,000,  $24,659,000  and $51,741,000
during the years  ended  December  31,  1993,  1994 and 1995,  respectively,  in
conjunction with its acquisitions.  During the years ended December 31, 1993 and
1994, the Company issued 138,000 and 38,000 common shares, respectively,  with a
market  value of $954,000  and  $533,000,  respectively,  as  consideration  for
acquisitions.

Non-cash financing activities:

During 1995 the Company had a two-for-one stock split on its common stock, which
was effected in the form of a one hundred percent stock dividend.

The  Company  received  a tax  benefit  from the  disqualifying  disposition  of
incentive  stock options of $585,000,  $6,470,000  and  $6,653,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 1994,  11,000 common shares were exchanged in
the exercise of options.  The shares exchanged had a market value on the date of
exchange of $321,000.

See accompanying notes.

                                     - 40 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                                December 31, 1995


1.  Significant Accounting Policies

The significant accounting policies followed by HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation and its
subsidiaries (the Company) are presented as an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.

Principles of Consolidation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include the  accounts  of  HEALTHSOUTH
Corporation  ("HEALTHSOUTH") and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries,  as well as its
limited  partnerships  (see Note 9). All significant  intercompany  accounts and
transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation  is engaged in the business of providing  comprehensive
rehabilitative,  clinical and surgical  healthcare  services on an inpatient and
outpatient basis.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  accompanying   consolidated   financial
statements and notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Marketable Securities

Marketable   equity   securities   and  debt   securities   are   classified  as
available-for-sale.  Available-for-sale  securities  are  carried at fair value,
with the  unrealized  gains and  losses,  if  material,  reported  as a separate
component of stockholders' equity, net of tax. The adjusted cost of the specific
security sold method is used to compute gain or loss on the sale of  securities.
Interest and  dividends  on  securities  classified  as  available-for-sale  are
included in investment income.  Marketable equity securities and debt securities
of the Company have maturities of less than one year.

                                     - 41 -
<PAGE>



                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


1. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Accounts Receivable and Third-Party Reimbursement Activities

Receivables  from  patients,  insurance  companies and  third-party  contractual
insured accounts  (Medicare and Medicaid) are based on payment  agreements which
generally  result  in the  Company  collecting  an  amount  different  from  the
established rates. Final determination of the settlement is subject to review by
appropriate authorities.  Adequate allowances are provided for doubtful accounts
and contractual adjustments.  Uncollectible accounts are written off against the
allowance for doubtful accounts after adequate  collection efforts are made. Net
accounts  receivable  include only those  amounts  estimated by management to be
collectible.

The concentration of net accounts receivable from third-party contractual payors
and others, as a percentage of total net accounts receivable, was as follows:

                                      December 31
                      --------------------------------------------
                              1994                  1995
                      --------------------------------------------
                      
Medicare                       36%                   24%
Medicaid                        6                     5
Other                          58                    71
                      ============================================
                              100%                  100%
                      ============================================

Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at the  lower of cost or  market  using  the  specific
identification method.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property,  plant and equipment are recorded at cost.  Upon sale or retirement of
property,  plant or equipment, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are
eliminated  from  the  respective  account  and  the  resulting  gain or loss is
included in the results of operations.




                                     - 42 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


1. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Property, Plant and Equipment (continued)

Interest cost incurred during the construction of a facility is capitalized. The
Company incurred interest of $21,771,000,  $69,268,000 and $93,634,000, of which
$2,664,000,  $2,394,000 and $1,941,000 was  capitalized,  during 1993,  1994 and
1995, respectively.

Depreciation  and amortization is computed using the  straight-line  method over
the  estimated  useful  lives  of the  assets  or the  term  of  the  lease,  as
appropriate.  The  estimated  useful  life of  buildings  is 30-40 years and the
general range of useful lives for leasehold  improvements,  furniture,  fixtures
and equipment is 10-15 years.

Intangible Assets

Cost in excess of net asset value of purchased  facilities is amortized  over 20
to 40 years using the  straight-line  method.  Organization  and start-up  costs
incurred  prior to opening a new facility and  partnership  formation  costs are
deferred  and  amortized  on a  straight-line  basis over a period of 36 months.
Organization,  partnership  formation  and start-up  costs for a project that is
subsequently  abandoned  are charged to  operations  in that period.  Debt issue
costs  are  amortized  over  the term of the  debt.  Noncompete  agreements  are
amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the agreements.

Minority Interests

The equity of  minority  investors  in limited  partnerships  of the  Company is
reported on the balance sheet as minority interests. Minority interests reported
in the income statement  reflect the respective  interests in the income or loss
of the limited partnerships  attributable to the minority investors,  the effect
of which is removed from the results of operations of the Company.

Revenues

Revenues include net patient service revenues and other operating revenues.  Net
patient  service  revenues are reported at the estimated net realizable  amounts
from patients,  third-party payors and others for services  rendered,  including
estimated   retroactive   adjustments   under   reimbursement   agreements  with
third-party payors.



                                     - 43 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


1. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Income per Common and Common Equivalent Share

Income per common and common  equivalent share is computed based on the weighted
average number of common shares and common equivalent shares  outstanding during
the periods, as adjusted for the two-for-one stock split declared in April 1995.
Common  equivalent  shares include dilutive  employees' stock options,  less the
number of treasury  shares  assumed to be purchased  from the proceeds using the
average market price of the Company's  common stock.  Fully diluted earnings per
share  (based  on  100,359,000  shares  in 1995)  assumes  conversion  of the 5%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2001 (see Note 7). The conversion of the
debentures was antidilutive in 1994.

Impairment of Assets

In accordance  with FASB  Statement No. 121,  Accounting  for the  Impairment of
Long-Lived  Assets and Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of, the Company records
impairment  losses on  long-lived  assets  used in  operations  when  events and
circumstances  indicate  that the assets might be impaired and the  undiscounted
cash flows  estimated to be generated by those assets are less than the carrying
amounts of those assets.

With respect to the carrying value of the excess of cost over net asset value of
purchased  facilities and other intangible  assets,  the Company determines on a
quarterly basis whether an impairment event has occurred by considering  factors
such as: the market value of the asset;  a significant  adverse  change in legal
factors or in the business climate;  adverse action by a regulator; a history of
operating or cash flow losses or a projection  of continuing  losses  associated
with an operating entity. The carrying value of excess cost over net asset value
of purchased  facilities  and other  intangible  assets will be evaluated if the
facts and  circumstances  suggest that it has been impaired.  If this evaluation
indicates  that the value of the asset will not be  recoverable,  as  determined
based on the  undiscounted  cash flows of the entity acquired over the remaining
amortization period, an impairment loss is calculated based on the excess of the
carrying amount of the asset over the asset's fair value.

                                     - 44 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


1. Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

Stock Option Plan

The Company has elected to follow  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25,
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" (APB 25) and related  Interpretations
in accounting for its employee stock options because the alternative  fair value
accounting provided for under FASB Statement No. 123 "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation,"  requires use of option  valuation models that were not developed
for use in valuing  employee stock  options.  Under APB 25, because the exercise
price of the Company's  employee  stock  options  equals the market price of the
underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense is recognized.

2.  Mergers

Effective December 29, 1994, the Company merged with ReLife, Inc. ("ReLife") and
in connection  therewith issued 11,025,290 shares of its common stock for all of
ReLife's outstanding common stock. Prior to the merger, ReLife provided a system
of  rehabilitation  services  and  operated  31  inpatient  facilities  with  an
aggregate of  approximately  1,100 licensed beds,  including nine  free-standing
rehabilitation  hospitals,  nine  acute  rehabilitation  units,  five  sub-acute
rehabilitation  units,  seven  transitional  living  units  and one  residential
facility and provided  outpatient  rehabilitation  services at twelve outpatient
centers.  Costs and expenses of  $2,949,000,  primarily  legal,  accounting  and
financial  advisory fees,  incurred by HEALTHSOUTH in connection with the ReLife
merger have been recorded in operations in 1994 and reported as merger  expenses
in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Effective  June 13, 1995, the Company  merged with Surgical  Health  Corporation
("SHC") and in connection  therewith issued 8,531,480 shares of its common stock
for all of SHC's common and preferred stock. Prior to the merger, SHC operated a
network of 41 freestanding surgery centers (including four mobile lithotripters)
in eleven states,  with an aggregate of 156 operating and procedure rooms. Costs
and expenses of approximately  $19,194,000 incurred by the Company in connection
with the SHC merger have been recorded in operations during 1995 and reported as
merger  expenses in the  accompanying  consolidated  statements of income.  Fees
related to legal,  accounting  and  financial  advisory  services  accounted for
$3,400,000 of the expense.  Costs and expense  related to the  retirement of the
SHC  Notes  (see  Note  7)  totaled  $14,606,000.   Costs  related  to  employee
separations were approximately $1,188,000.


                                     - 45 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


2. Mergers (continued)

SHC merged with Ballas Outpatient Management,  Inc. and Midwest Anesthesia, Inc.
on February 11, 1993 in a  transaction  accounted for as a pooling of interests.
SHC recorded  merger costs of $333,000 in connection  with this  transaction  in
1993.  SHC merged with Heritage  Surgical  Corporation  on January 18, 1994 in a
transaction  accounted for as a pooling of interests.  SHC recorded merger costs
of $3,571,000 in connection  with this  transaction  in 1994.  SHC's  historical
financial  statements for the periods prior to the two mergers  described  above
have been  restated  to include the results of the  acquired  companies  for all
periods presented.

Effective October 26, 1995, the Company merged with Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc.
("SSCI") and in connection therewith issued 1,776,001 shares of its common stock
in exchange for all of SSCI's  outstanding  common  stock.  Prior to the merger,
SSCI operated a network of 12 freestanding surgery centers in three states, with
an  aggregate  of 54  operating  and  procedure  rooms.  Costs and  expenses  of
approximately  $4,965,000,  primarily legal,  accounting and financial  advisory
fees,  incurred  by the  Company in  connection  with the SSCI  merger have been
recorded  in  operations  and  reported as merger  expenses in the  accompanying
consolidated statements of income.

The mergers of the  Company  with  ReLife,  SHC and SSCI were  accounted  for as
poolings of interests and,  accordingly,  the Company's  consolidated  financial
statements  have been restated to include the results of the acquired  companies
for all periods presented.

Combined and separate results of the Company and its 1995 mergers, SHC and SSCI,
are as follows (in thousands):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      HEALTHSOUTH           SHC              SSCI            Combined
                                    ----------------- ---------------- ----------------- -----------------
<S>                                     <C>             <C>              <C>               <C>         
Year ended December 31, 1993
     Revenues                           $  575,346      $     80,983     $     22,096      $    678,425
     Net income                             13,592             3,605              139            17,336
Year ended December 31, 1994
     Revenues                            1,127,441           108,749           38,175         1,274,365
     Net income (loss)                      53,225            (3,264)             532            50,493
Year ended December 31, 1995
     Revenues                            1,475,884            50,935           29,868         1,556,687
     Net income                             76,819             1,090            1,040            78,949
</TABLE>

                                     - 46 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


2. Mergers (continued)

There were no material  transactions  between the Company,  ReLife, SHC and SSCI
prior to the mergers.  The effects of conforming the accounting  policies of the
combined companies are not material.

Prior to its merger with the Company, ReLife reported on a fiscal year ending on
September  30. The restated  financial  statements  for all periods prior to and
including  December 31, 1994 are based on a combination of the Company's results
for its December 31 fiscal year and ReLife's results for its September 30 fiscal
year.  Beginning  January 1, 1995, all facilities  acquired in the ReLife merger
adopted a December 31 fiscal year end; accordingly,  all consolidated  financial
statements for periods after December 31, 1994 are based on a  consolidation  of
all of the Company's subsidiaries on a December 31 year end. ReLife's historical
results of  operations  for the three  months  ended  December  31, 1994 are not
included in the Company's  consolidated  statements of income or cash flows.  An
adjustment has been made to stockholders' equity as of January 1, 1995 to adjust
for the effect of excluding  ReLife's results of operations for the three months
ended  December 31,  1994.  The  following  is a summary of ReLife's  results of
operations  and cash flows for the three  months  ended  December  31,  1994 (in
thousands):

Statement of Income Data:
                                                  
Revenues                                              $        38,174

Operating expenses:
     Operating units                                           31,797
     Corporate general and administrative                       2,395
Provision for doubtful accounts                                   541
Depreciation and amortization                                   1,385
Interest expense                                                  858
Interest income                                                   (91)
HEALTHSOUTH merger expense                                      3,050
Loss on disposal of fixed assets                                1,000
Loss on abandonment of computer project                           973
                                                   ---------------------
                                                               41,908
                                                   ---------------------
Loss before income taxes and minority interests                (3,734)


                                     - 47 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


Provision for income taxes                                          -
                                                   ---------------------
                                                               (3,734)
Minority interests                                                  -
                                                   ---------------------
Net loss                                              $        (3,734)
                                                   =====================

                                     - 48 -
<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)



2. Mergers (continued)                           

Statement of Cash Flow Data:

Net cash provided by operating activities              $        38,077
Net cash used in investing activities                           (9,632)
Net cash used in financing activities                          (23,950)
                                                    ---------------------
     Net increase in cash                              $         4,495
                                                    =====================

During the three months ended December 31, 1994,  ReLife received  $7,141,000 in
proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

3.  Cash, Cash Equivalents and Other Marketable Securities

Cash,  cash  equivalents  and  other  marketable  securities  consisted  of  the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                             December 31
                                                              --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                      1994                  1995
                                                              --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                            (In thousands)

<S>                                                              <C>                   <C>            
Cash                                                             $        64,338       $        95,601
Municipal put bonds                                                        2,100                 2,095
Tax advantaged auction preferred stocks                                    7,000                 7,200
                                                              --------------------- ---------------------
   Total cash and cash equivalents                                        73,438               104,896
United States Treasury notes                                               1,004                     -
Certificates of deposit                                                    2,135                 1,962
Municipal put bonds                                                        3,975                   615
Municipal put bond mutual funds                                            8,514                   500
Collateralized mortgage obligations                                        1,000                 1,000
                                                              --------------------- ---------------------
Total other marketable securities                                         16,628                 4,077
                                                              --------------------- ---------------------
Total cash, cash equivalents and other
   marketable securities (approximates market value)             $        90,066       $       108,973
                                                              ===================== =====================
</TABLE>

For purposes of the  consolidated  balance  sheets and statements of cash flows,
marketable securities purchased with an original maturity of ninety days or less
are considered cash equivalents.

                                     - 49 -
<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


4.  Other Assets

Other assets consisted of the following:

                                                         December 31
                                          --------------------------------------
                                                   1994                 1995
                                          --------------------- ----------------
                                                        (In thousands)

Notes and accounts receivable                $      15,104       $      24,628
Investment in Caretenders Health Corp.               7,370               7,417
Prepaid long-term lease                                  -               8,888
Investments in other unconsolidated
   subsidiaries                                      6,007               4,031
Real estate investments                             10,022              11,586
Trusteed funds                                           -               1,879
Other                                                3,331               2,008
                                          =================== ==================
                                             $      41,834       $      60,437
                                          =================== ==================

The  Company  has  a  19%  ownership   interest  in  Caretenders   Health  Corp.
("Caretenders").  Accordingly,  the Company's  investment is being accounted for
using the equity method of accounting.  The  investment was initially  valued at
$7,250,000.  The Company's equity in earnings of Caretenders for the years ended
December 31, 1993,  1994 and 1995 was not material to the  Company's  results of
operations.

It was not  practicable  to  estimate  the fair value of the  Company's  various
investments in other unconsolidated subsidiaries (involved in operations similar
to those of the  Company)  because of the lack of a quoted  market price and the
inability to estimate fair value without incurring excessive costs. The carrying
amount at December 31, 1995  represents  the original  cost of the  investments,
which management believes is not impaired.

                                     - 50 -
<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


5.  Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                              December 31
                                                               -------------------------------------------
                                                                       1994                  1995
                                                               --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                             (In thousands)

<S>                                                               <C>                   <C>            
Land                                                              $        55,511       $        58,933
Buildings                                                                 497,433               679,988
Leasehold improvements                                                     47,427                66,948
Furniture, fixtures and equipment                                         347,419               472,904
Construction in progress                                                   45,709                24,513
                                                               --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                          993,499             1,303,286
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization                            120,704               203,074
                                                               --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                  $       872,795       $     1,100,212
                                                               ===================== =====================

6.  Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consisted of the following:

                                                                              December 31
                                                               -------------------------------------------
                                                                       1994                  1995
                                                               --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                             (In thousands)

Organizational, partnership formation and
    start-up costs                                                $        94,620       $       151,578
Debt issue costs                                                           18,848                34,029
Noncompete agreements                                                      35,253                69,400
Cost in excess of net asset value of purchased 
 facilities                                                               340,365               583,473
                                                               --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                          489,086               838,480
Less accumulated amortization                                              62,628               103,965
                                                               --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                  $       426,458       $       734,515
                                                               ===================== =====================
</TABLE>

                                     - 51 -
<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


7.  Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt consisted of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                    December 31
                                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                             1994                  1995
                                                     ------------------------------------------
                                                                   (In thousands)
<S>                                                     <C>                   <C>           
Notes and bonds payable:
   Advances under a $550,000,000 credit 
     agreement with banks                               $      510,000        $            -
   Advances under a $1,000,000,000 credit 
     agreement with banks                                            -               790,000
   11.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2004                     75,000                     -
   9.5% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2001                     250,000               250,000
   5.0% Convertible Subordinated Debentures 
     due 2001                                                  115,000               115,000
   Notes payable to banks and various other 
     notes payable, at interest rates from 5.5% 
     to 9.0%                                                    51,830                69,789
   Hospital revenue bonds payable                               24,763                32,337
Noncompete agreements payable with 
   payments due at ranging intervals through 
   December 2004                                                17,610                24,161
Other                                                            7,861                     -
                                                     --------------------- ---------------------
                                                             1,052,064             1,281,287
Less amounts due within one year                                19,123                27,913
                                                     --------------------- ---------------------
                                                        $    1,032,941        $    1,253,374
                                                     ===================== =====================
</TABLE>

The fair value of total long-term debt  approximates  book value at December 31,
1994 and 1995.  The fair values of the  Company's  long-term  debt are estimated
using discounted cash flow analysis,  based on the Company's current incremental
borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.

                                     - 52 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


7.  Long-Term Debt (continued)

During 1994, the Company entered into a Credit Agreement with NationsBank,  N.A.
("NationsBank")  and other  participating  banks (the "1994  Credit  Agreement")
which consisted of a $550,000,000 revolving facility and term loan. On April 11,
1995,  the  Company  amended  and  restated  the  1994  Credit   Agreement  with
NationsBank  to  increase  the  size  of  the  revolving   credit   facility  to
$1,000,000,000.  Interest is paid based on LIBOR plus a predetermined  margin, a
base rate, or competitively bid rates from the participating  banks. The Company
is  required  to pay a fee on the unused  portion of the 1994  revolving  credit
facility  ranging from 0.1875% to 0.375%,  depending on certain  defined ratios.
The principal amount is payable in full on October 1, 2000. The Company provided
a negative  pledge of all its assets and has granted a first  priority  security
interest in and lien on all shares of stock of its  subsidiaries  and rights and
interests in its partnerships. At December 31, 1995, the effective interest rate
associated with the 1994 Credit Agreement was approximately 6.56%.

On March 24, 1994,  the Company  issued  $250,000,000  principal  amount of 9.5%
Senior  Subordinated Notes due 2001 (the Notes).  Interest is payable on April 1
and October 1. The Notes are senior subordinated  obligations of the Company and
as such will be subordinated  to all existing and future senior  indebtedness of
the  Company,  and also will be  effectively  subordinated  to all  existing and
future  liabilities of the Company's  subsidiaries and  partnerships.  The Notes
rank senior to all  subordinated  indebtedness of the Company,  including the 5%
Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures due 2001 described below. The Notes mature
on April 1, 2001.

Also on March 24, 1994, the Company issued  $100,000,000  principal amount of 5%
Convertible  Subordinated Debentures due 2001 (the Convertible  Debentures).  An
additional  $15,000,000 principal amount of Convertible Debentures was issued in
April 1994 to cover underwriters' over allotments.  Interest is payable on April
1 and October 1. The Convertible Debentures are convertible into Common Stock of
the Company at the option of the holder at a  conversion  price of $18.8125  per
share, subject to adjustment in the occurrence of certain events.

The net proceeds from the issuance of the Notes and Convertible  Debentures were
used by the  Company  to pay  down  indebtedness  outstanding  under  its  other
existing credit facilities.

                                     - 53 -
<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


7. Long-Term Debt (continued)

In June 1994,  SHC (see Note 2) issued $75 million of 11.5% Senior  Subordinated
Notes due July 15, 2004 (the "SHC  Notes").  The  proceeds of the SHC Notes were
used by SHC to pay down indebtedness outstanding under its other existing credit
facilities.  During 1995, the Company  purchased  $67,500,000 of the $75,000,000
outstanding  principal amount of the SHC Notes for 115% of the face value of the
Notes and the  remaining  $7,500,000  balance was  purchased on the open market,
using proceeds from the Company's other long-term credit facilities. The loss on
retirement of the SHC Notes totaled approximately $14,606,000. The loss consists
of the premium,  write-off of unamortized bond issue costs and other fees and is
included in merger expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income
(see Note 2).

Principal maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

Year ending December 31                            (In thousands)
- ------------------------                       ---------------------


1996                                              $       27,913
1997                                                      24,186
1998                                                      18,360
1999                                                      12,158
2000                                                     800,077
After 2000                                               398,593
                                               =====================
                                                  $    1,281,287
                                               =====================

8.  Stock Options

The Company has various  stockholder-approved  stock option plans which  provide
for the grant of options  to  Directors,  officers  and other key  employees  to
purchase  common stock at 100% of the fair market value as of the date of grant.
The Board of  Directors  administers  the stock  option  plans.  Options  may be
granted as incentive stock options or as non-qualified stock options.  Incentive
stock  options vest 25%  annually,  commencing  upon  completion  of one year of
employment  subsequent  to  the  date  of  grant.  Non-qualified  stock  options
generally are not subject to any vesting provisions. The options expire at dates
ranging from five to ten years from the date of grant.

                                   - 54 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


8.  Stock Options (continued)

The following table summarizes activity in the stock option plans:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                              1993              1994              1995
                                         ---------------- ----------------- -----------------

<S>                                       <C>              <C>               <C>          
Options outstanding January 1:            $  11,450,885    $  14,900,895     $  13,383,945
     Granted                                  3,944,252        1,253,194         3,296,816
     Exercised                                  374,602        1,977,562         1,149,808
     Canceled                                   119,640          792,582           304,393
                                         ---------------- ----------------- -----------------
Options outstanding at December 31        $  14,900,895    $  13,383,945     $  15,226,560
                                         ================ ================= =================

Option price range for options
     granted during the period            $6.75 - $8.44  $13.94 - $18.25   $16.75 - $30.75

Option price range for options
    exercised during the period           $1.50 - $9.59    $1.50 - $8.44    $1.52 - $17.24

Options exercisable at December 31           10,665,880       10,948,440        12,783,364

Options available for grant at
     December 31                                689,013        1,103,134         2,681,064
</TABLE>

9.  Limited Partnerships

HEALTHSOUTH  operates a number of rehabilitation  and surgery centers as limited
partnerships in which HEALTHSOUTH  serves as the general partner.  These limited
partnerships  are included in the  consolidated  financial  statements  (as more
fully  described in Note 1 under  "Minority  Interests").  The limited  partners
share in the  profit  or loss of the  partnerships  based  on  their  respective
ownership  percentage (ranging from 1% to 50% at December 31, 1995) during their
ownership period.

Beginning in 1992, due to federal and state regulatory requirements, the Company
began the process of buying back selected partnership interests of its physician
limited partners.  The buyback prices for the interests were in general based on
a predetermined multiple of projected cash flows of the partnerships. The excess
of the  buyback  price  over the book  value of the  limited  partners'  capital
amounts was charged to the Company's retained earnings.

                                     - 55 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


10.  Acquisitions

Effective  April 1, 1995,  the Company  acquired  the  rehabilitation  hospitals
division  of  NovaCare,  Inc.  ("NovaCare"),  consisting  of  11  rehabilitation
hospitals,  12 other  facilities,  and  certificates  of need to build two other
facilities.   The  total  purchase   price  for  the  NovaCare   facilities  was
approximately  $235,000,000  in cash.  The cost in excess of net asset value was
approximately  $173,000,000.  Of this  excess,  approximately  $129,000,000  was
allocated to leasehold value and the remaining  $44,000,000 to cost in excess of
net asset value of purchased facilities. As part of the acquisition, the Company
acquired  approximately  $4,790,000  in deferred  tax assets.  The Company  also
provided  approximately  $10,000,000 for the write-down of certain assets to net
realizable  value  as  the  result  of a  planned  facility  consolidation.  The
consolidation  is applicable in a market where the Company's  existing  services
overlap with those of an acquired facility. The planned employee separations and
facility consolidation were completed by the end of 1995.

The pro forma effect of this  acquisition  on 1994 and 1995  operations  and net
income  per common and common  equivalent  share is  reflected  in the pro forma
summary in Note 16.

Effective  December 1, 1995, the Company acquired Caremark  Orthopedic  Services
Inc.  ("Caremark").  Caremark  owns and operates  approximately  120  outpatient
rehabilitation  centers in 13 states. The total purchase price was approximately
$127,500,000 in cash.

Also at various dates during 1995, the Company  acquired 70 separate  outpatient
rehabilitation  operations  located throughout the United States, one outpatient
surgery center and one outpatient  diagnostic  imaging  operation.  The combined
purchase prices of these 72 acquisitions  was  approximately  $102,281,000.  The
form of consideration  comprising the combined purchase prices was approximately
$85,745,000 in cash and $16,536,000 in notes payable.

In connection  with these  transactions,  the Company  entered into  non-compete
agreements with former owners totaling $16,222,000. In general these non-compete
agreements are payable in monthly or quarterly installments over periods ranging
from five to ten years.

The  fair  value of the  total  net  assets  relating  to the 1995  acquisitions
described  above,   excluding  the  NovaCare   acquisition,   was  approximately
$58,452,000. The total cost of these acquisitions exceeded the fair value of the
net assets acquired by approximately


                                     - 56 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


10. Acquisitions (continued)

$171,329,000.  The Company evaluated each acquisition independently to determine
the appropriate amortization period for the cost in excess of net asset value of
purchased  facilities.  Each  evaluation  included an  analysis of historic  and
projected  financial  performance,  evaluation of the estimated  useful lives of
buildings and fixed assets  acquired,  the indefinite  lives of  certificates of
need and licenses acquired,  the competition  within local markets,  lease terms
where applicable, and the legal term of partnerships where applicable.  Based on
these  evaluations,  the Company determined that the cost in excess of net asset
value of  purchased  facilities  relating  to the 1995  acquisitions  should  be
amortized over periods ranging from 25 to 40 years on a straight-line basis.
No other  identifiable  intangible  assets  were  recorded  in the  acquisitions
described above.

All of the 1995  acquisitions  described  above were  accounted for as purchases
and,  accordingly,  the results of  operations  of the acquired  businesses  are
included  in the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  from  their
respective  dates of  acquisition.  With the exception of NovaCare,  none of the
above acquisitions were material individually or in the aggregate.

At various  dates  during  1994,  the Company  acquired  53 separate  outpatient
operations  located throughout the United States. The combined purchase price of
these acquired outpatient operations was approximately $53,947,000.  The Company
also acquired a specialty medical center in Dallas,  Texas, a contract therapist
provider and a diagnostic imaging company.  The combined purchase price of these
three  operations  was  approximately  $25,861,000.  The  form of  consideration
constituting  the  total  purchase  prices  of  $79,808,000  was   approximately
$68,359,000  in cash,  $10,916,000  in notes  payable and  approximately  38,000
shares of common stock valued at $533,000.

In connection  with these  transactions,  the Company  entered into  non-compete
agreements  with  former  owners  totaling   $10,814,000.   In  general,   these
non-compete  agreements  are payable in monthly or quarterly  installments  over
periods ranging from five to ten years.

The  fair  value of the  total  net  assets  relating  to the 1994  acquisitions
described  above  was  approximately  $11,087,000.   The  total  cost  for  1994
acquisitions exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired by approximately
$68,721,000. Based on the evaluation of

                                     - 57 -
<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

10. Acquisitions (continued)

each acquisition  utilizing the criteria described above, the Company determined
that the cost in excess of net asset value of purchased  facilities  relating to
the 1994  acquisitions  should be amortized  over periods  ranging from 25 to 40
years on a straight-line  basis. No other  identifiable  assets were recorded in
the acquisitions described above.

All of the 1994  acquisitions  described  above were  accounted for as purchases
and,  accordingly,  the results of  operations of the acquired  businesses  (not
material  individually  or in the  aggregate)  are included in the  accompanying
consolidated financial statements from their respective dates of acquisition.

Effective  December 31, 1993, the Company completed an acquisition from National
Medical Enterprises, Inc. (NME) of 28 inpatient rehabilitation facilities and 45
outpatient  rehabilitation centers, which constituted substantially all of NME's
rehabilitation services division (the NME Selected Hospitals  Acquisition).  The
purchase price was approximately  $296,661,000 cash, plus net working capital of
$64,503,000,  subject to certain  adjustments,  the assumption of  approximately
$16,313,000  of  current   liabilities  and  the  assumption  of   approximately
$17,111,000 in long-term debt.

As a result of the NME Selected Hospitals Acquisition, HEALTHSOUTH recognized an
expense of  approximately  $49,742,000  during the year ended December 31, 1993.
This  expense  represents  management's  estimate  of the  cost  to  consolidate
operations  of  thirteen  existing   HEALTHSOUTH   facilities  (three  inpatient
facilities  and ten  outpatient  facilities)  into  the  operations  of  certain
facilities  acquired  from  NME.  This  plan  was  formulated  by  HEALTHSOUTH's
management  in order to more  efficiently  provide  services  in  markets  where
multiple  locations  now  exist  as a  result  of the  acquisition.  The plan of
consolidation calls for the affected operations to be merged into the operations
of the acquired facilities over a period of 12 to 24 months from the date of the
NME  Selected  Hospitals  Acquisition.  Due to the  single-use  nature  of these
properties,  the  consolidation  plan  does  not  provide  for the sale of these
facilities.

The  total  expense  of  $49,742,000  consists  of  several  components.  First,
approximately $39,000,000 relates to the writedown of the assets of the affected
HEALTHSOUTH  facilities  to  their  estimated  net  realizable  value.  Of  this
$39,000,000, approximately


                                     - 58 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


10. Acquisitions (continued)

$31,500,000  relates  to  the  assets  of the  three  inpatient  facilities  and
approximately $7,500,000 relates to the assets of the ten outpatient facilities.
The $39,000,000 is broken down into the following  asset  categories (net of any
related accumulated depreciation or amortization):

                        Inpatient             Outpatient
                        Facilities            Facilities              Total
                   --------------------- --------------------- ----------------
                                           (In thousands)

Land                  $       2,898         $           -         $       2,898
Buildings                    16,168                     -                16,168
Equipment                     4,326                 2,920                 7,246
Intangible assets             6,111                 3,455                 9,566
Other assets                  1,997                 1,125                 3,122
                   ===================== ===================== ================
                      $      31,500         $       7,500         $      39,000
                   ===================== ===================== ================

During the year ended December 31, 1994, management  discontinued  operations in
two of the inpatient facilities and three of the outpatient  facilities affected
by the plan and merged  them into the  operations  of the  acquired  facilities.
Accordingly,  assets  with a net book value of  approximately  $17,911,000  were
written off in 1994  against the  reserves  established  at December  31,  1993.
Operations  at  the  remaining   inpatient  facility  and  the  remaining  seven
outpatient  facilities  identified in the plan were discontinued during 1995 and
charged against the remaining reserve.

Second,  $7,700,000 relates to the write-off of certain capitalized  development
projects.  These projects relate to the planned  facilities  that, if completed,
would be in direct  competition  with certain of the  acquired  NME  facilities.
These  development  projects  were  written  off in 1994  against  the  reserves
established at December 31, 1993.

Finally, approximately $3,000,000 was accrued for costs of employee separations,
relocations and other direct costs related to the planned  consolidation  of the
affected operations.  During the second quarter of 1994,  management revised its
estimate of the cost of the employee  separations and  relocations.  The revised
estimate calls for approximately 150 employees to be affected by separations and
approximately 400 to be affected by relocations.  Separation  benefits under the
revised  plan range  from one  month's  to one  year's  compensation  and totals
approximately  $2,188,000.  Relocation  benefits are  estimated to be $2,000 per
employee and total $800,000. An additional


                                     - 59 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


10. Acquisitions (continued)

$350,000 has been provided for additional direct administrative costs associated
with the implementation of the plan, including outplacement services, travel and
legal  fees.   Accordingly,   the  total  revised  estimated  cost  of  employee
separations  and relocations is $3,338,000.  The difference  between the initial
estimate and the revised estimate was treated as a change in accounting estimate
and charged to operations in the second quarter of 1994.

The total costs relating to terminations and relocations incurred by the Company
and charged against the reserve were $758,000 and $2,580,000 for the years ended
December  31, 1994 and 1995,  respectively.  This cost is the only cash  expense
included in the acquisition related expense.

Also at various dates during 1993, the Company  acquired 27 separate  outpatient
rehabilitation  operations  located  throughout  the  United  States.  The total
consideration paid for these acquired outpatient  rehabilitation  operations was
approximately  $23,943,000,  consisting of $21,634,000 in cash and $2,309,000 in
notes  payable.  The fair value of the net  assets  acquired  was  approximately
$5,196,000.  The total cost of the 1993 outpatient  rehabilitation  acquisitions
exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired by approximately $18,747,000.
The Company also acquired thirteen  outpatient  surgery center operations during
1993. The total  consideration paid for these acquired outpatient surgery center
operations  was  approximately  $51,392,000,  consisting of $44,799,000 in cash,
$5,639,000 in notes  payable and common stock value at $954,000.  The total cost
of the 1993 outpatient surgery  acquisitions  exceeded the fair value of the net
assets acquired by  approximately  $11,710,000.  Based on the evaluation of each
acquisition, utilizing the criteria described above, the Company determined that
the cost in excess of net asset value of  purchased  facilities  relating to the
1993  acquisitions  should be amortized over a 40 year period on a straight line
basis. No other identifiable intangible assets were recorded in the acquisitions
described above.

Also during  1993,  the  Company  acquired  100% of the stock of  Rebound,  Inc.
("Rebound") for net consideration of approximately  $14,000,000 in cash. Rebound
operated 293 beds in thirteen  facilities.  The purchase price exceeded the fair
value  of the net  assets  acquired  by  approximately  $11,200,000,  which  was
allocated to excess of cost over net asset value of purchased facilities.

                                     - 60 -

<PAGE>
                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


10. Acquisitions (continued)

All of the 1993  acquisitions  described  above were  accounted for as purchases
and,  accordingly,  the results of  operations  of the acquired  businesses  are
included  in the  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  from  their
respective dates of acquisition.

11.  Income Taxes

HEALTHSOUTH and its subsidiaries file a consolidated  federal income tax return.
The  limited  partnerships  file  separate  income  tax  returns.  HEALTHSOUTH's
allocable  portion  of each  partnership's  income  or loss is  included  in the
taxable income of the Company.  The remaining income or loss of each partnership
is allocated to the limited partners.

The Company  utilizes the liability  method of accounting  for income taxes,  as
required by  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (FASB)  Statement  No. 109,
"Accounting for Income Taxes".

At December  31,  1995,  the Company has net  operating  loss  carryforwards  of
approximately  $41,736,000  for income tax  purposes  expiring  through the year
2010. Those carryforwards resulted from the Company's acquisitions of Diagnostic
Health Corporation, ReLife, NovaCare, and SHC (Notes 2 and 10).

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary  differences  between
the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial  reporting purposes
and the amounts  used for income tax  purposes.  Significant  components  of the
Company's  deferred  tax  liabilities  and assets as of December 31, 1994 are as
follows:

                                           Current      Noncurrent        Total
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                                      (In thousands)

Deferred tax assets:
NME Selected Hospitals Acquisition 
   related expense                      $        -     $    15,241    $   15,241
     Allowance for bad debts                18,440               -        18,440
     Amortization                                -           5,550         5,550
     Other                                   2,019           3,444         5,463
                                      ------------------------------------------
Total deferred tax assets                   20,459          24,235        44,694

                                     - 61 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


11.  Income Taxes (continued)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Current            Noncurrent            Total
                                                 ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
                                                                       (In thousands)
<S>                                                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>          
Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciation                                   $           -       $      19,276       $      19,276
     Non-accrual experience method                         12,353                   -              12,353
     Contracts                                              3,849                   -               3,849
     Capitalized costs                                          -              10,487              10,487
     Other                                                  1,184               3,576               4,760
                                                 ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities                             17,386              33,339              50,725
                                                 ------------------- ------------------- -------------------
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)               $       3,073       $      (9,104)      $      (6,031)
                                                 =================== =================== ===================
</TABLE>

Significant  components of the Company's  deferred tax liabilities and assets as
of December 31, 1995 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   Current              Noncurrent              Total
                                             --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
                                                                      (In thousands)
<S>                                             <C>                   <C>                   <C>            
Deferred tax assets:
     Accruals                                   $         6,988       $             -       $         6,988
     Acquired net operating loss                              -                16,277                16,277
     Allowance for bad debts                             25,614                     -                25,614
     Other                                                1,584                 5,549                 7,133
                                             --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
Total deferred tax assets                                34,186                21,826                56,012

Deferred tax liabilities:
     Depreciation                               $             -       $        22,518       $        22,518
     Non-accrual experience method                       14,559                     -                14,559
     Contracts                                            3,849                     -                 3,849
     Capitalized costs                                        -                12,916                12,916
     Other                                                2,521                 1,828                 4,349
                                             --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
Total deferred tax liabilities                           20,929                37,262                58,191
               `                              --------------------- --------------------- ---------------------
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)           $        13,257       $       (15,436)      $        (2,179)
                                             ===================== ===================== =====================
</TABLE>

                                     - 62 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


11.  Income Taxes (continued)

The provision for income taxes was as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      Year ended December 31
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1993                  1994                  1995
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (In thousands)
Currently payable:
<S>                                 <C>                   <C>                   <C>            
     Federal                        $        15,660       $        31,789       $        42,317
     State                                    2,120                 4,759                 4,836
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                             17,780                36,548                47,153
Deferred expense (benefit):
     Federal                                 (5,162)               (1,475)                  842
     State                                     (556)                 (295)                   96
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                             (5,718)               (1,770)                  938
                                 -----------------------------------------------------------------
Total provision                     $        12,062       $        34,778       $        48,091
                                 =================================================================
</TABLE>

The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount computed by
applying the  statutory  federal  income tax rate to income  before taxes was as
follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                  Year ended December 31
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     1993                  1994                  1995
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                      (In thousands)

<S>                                             <C>                   <C>                   <C>            
Federal taxes at statutory rates                $        12,629       $        32,947       $        49,918
Add (deduct):
   State income  taxes,  net of federal
      tax benefit                                           822                 2,798                 3,206
   Tax-exempt interest income                              (454)                 (276)                 (198)
   Other                                                   (935)                 (691)               (4,835)
                                             -----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                $        12,062       $        34,778       $        48,091
                                             =================================================================
</TABLE>

12.  Commitments and Contingencies

At December  31,  1995,  anticipated  capital  expenditures  for the next twelve
months are $180,000,000.  This amount includes  expenditures for maintenance and
expansion  of the  Company's  existing  facilities  as well as  development  and
integration of the Company's services in selected metropolitan markets.

                                     - 63 -
<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


12.  Commitments and Contingencies (continued)

Beginning  December 1, 1993, the Company became  self-insured  for  professional
liability and comprehensive  general  liability.  The Company purchased coverage
for all claims  incurred  prior to December 1, 1993.  In  addition,  the Company
purchased  underlying  insurance  which would cover all claims once  established
limits have been exceeded.  It is the opinion of management that at December 31,
1995  the  Company  has  adequate  reserves  to cover  losses  on  asserted  and
unasserted claims.

Operating leases generally  consist of short-term lease agreements for buildings
where facilities are located. These leases generally have 5-year terms, with one
or more renewal  options,  with terms to be  negotiated  at the time of renewal.
Total rental expense for all operating leases was  $30,118,000,  $67,001,000 and
$89,288,000 for the years ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under all operating
leases having initial or remaining  non-cancelable  lease terms in excess of one
year:

Year ending December 31                             (In thousands)
- ------------------------                         ---------------------


1996                                                $       89,016
1997                                                        82,249
1998                                                        75,881
1999                                                        66,271
2000                                                        53,812
After 2000                                                 248,924
                                                 =====================
Total minimum payments required                     $      616,153
                                                 =====================

13.  Employee Benefit Plans

The  Company  has a 401(k)  savings  plan which  matches  15% of the first 4% of
earnings  that an employee  contributes.  All  contributions  are in the form of
cash.  All  employees  who have  completed one year of service with a minimum of
1,000  hours  worked  are  eligible  to   participate   in  the  plan.   Company
contributions   are  gradually   vested  over  a  seven-year   service   period.
Contributions to the plan by the Company were approximately $490,000, $1,094,000
and $1,196,000 in 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

                                     - 64 -
<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


13.  Employee Benefit Plans (continued)

In 1991, the Company  established an Employee Stock  Ownership Plan ("ESOP") for
the  purpose  of  providing  substantially  all  employees  of the  Company  the
opportunity to save for their  retirement and acquire a proprietary  interest in
the  Company.  The ESOP  currently  owns  approximately  830,000  shares  of the
Company's  common  stock,  which were  purchased  with funds  borrowed  from the
Company, $10,000,000 in 1991 (the "1991 ESOP Loan") and $10,000,000 in 1992 (the
"1992 ESOP Loan").  At December 31, 1995,  the combined ESOP Loans had a balance
of  $15,886,000.  The 1991 ESOP Loan,  which bears an  interest  rate of 10%, is
payable in annual  installments  covering interest and principal over a ten-year
period  beginning in 1992.  The 1992 ESOP Loan,  which bears an interest rate of
8.5%, is payable in annual  installments  covering interest and principal over a
ten-year period  beginning in 1993.  Company  contributions to the ESOP began in
1992  and  shall  at least  equal  the  amount  required  to make all ESOP  loan
amortization  payments for each plan year. The Company  recognizes  compensation
expense based on the shares allocated  method.  The total  compensation  expense
related to the ESOP  recognized by the Company was  $3,198,000,  $3,673,000  and
$3,524,000 in 1993, 1994 and 1995,  respectively.  Interest incurred on the ESOP
Loans was approximately $1,743,000,  $1,608,000 and $1,460,000 in 1993, 1994 and
1995,  respectively.  Approximately  229,000  shares owned by the ESOP have been
allocated to participants at December 31, 1995.

During 1993,  the American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants  issued
Statement of Position  ("SOP") 93-6,  "Employers  Accounting  for Employee Stock
Ownership Plans".  Among other  provisions,  SOP 93-6 requires that compensation
expense relating to employee stock ownership plans be measured based on the fair
market value of the shares when  allocated to the  employees.  The provisions of
SOP 93-6 apply only to leveraged ESOPs formed after December 31, 1992, or shares
newly acquired by an existing  leveraged  ESOP after December 31, 1992.  Because
all shares owned by the Company's ESOP were acquired prior to December 31, 1992,
the Company's accounting policies for the shares currently owned by the ESOP are
not affected by SOP 93-6.

14.  Sale of Assets

During the second quarter of 1994, the Company  consummated the sale of selected
properties  to  Capstone  Capital  Corporation   ("Capstone"),   a  real  estate
investment trust. These properties  include six ancillary  hospital  facilities,
three outpatient rehabilitation  facilities, two outpatient surgery centers, one
uncompleted medical office building and

                                     - 65 -

<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


14.  Sale of Assets (continued)

one  research  facility.  The net  proceeds  to the  Company as a result of this
transaction were approximately $58,425,000. The net book value of the properties
was approximately $50,735,000. Because the Company is leasing back substantially
all of the  properties  from  Capstone,  payments  which  aggregate $6.9 million
annually,  the  resulting  gain on sale of  approximately  $7,690,000  has  been
recorded on the accompanying  consolidated balance sheet as deferred revenue and
will be amortized  into income over the initial  lease terms of the  properties.
The Company is accounting for each of the new leases as an operating  lease with
an  initial  lease  term of 5 years.  During  1995,  the  Company  sold  another
inpatient  rehabilitation  hospital  property to Capstone under terms similar to
those described above. Aggregate annual lease payments for this property totaled
$1.7 million.  The resulting  loss of  approximately  $4,010,000 has been netted
against the deferred gain described  above and will be amortized to expense over
the  initial  lease  term.  The  Company  and  certain   Company   officers  own
approximately  4.5% of the outstanding  common stock of Capstone at December 31,
1995.

15.  Impairment of Long-Term Assets

During  1994,  certain  events  occurred  which  impaired  the value of specific
long-term  assets of ReLife (see Note 2). A hospital in Missouri with a distinct
part unit  which  ReLife was  managing  was  purchased  in 1994 by an acute care
provider  which  terminated  the  contract  with ReLife.  Remaining  goodwill of
$1,700,000  and costs  allocated to the management  contract of $1,300,000  were
written off as there is no value remaining for the terminated contract.

A ReLife  facility in central Florida  incurred  tornado damage and has not been
operating  since September 1993.  During 1994,  management of ReLife  determined
that it is  probable  that this  facility  will not  reopen.  Start-up  costs of
$1,600,000 were written off. This facility is leased under an operating lease as
described  in Note 12 through  the year 2001.  An  impairment  accrual  has been
established  based on the projected  undiscounted net cash flows related to this
non-operating  facility for the remainder of the lease term.  The accrual totals
$5,900,000  and consists of $4,700,000 in lease payments and $1,200,000 in fixed
costs and operating expenses,  including property taxes,  maintenance,  security
and other related costs.


                                     - 66 -
<PAGE>

                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)


15.  Impairment of Long-Term Assets (continued)

During  1994,  ReLife  entered  into a contract  for a new  information  system.
Payments under the contract and related costs were capitalized  during the year.
After the agreement to merge with HEALTHSOUTH was entered into (see Note 2), the
computer  project was abandoned  resulting in a write-off of capitalized cost of
$4,500,000.

During the second quarter of 1995, the Company recognized an $11,192,000 loss on
impairment  of assets which  relates to six SHC (see Note 2) facilities in which
the  undiscounted  cash flows did not support  the book value of the  long-lived
assets  of such  facilities.  The  assets  were  written  down to fair  value as
determined from an independent appraisal of such properties.

The above amounts are shown recorded in operations in the consolidated statement
of income.

16.  Subsequent Events - Unaudited

On January 17, 1996, the Company  consummated  the  acquisition of Surgical Care
Affiliates,  Inc.  ("SCA")  in a  transaction  accounted  for  as a  pooling  of
interests.  In the  transaction,  SCA  stockholders  received  an  aggregate  of
45,928,339 shares of the Company's common stock. SCA operates 67 surgery centers
in 24 states.

On March 14, 1996, the Company  consummated the acquisition of Advantage  Health
Corporation  ("Advantage Health") in a transaction accounted for as a pooling of
interests.  In the transaction,  Advantage Health stockholders and optionholders
received  an  aggregate  of  9,101,989  shares of the  Company's  common  stock.
Advantage  Health  operates a network of 136 sites of  service,  including  four
freestanding  rehabilitation hospitals, one freestanding multi-use hospital, one
nursing home,  68 outpatient  rehabilitation  facilities,  14 inpatient  managed
rehabilitation  units, 24 rehabilitation  services management  contracts and six
managed sub-acute rehabilitation units.

The  effects of  conforming  the  accounting  policies of the  Company,  SCA and
Advantage Health are not expected to be material.

The following table  summarizes the unaudited  consolidated pro forma results of
operations,  assuming the SCA and Advantage Health acquisitions  described above
had

                                     - 67 -

<PAGE>


                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries

             Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

16.  Subsequent Events - Unaudited (continued)

occurred  at the  beginning  of each of the  following  periods.  This pro forma
summary does not  necessarily  reflect the results of  operations  as they would
have been had the Company and the acquired entities  constituted a single entity
during  such  periods.  The 1994 and 1995  amounts  also  reflect  the pro forma
effects of the NovaCare acquisition (see Note 10).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        Year ended December 31
                                           ---------------------------------------------------
                                               1993              1994              1995
                                           --------------- ----------------- -----------------
                                               (In thousands, except per share amounts)

<S>                                             <C>              <C>               <C>       
Revenues                                        $ 979,206        $1,799,805        $2,042,948
Net income                                         60,474            87,607            91,959
Net income per common share--assuming 
 full dilution                                       0.45              0.61              0.62
</TABLE>

                                     - 68 -

<PAGE>
Item 9.  Changes  in  and  Disagreements  with  Accountants  on  Accounting  and
         Financial Disclosure.

         The  Company  has  not  changed  independent   accountants  within  the
24 months prior to December 31, 1995.



                                     - 69 -

<PAGE>



                                    PART III


Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers.


Directors

          The following table sets forth certain information with respect to the
Company's Directors.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            Principal Occupation
                                                              and All Positions                     A Director
            Name                      Age                     With the Company                         Since
            ----                      ---                     ----------------                         -----

<S>                                   <C>           <C>                                                <C> 
Richard M. Scrushy                    43                    Chairman of the Board                      1984
                                                         and Chief Executive Officer
                                                                and Director

James P. Bennett                      38            President and Chief Operating Officer              1993
                                                                and Director

Phillip C. Watkins, M.D.              54               Physician, Birmingham, Alabama,                 1984
                                                                and Director

George H. Strong                      69            Private Investor, Locust, New Jersey,              1984
                                                                and Director

C. Sage Givens                        39                      General Partner,                         1985
                                                           Acacia Venture Partners
                                                                and Director

Charles W. Newhall III                51                   Partner, New Enterprise                     1985
                                                      Associates Limited Partnerships,
                                                                and Director

Aaron Beam, Jr.                       52                Executive Vice President and                   1993
                                                           Chief Financial Officer
                                                                and Director

Larry R. House                        52              Chairman of the Board, President                 1993
                                                        and Chief Executive Officer,
                                                         MedPartners/Mullikin, Inc.,
                                                                and Director

Anthony J. Tanner                     47                 Executive Vice President--                    1993
                                                        Administration and Secretary
                                                                and Director


P. Daryl Brown                        41                 President - HEALTHSOUTH                       1995
                                                      Outpatient Centers and Director
                                     - 70 -


<PAGE>



                                                            Principal Occupation
                                                              and All Positions                     A Director
            Name                      Age                     With the Company                         Since
            ----                      ---                     ----------------                         -----

John S. Chamberlin                    67                      Private Investor,                        1993
                                                           Princeton, New Jersey,
                                                                and Director

Richard F. Celeste                    58                      Managing Partner,                        1991
                                                          Celeste and Sabaty, Ltd.
                                                                and Director

Joel C. Gordon                        67                      Private Investor,                        1996
                                                            Nashville, Tennessee,
                                                          Consultant to the Company
                                                                and Director

Raymond J. Dunn III                   53                      Private Investor,                        1996
                                                           Woburn, Massachusetts,
                                                          Consultant to the Company
                                                                and Director
</TABLE>

         Richard M.  Scrushy,  one of the  Company's  management  founders,  has
served as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since
1984,  and also served as  President  of the Company from 1984 until March 1995.
From 1979 to 1984, Mr. Scrushy was with Lifemark  Corporation,  a publicly-owned
healthcare corporation, serving in various operational and management positions.
Mr. Scrushy is also a director of MedPartners/Mullikin,  Inc., a publicly-traded
physician  practice  management  company,  and Chairman of the Board of Capstone
Capital, Inc., a publicly-traded real estate investment trust. He also serves on
the boards of directors of several privately-held healthcare corporations.

         Phillip C. Watkins, M.D., FACC, is and has been in private practice for
more than  five  years  with  Cardiovascular  Associates,  P.C.  in  Birmingham,
Alabama.  A  graduate  of The  Medical  College  of  Alabama,  Dr.  Watkins is a
Diplomate of the American Board of Internal Medicine. He is also a Fellow of the
American  College of Cardiology  and the  Subspecialty  Board of  Cardiovascular
Disease.

         George H. Strong retired as senior vice  president and chief  financial
officer of Universal Health Services,  Inc. in December 1984, a position he held
for more than six years.  Mr. Strong is a private  investor and continued to act
as a Director of Universal Health  Services,  Inc., a  publicly-traded  hospital
management corporation, until 1993. Mr. Strong is also a director of Core Funds,
a public mutual fund group, Integrated Health Services,  Inc., a publicly-traded
healthcare corporation, and AmeriSource, Inc., a large drug wholesaler.

         C. Sage  Givens is a general  partner  of Acacia  Venture  Partners,  a
private venture capital fund  capitalized at $66,000,000.  From 1983 to June 30,
1995,  Ms.  Givens was a general  partner of First Century  Partners,  a private
venture capital fund capitalized to $100,000,000.  Ms. Givens managed the fund's
healthcare investments.  Ms. Givens serves on the boards of directors of PhyCor,
Inc.,  a  publicly-traded  healthcare  corporation,  and several  privately-held
healthcare companies.

         Charles  W.  Newhall  III  is a  general  partner  and  founder  of New
Enterprise Associates Limited Partnerships,  Baltimore,  Maryland,  where he has
been engaged in the venture  capital  business since 1978. Mr. Newhall is also a
director of Integrated  Health Services,  Inc.,  MedPartners/Mullikin,  Inc. and
Opta Food Ingredients, Inc., all of which are publicly-traded corporations.

                                     - 71 -


<PAGE>

         Aaron Beam, Jr., C.P.A., a management founder, serves as Executive Vice
President and Chief Financial  Officer of the Company and was elected a Director
in  February  1993.  From  1980 to 1984,  Mr.  Beam  was  employed  by  Lifemark
Corporation in several  financial and operational  management  positions for the
Shared Services Division,  including division controller. Mr. Beam is a director
of Ramsey Healthcare, Inc., a publicly-traded healthcare corporation.

         James  P.  Bennett  joined  the  Company  in May  1991 as  Director  of
Inpatient  Operations,  was  promoted  to  Group  Vice  President  --  Inpatient
Rehabilitation  Operations  in  September  1991,  again to  President  and Chief
Operating  Officer --  HEALTHSOUTH  Rehabilitation  Hospitals  in June 1992,  to
President -- HEALTHSOUTH Inpatient Operations in February 1993, and to President
and Chief  Operating  Officer of the  Company in March  1995.  Mr.  Bennett  was
elected a Director in February  1993.  From August 1987 to May 1991, Mr. Bennett
was  employed  by  Russ  Pharmaceuticals,  Inc.,  Birmingham,  Alabama,  as Vice
President -- Operations,  Chief Financial Officer,  Secretary and director.  Mr.
Bennett  served  as  certified  public  accountant  on the  audit  staff  of the
Birmingham,  Alabama  office of Ernst &  Whinney  (now  Ernst & Young  LLP) from
October 1980 to August 1987.

         Larry R. House is Chairman of the Board,  President and Chief Executive
Officer of  MedPartners/Mullikin,  Inc.  a  publicly-traded  physician  practice
management  firm, a position he assumed as his  principal  occupation  in August
1993.  Mr. House was elected a Director of the Company in February  1993. At the
same  time he  became  President  --  HEALTHSOUTH  International,  Inc.  and New
Business  Ventures,  a position  which he held until  August 31,  1994,  when he
terminated  his  employment  with the  Company to  concentrate  on his duties at
MedPartners/Mullikin. Mr. House joined the Company in September 1985 as Director
of Marketing,  subsequently  served as Senior Vice President and Chief Operating
Officer of the Company,  and in June 1992 became  President and Chief  Operating
Officer -- HEALTHSOUTH Medical Centers.  Prior to joining the Company, Mr. House
was president  and chief  executive  officer of a provider of clinical  contract
management services for more than ten years.

         Anthony J. Tanner,  Sc.D.,  a management  founder,  serves as Executive
Vice President -- Administration  and Secretary of the Company and was elected a
Director in  February  1993.  From 1980 to 1984,  Mr.  Tanner was with  Lifemark
Corporation  in  the  Shared  Services   Division  as  director,   clinical  and
professional programs (1982-1984) and director,  quality assurance and education
(1980-1982),  where he was responsible for the development of clinical  programs
and marketing programs.

         P. Daryl Brown  joined the Company in April 1986 and served  until June
1992 as Group Vice President -- Outpatient  Operations.  He became  President --
HEALTHSOUTH  Outpatient  Centers in June 1992,  and was elected as a Director in
March 1995.  From 1977 to 1986,  Mr.  Brown  served with the American Red Cross,
Alabama  Region,  in  several  positions,  including  Chief  Operating  Officer,
Administrative Director for Financing and Administration and Controller.

         John S.  Chamberlin  retired in 1988 as president  and chief  operating
officer of Avon  Products,  Inc.,  a position he had held since 1985.  From 1976
until  1985,  he  served  as  chairman  and chief  executive  officer  of Lenox,
Incorporated,  after 22 years in various assignments for General Electric.  From
1990 to 1991,  he served as chairman and chief  executive  officer of New Jersey
Publishing Co. Mr.  Chamberlin is chairman of the board of Life Fitness  Company
and WNS,  Inc., and is a director of The Scotts  Company.  He is a member of the
Board of Trustees of the Medical  Center at Princeton and the Board of Overseers
of  Parsons  School of Design and is a trustee of the  Woodrow  Wilson  National
Fellowship Foundation.

         Richard F.  Celeste  originally  joined the Board of Directors in 1991,
took a leave of absence  from the Board of  Directors in August 1993 to head the
Democratic  National  Committee's  healthcare reform campaign,  and rejoined the
Board in May 1994.  He is  Managing  Partner  of Celeste  and  Sabaty,  Ltd.,  a
business  advisory firm located in Columbus,  Ohio,  which assists United States
companies to build strategic  business alliances in Europe,  Africa,  South Asia
and the Pacific  Rim.  He served as  Governor of Ohio from 1983 to 1991,  during
which time he chaired the National Governors'  Association  Committee on Science
and Technology, and directed the United States Peace Corps from 1979 to 1981. He
is a member of the  Advisory  Council of the  Carnegie  Commission  on  Science,
Technology

                                     - 72 -

<PAGE>

and Government, and chairs Carnegie's Task Force on Science,  Technology and the
States. He is a director of Navistar International, Inc. and Republic Engineered
Steels, Inc., both of which are publicly-traded companies.

         Joel C. Gordon served as Chairman of the Board of Directors of SCA from
its  founding  in 1982 until  January  17,  1996,  when SCA was  acquired by the
Company.  Mr.  Gordon  also served as Chief  Executive  Officer of SCA from 1987
until January 17, 1996. Mr. Gordon serves on the boards of directors of Genesco,
Inc.,  an  apparel  manufacturer,  HealthWise  of  America,  Inc.,  an owner and
operator of health  maintenance  organizations, and SunTrust  Bank of Nashville,
N.A.

         Raymond J. Dunn,  III served as Chief  Executive  Officer of  Advantage
Health from 1986 until March 14, 1996, when Advantage Health was acquired by the
Company. In addition,  he served as Chairman of its Board of Directors from 1990
to March 14, 1996 and as its President from 1994 to March 14, 1996. From 1987 to
1990, he served as Vice Chairman of the Board of Advantage Health.  From 1979 to
1986, Mr. Dunn was Chief Executive  Officer of a former  subsidiary of Advantage
Health responsible for management of Advantage Health's operations. From 1970 to
1978, he was Administrator of New England Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc.


Executive Officers

         The following table sets forth certain  information with respect to the
Company's executive officers.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                All Positions                       An Officer
            Name                      Age                     With the Company                         Since
            ----                      ---                     ----------------                         -----

<S>                                   <C>                                                              <C> 
Richard M. Scrushy                    43                    Chairman of the Board                      1984
                                                       and Chief Executive Officer and
                                                                  Director

James P. Bennett                      38            President and Chief Operating Officer              1991
                                                                and Director

Aaron Beam, Jr.                       52             Executive Vice President and Chief                1984
                                                       Financial Officer and Director

Anthony J. Tanner                     47          Executive Vice President-- Administration            1984
                                                         and Secretary and Director

Thomas W. Carman                      44                 Executive Vice President--                    1985
                                                            Corporate Development

P. Daryl Brown                        41                   President-- HEALTHSOUTH                     1986
                                                       Outpatient Centers and Director

Robert E. Thomson                     48                   President-- HEALTHSOUTH                     1987
                                                            Inpatient Operations

Tarpley B. Jones                      38                   President-- HEALTHSOUTH                     1996
                                                               Surgery Centers

Russell H. Maddox                     55                   President-- HEALTHSOUTH                     1995
                                                               Imaging Centers



                                     - 73 -


<PAGE>

William T. Owens                      37                  Senior Vice President--                      1986
                                                           Finance and Controller

Michael D. Martin                     35                  Senior Vice President--                      1989
                                                            Finance and Treasurer

William W. Horton                     36                   Group Vice President--                      1994
                                                             Legal Services and
                                                             Assistant Secretary
</TABLE>

         Biographical information for Messrs. Scrushy, Bennett, Beam, Tanner and
Brown is set forth above under this Item,  "Directors and Executive  Officers --
Directors".

         Thomas W. Carman  joined the  Company in 1985 as  Regional  Director --
Corporate  Development,  and now serves as Executive Vice President -- Corporate
Development.  From 1983 to 1985,  Mr.  Carman was  director of  development  for
Medical  Care  International.  From  1981 to  1983,  Mr.  Carman  was  assistant
administrator at the Children's Hospital of Birmingham, Alabama.

         Robert E. Thomson joined the Company in August 1985 as administrator of
its Florence, South Carolina inpatient rehabilitation facility, and subsequently
served as Regional Vice  President -- Inpatient  Operations,  Vice  President --
Inpatient Operations,  Group Vice President -- Inpatient Operations,  and Senior
Vice  President  -- Inpatient  Operations.  Mr.  Thomson was named  President --
HEALTHSOUTH Inpatient Operations in February 1996.

         Tarpley B. Jones served as Senior Vice  President  and Chief  Financial
Officer of SCA from  January 1, 1992 until  January 17,  1996.  Prior to joining
SCA, he served as Treasurer,  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer,
and then  Executive  Vice  President  and Chief  Financial  Officer,  of Comdata
Holdings Corporation and Comdata Network. Inc.

         Russell H. Maddox became  President -- HEALTHSOUTH  Imaging  Centers in
January 1996. He served as President --  HEALTHSOUTH  Surgery & Imaging  Centers
from June 1995 through  January  1996.  From  January  1992 until May 1995,  Mr.
Maddox served as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of
Diagnostic Health  Corporation,  an outpatient  diagnostic imaging company which
became a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company in 1996. Mr. Maddox was founder
and President of Russ Pharmaceuticals,  Inc., located in Birmingham, Alabama. In
March 1989 Russ  Pharmaceuticals  was acquired by Ethyl Corporation of Richmond,
Virginia.

         William  T.  Owens,  C.P.A.,  joined  the  Company  in  March  1986  as
Controller  and was appointed Vice President and Controller in December 1986. He
was appointed  Group Vice  President -- Finance and  Controller in June 1992 and
became Senior Vice President -- Finance and  Controller in February 1994.  Prior
to joining the Company, Mr. Owens served as a certified public accountant on the
audit staff of the  Birmingham,  Alabama  office of Ernst & Whinney (now Ernst &
Young LLP) from 1981 to 1986.

         Michael D. Martin joined the Company in October 1989 as Vice  President
and  Treasurer,  and was named Senior Vice President -- Finance and Treasurer in
February  1994.  From 1983 through  September  1989,  Mr. Martin  specialized in
healthcare lending with AmSouth Bank N.A.,  Birmingham,  Alabama, where he was a
Vice President immediately prior to joining the Company.

         William  W.  Horton  joined  the  Company  in July  1994 as Group  Vice
President -- Legal  Services.  From August 1986 through  June 1994,  Mr.  Horton
practiced  corporate,   securities  and  healthcare  law  with  the  Birmingham,
Alabama-based   firm  of  Haskell  Slaughter  Young  &  Johnston,   Professional
Association, where he served as Chairman of the Healthcare Practice Group.

                                     - 74 -

<PAGE>

General

         Directors of the Company  hold office until the next Annual  Meeting of
Stockholders  of  the  Company  and  until  their  successors  are  elected  and
qualified.  Executive officers of the Company are elected annually by, and serve
at the  discretion  of the  Board of  Directors.  There are no  arrangements  or
understandings  known to the Company between any of the Directors,  nominees for
Director or executive  officers of the Company and any other person  pursuant to
which any of such  persons was elected as a Director  or an  executive  officer,
except the Employment  Agreement between the Company and Richard M. Scrushy (see
Item  11,  "Executive   Compensation  --  Chief  Executive  Officer   Employment
Agreement")  and except  that the Company  agreed to appoint Mr.  Gordon and Mr.
Dunn to the Board of Directors in connection  with the SCA and Advantage  Health
mergers.  There are no family relationships between any Directors,  nominees for
Director or executive officers of the Company.


Compliance With Section 16(a) of the
   Securities Exchange Act of 1934

         Section  16(a) of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934  requires  the
Company's officers and Directors, and persons who beneficially own more than 10%
of a registered  class of the Company's  equity  securities,  to file reports of
ownership and changes in ownership with the  Securities and Exchange  Commission
and the New York Stock Exchange.  Officers,  Directors and beneficial  owners of
more than 10% of the  Company's  Common  Stock are  required by  Securities  and
Exchange  Commission  regulations  to furnish  the  Company  with  copies of all
Section 16(a) forms that they file. Based solely on review of the copies of such
forms furnished to the Company,  or written  representations  that no reports on
Form 5 were required,  the Company  believes that for the period from January 1,
1995,   through   December  31,  1995,  all  of  its  officers,   Directors  and
greater-than-10%  beneficial  owners  complied  with all  Section  16(a)  filing
requirements applicable to them, except as set forth below.

         Larry R. House,  a Director of the Company,  failed to timely  report a
total of 17 sales of the Company's  Common Stock  between  February 10, 1993 and
March 23, 1995. In addition,  two  acquisitions  of Common Stock pursuant to the
exercise of stock options on October 13, 1994 were not timely reported. All such
transactions were reported on Mr. House's Form 5 filed in February 1996.


                                     - 75 -

<PAGE>

Item 11.          Executive Compensation.


Executive Compensation -- General

         The  following  table  sets forth  compensation  paid or awarded to the
Chief  Executive  Officer  and each of the other  four most  highly  compensated
executive  officers of the  Company  (the "Named  Executive  Officers")  for all
services rendered to the Company and its subsidiaries in 1993, 1994 and 1995.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                            Summary Compensation Table

                                           Annual Compensation            Long-Term Compensation
                                           -------------------            ----------------------
                                                         Bonus/Annual      Stock       Long-Term          All
                                                           Incentive      Option       Incentive      Other Com-
Name and Principal Position         Year       Salary       Award         Awards        Payouts      pensation (1)
- ---------------------------         ----       ------       -----         ------        -------      -------------

<S>                                 <C>     <C>           <C>             <C>             <C>        <C>
Richard M. Scrushy                  1993    $  820,768    $1,900,000      271,000         --         $   10,796
Chairman of the Board               1994     1,207,228     2,000,000           --         --             12,991
and Chief Executive Officer         1995     1,737,526     5,000,000    1,000,000                       650,108 (2)

James P. Bennett                    1993    $  250,514       130,000       40,000         --         $    6,640
President and Chief                 1994       357,740       250,000           --         --             10,760
Operating Officer                   1995       371,558       600,000      150,000         --              7,835

Michael D. Martin                   1993    $  113,049       100,000       30,000         --         $    7,635
Senior Vice President               1994       189,013       250,000           --         --              7,311
and Treasurer                       1995       165,626       500,000       85,000         --              7,919

P. Daryl Brown                      1993    $  182,707       160,000       20,000         --         $    7,701
President-- HEALTHSOUTH             1994       272,573       200,000           --         --             10,226
Outpatient Centers                  1995       263,462       300,000      130,000         --              8,580

Aaron Beam, Jr.                     1993    $  252,039       100,000       25,000         --         $    9,342
Executive Vice President            1994       298,223       175,000           --         --             11,272
and Chief Financial Officer         1995       247,903       300,000      100,000         --              8,695

- --------------------
<FN>
(1)      Includes car  allowances of $500 per month for Mr. Scrushy and $350 per
         month  for  the  other  named  officers.  Also  includes  (a)  matching
         contributions under the Company's Retirement  Investment Plan for 1993,
         1994 and 1995,  respectively,  of: $393,  $318 and $292 to Mr. Scrushy;
         $380,  $355 and $900 to Mr. Beam;  $453,  $625 and $900 to Mr. Bennett;
         $325,  $526  and $900 to Mr.  Martin;  and  $473,  $274 and $900 to Mr.
         Brown;  (b) awards under the Company's  Employee Stock Benefit Plan for
         1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively,  of $3,123, $4,910 and $1,626 to Mr.
         Scrushy;  $3,123,  $4,910 and $1,626 to Mr.  Beam;  $1,102,  $4,910 and
         $1,626 to Mr.  Bennett;  $3,057,  $1,345 and $1,626 to Mr. Martin;  and
         $2,846,  $4,910  and $1,626 to Mr.  Brown;  and (c)  split-dollar  life
         insurance  premiums paid in 1993 and 1994 of $1,280,  $1,723 and $2,190
         with respect to Mr. Scrushy;  $1,639, $1,807 and $1,969 with respect to
         Mr.  Beam;  $885,  $1,025 and $1,109 with  respect to Mr. Bennett; $53,
         $1,240 and $1,193 with respect to Mr. Martin; and $182, $842 and $1,854
         with respect to Mr. Brown.  See this Item,  "Executive  Compensation --
         Retirement  Investment  Plan" and "Executive  Compensation  -- Employee
         Stock Benefit Plan".

(2)      In  addition  to the  amounts  described  in  the  preceding  footnote,
         includes  the  conveyance  of real  property  valued at $640,000 to Mr.
         Scrushy. See Item 13, "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions".
</FN>
</TABLE>


                                     - 76 -



Stock Option Grants in 1995
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Individual Grants
                                  ------------------------------------------------------
                                                 % of Total
                                                   Options
                                  Number of      Granted to        Exercise
                                   Options      Employees in         Price     Expiration         Grant Date
Name                               Granted       Fiscal Year       Per Share      Date         Present Value (1)
- -----                             ---------     -------------    -------------  --------     -------------------
<S>                               <C>            <C>              <C>           <C>
Richard M. Scrushy                1,000,000      32.6%            $16.75         6/6/2005        $  11,070,000

James P. Bennett                     50,000                        19.375       3/10/2005              675,500
                                    100,000       4.9%             16.75         6/6/2005            1,107,000

Michael D. Martin                    60,000                        16.75         6/6/2005              664,200
                                     25,000       2.8%             30.75       12/14/2005              451,750

P. Daryl Brown                       30,000                        19.375       3/10/2005              405,300
                                    100,000       4.2%             16.75         6/6/2005            1,107,000

Aaron Beam, Jr.                     100,000       3.3%             16.75         6/6/2005            1,107,000

- --------------
<FN>
(1)      Based on the  Black-Scholes  option  pricing  model  adapted for use in
         valuating  executive  stock  options.  The  actual  value,  if any,  an
         executive  may  realize  will depend upon the excess of the stock price
         over the exercise  price on the date the option is  exercised,  so that
         there is no assurance  that the value  realized by an executive will be
         at or  near  the  value  estimated  by  the  Black-Scholes  model.  The
         estimated values under that model are based on arbitrary assumptions as
         to  certain  variables,   including  the  following:  (i)  stock  price
         volatility  is assumed to be 48 at March 10,  1995,  45 at June 6, 1995
         and 36 at  December  14,  1995;  (ii) the  risk-free  rate of return is
         assumed to be 7.17% at March 10, 1995,  6.25% at June 6, 1995 and 5.76%
         at December 14, 1995; (iii) dividend yield is assumed to be 0; and (iv)
         the  time of  exercise  is  assumed  to be the  expiration  date of the
         option.
</FN>
</TABLE>
Stock Option Exercises in 1995 and Option Values at December 31, 1995

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                         Number                                                           Value of Unexercised
                        of Shares                  Number of Unexercised Options          In-the-Money Options
                        Acquired                        at December 31, 1995              at December 31, 1995
                           on         Value         ---------------------------       ------------------------
      Name              Exercise     Realized       Exercisable      Unexercisable     Exercisable     Unexercisable
      ----              --------     --------       -----------      -------------     -----------     -------------

<S>                     <C>         <C>             <C>                 <C>           <C>               <C>
Richard M. Scrushy......    -0-     $     -0-       6,686,262              -0-        $136,449,400      $     -0-
James P. Bennett........ 10,000       111,850         360,000           15,000          6,252,600         323,400
Michael D. Martin....... 30,000       395,550          63,000           71,250            822,336         991,163
P. Daryl Brown..........    -0-           -0-         441,000           15,000          8,332,353         323,400
Aaron Beam, Jr..........123,100     1,556,845         176,250              -0-          2,881,450             -0-
- --------------------
<FN>
(1)  Does not reflect any options  granted and/or  exercised  after December 31,
     1995.  The net effect of any such grants and  exercises is reflected in the
     table appearing under Item 12,  "Security  Ownership of Certain  Beneficial
     Owners and Management".

(2)  Represents  the  difference  between  market price of the Company's  Common
     Stock and the  respective  exercise  prices of the options at December  31,
     1995. Such amounts may not necessarily be realized. Actual values which may
     be realized, if any, upon any exercise of such options will be based on the
     market price of the Common Stock at the time of any such  exercise and thus
     are dependent upon future performance of the Common Stock.
</FN>


                                     - 77 -

<PAGE>

Stock Option Plans

         Set forth below is  information  concerning  the various  stock  option
plans of the Company at December 31, 1995.

1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan

         The Company had a 1984  Incentive  Stock  Option Plan (the "ISO Plan"),
intended to qualify under Section  422(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986,
as amended (the  "Code"),  covering an  aggregate of 2,400,000  shares of Common
Stock.  The ISO Plan expired on February 28, 1994, in accordance with its terms.
As of December 31, 1995,  there were  outstanding  under the ISO Plan options to
purchase  21,353  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock at prices  ranging from
$2.71 to $7.57 per share.  All such  options  remain in full force and effect in
accordance  with  their  terms and the ISO Plan.  Under the ISO Plan,  which was
administered  by the Board of Directors,  key employees could be granted options
to purchase  shares of Common  Stock at 100% of fair market value on the date of
grant (or 110% of fair market  value in the case of a 10%  stockholder/grantee).
The outstanding  options granted under the ISO Plan must be exercised within ten
years from the date of grant, are  cumulatively  exercisable with respect to 25%
of the shares covered  thereby after the expiration of each of the first through
the fourth years following the date of grant, are nontransferable except by will
or pursuant  to the laws of descent  and  distribution,  are  protected  against
dilution and expire within three months after termination of employment,  unless
such termination is by reason of death.

1988 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan

         The Company also has a 1988 Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan (the "NQSO
Plan")  covering a maximum of 2,400,000  shares of Common Stock.  As of December
31, 1995, there were outstanding under the NQSO Plan options to purchase 167,180
shares of the Company's  Common Stock at prices ranging from $5.04 to $16.75 per
share.  An  additional  3,650  shares were  reserved  for grants  under the NQSO
Plan.The NQSO Plan, which is administered by the Board of Directors (except with
respect to options  granted to Directors,  as to which it is  administered by an
Independent Stock Option Committee), provides that Directors, executive officers
and other key  employees  may be granted  options to  purchase  shares of Common
Stock  at 100%  of fair  market  value  on the  date of  grant.  The  NQSO  Plan
terminates on the earliest of (a) February 28, 1998, (b) such time as all shares
of Common Stock  reserved for  issuance  under the NQSO Plan have been  acquired
through the exercise of options  granted  thereunder or (c) such earlier time as
the Board of Directors of the Company may determine. Options granted pursuant to
the NQSO Plan have a  ten-year  term are  exercisable  at any time  during  such
period,  are  nontransferable  except by will or pursuant to the laws of descent
and distribution,  are protected against dilution and expire within three months
of termination  of association  with the Company as a Director or termination of
employment, unless such termination is by reason of death.

1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1995 Stock Option Plans

         The Company also has a 1989 Stock Option Plan (the "1989 Plan"), a 1990
Stock Option Plan (the "1990 Plan"), a 1991 Stock Option Plan (the "1991 Plan"),
a 1992 Stock Option Plan (the "1992 Plan"),  a 1993 Stock Option Plan (the "1993
Plan")  and a 1995 Stock  Option  Plan (the  "1995  Plan"),  under each of which
incentive stock options ("ISOs") and  non-qualified  stock options ("NQSOs") may
be granted.  The 1989,  1990, 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1995 Plans cover a maximum of
1,200 shares, 1,800 shares, 5,600,000 shares, 2,800,000 shares, 2,800,000 shares
and  3,500,000 (to be increased by 0.9% of the  outstanding  Common Stock of the
Company on each January 1, beginning January 1, 1996) shares,  respectively,  of
the Company's  Common  Stock.  As of December 31, 1995,  there were  outstanding
options to purchase an aggregate of 13,458,221  shares of the  Company's  Common
Stock  under  such Plans at  exercise  prices  ranging  from $5.04 to $30.75 per
share. An additional 1,236,004 shares were reserved for grants under such Plans.
Each of the 1989,  1990,  1991, 1992, 1993 and 1995 Plans is administered in the
same manner as the NQSO Plan and provides that Directors, executive officers and
other key employees may

                                     - 78 -

<PAGE>

be granted  options to  purchase  shares of Common  Stock at 100% of fair market
value on the date of grant.  The 1989,  1990,  1991,  1992,  1993 and 1995 Plans
terminate on the earliest of (a) October 25,  1999,  October 15, 2000,  June 19,
2001,  June 16, 2002,  April 19, 2003 and June 5, 2005,  respectively,  (b) such
time as all shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance  under the  respective
Plan have been acquired through the exercise of options granted  thereunder,  or
(c) such earlier  times as the Board of Directors of the Company may  determine.
Options  granted under these Plans which are designated as ISOs contain  vesting
provisions  similar to those contained in options granted under the ISO Plan and
have a ten-year  term.  NQSOs  granted  under these Plans have a ten-year  term.
Options granted under these Plans are nontransferable except by will or pursuant
to the laws of descent and distribution, are protected against dilution and will
expire within three months of termination  of association  with the Company as a
Director or termination of employment,  unless such  termination is by reason of
death.

1993 Consultants' Stock Option Plan

         The Company also has a 1993  Consultants'  Stock Option Plan (the "1993
Consultants'  Plan"),  under which  NQSOs may be granted,  covering a maximum of
1,500,000  shares  of  Common  Stock.  As  of  December  31,  1995,  there  were
outstanding  under the 1993 Consultants' Plan options to purchase 905,000 shares
of Common  Stock at prices  ranging  from $6.75 to $30.75  per  share.  The 1993
Consultants'  Plan,  which is  administered in the same manner as the NQSO Plan,
provides that certain non-employee  consultants who provide significant services
to the Company may be granted options to purchase shares of Common Stock at such
prices as are determined by the Board of Directors or the appropriate committee.
The 1993  Consultants' Plan terminates on the earliest of (a) February 25, 2003,
(b) such time as all shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the 1993
Consultants'  Plan have been  acquired  through the exercise of options  granted
thereunder,  or (c) such  earlier  time as the Board of Directors of the Company
may determine.  Options granted under the 1993 Consultants' Plan have a ten-year
term.  Options  granted  under the 1993  Consultants'  Plan are  nontransferable
except  by  will or  pursuant  to the  laws of  descent  and  distribution,  are
protected  against  dilution and expire  within three months of  termination  of
association  with the Company as a  consultant,  unless such  termination  is by
reason of death.

Other Stock Option Plans

         In  connection  with the  acquisitions  of SHC and  SSCI,  the  Company
assumed  certain  existing  stock option plans of the  acquired  companies,  and
outstanding options to purchase stock of the acquired companies under such plans
were converted into options to acquire Common Stock of the Company in accordance
with the exchange ratios applicable to such mergers. At December 31, 1995, there
were outstanding under the SHC and SSCI plans options to purchase 674,806 shares
of the Company's  Common Stock at exercise  prices  ranging from $1.52 to $17.24
per share. No additional options are being granted under any such assumed plans.


Executive Loans

         In order to enhance equity ownership by senior management,  in 1989 the
Company  adopted a program of making  loans to officers  holding the position of
Group Vice  President and above to facilitate the exercise of stock options held
by such persons.  Each loan bears interest at the prime rate announced from time
to time by AmSouth  Bank of  Alabama,  Birmingham,  Alabama  and is secured by a
first lien on the shares of Common Stock acquired with the proceeds of the loan.
Each loan has a ten-year  term,  and the Company's  lien on the shares of Common
Stock is released as the indebtedness is repaid at the rate of one share per the
weighted  average  option  exercise  price  repaid.   The  only  loan  currently
outstanding  under such program is a loan made on May 7, 1992 to P. Daryl Brown,
President -- HEALTHSOUTH  Outpatient  Centers,  which had an original  principal
balance of $213,613 and of which $190,000  remained  outstanding at December 31,
1995.



                                     - 79 -

<PAGE>

Retirement Investment Plan

         Effective   January  1,  1990,  the  Company  adopted  the  HEALTHSOUTH
Retirement  Investment Plan (the "401(k)  Plan"),  a retirement plan intended to
qualify under Section  401(k) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
The 401(k) Plan is open to all full-time and part-time  employees of the Company
who are over the age of 21,  have one full year of service  with the Company and
have at least  1,000 hours of service in the year in which they enter the 401(k)
Plan.  Eligible  employees may elect to participate in the Plan on January 1 and
July 1 in each year.

         Under the  401(k)  Plan,  participants  may elect to defer up to 20% of
their annual compensation (subject to nondiscrimination rules under the Internal
Revenue Code). The deferred  amounts may be invested among four options,  at the
participant's  direction:  a  money  market  fund,  a bond  fund,  a  guaranteed
insurance contract or an equity fund. The Company will match a minimum of 10% of
the amount deferred by each participant,  up to 4% of such  participant's  total
compensation, with the matched amount also directed by the participant. See Note
12 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements".

         Aaron Beam, Jr.,  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer
of  the  Company,   and  Anthony  J.  Tanner,   Executive   Vice   President  --
Administration  and  Secretary of the  Company,  serve as Trustees of the 401(k)
Plan, which is administered by the Company.


Employee Stock Benefit Plan

         Effective   January  1,  1991,  the  Company  adopted  the  HEALTHSOUTH
Rehabilitation  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  Employee Stock Benefit Plan (the
"ESOP"),  a  retirement  plan  intended  to qualify  under  sections  401(a) and
4975(e)(7) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The ESOP is open to
all full-time and part-time employees of the Company who are over the age of 21,
have one full year of service  with the Company and have at least 1,000 hours of
service in the year in which they  begin  participation  in the ESOP on the next
January  1 or July 1 after  the  date  on  which  such  employee  satisfies  the
aforementioned conditions.

         The ESOP was established with a $10,000,000 loan from the Company,  the
proceeds of which were used to purchase  413,793 shares of the Company's  Common
Stock. In 1992, an additional  $10,000,000  loan was made to the ESOP, which was
used to purchase an additional 416,666 shares of Common Stock. Under the ESOP, a
Company  Common Stock account (a "company  stock  account") is  established  and
maintained for each eligible employee who participates in the ESOP. In each plan
year,  such  account is credited  with such  employee's  allocable  share of the
Common Stock held by the ESOP and allocated with respect to such plan year. Each
employee's  allocable  share for any given plan year is determined  according to
the ratio  which such  employee's  compensation  for such plan year bears to the
compensation of all eligible participating employees for the same plan year.

         Under the ESOP,  eligible employees who participate in the ESOP and who
have attained age 55 and have  completed 10 years of  participation  in the ESOP
may elect to diversify  the assets in their  company  stock account by directing
the plan administrator to transfer to the 401(k) Plan a portion of their company
stock account to be invested,  as the eligible employee directs,  in one or more
of the investment options available under the 401(k) Plan.
See Note 12 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements".

         Richard M. Scrushy,  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive  Officer
of the Company,  Aaron Beam,  Jr.,  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer of the  Company,  and Anthony J.  Tanner,  Executive  Vice  President --
Administration  and  Secretary  of the  Company,  serve as Trustees of the ESOP,
which is administered by the Company.



                                     - 80 -

<PAGE>

Stock Purchase Plan

         In order to further  encourage  employees to obtain equity ownership in
the Company, the Company's Board of Directors adopted an Employee Stock Purchase
Plan (the "Stock  Purchase  Plan")  effective  January 1, 1994.  Under the Stock
Purchase Plan, participating employees may contribute $10 to $200 per pay period
toward the purchase of the Company's  Common Stock in open-market  transactions.
The Stock Purchase Plan is open to regular full-time or part-time  employees who
have been  employed  for six  months  and are at least 21 years  old.  After six
months of  participation  in the Stock Purchase Plan, the Company will provide a
10% matching  contribution  to be applied to purchases  under the Stock Purchase
Plan. The Company also pays all fees and brokerage  commissions  associated with
the  purchase  of the  stock.  The  Stock  Purchase  Plan is  administered  by a
broker-dealer firm not affiliated with the Company.


Board Compensation

         Directors who are not also employed by the Company are paid  Directors'
fees of  $10,000  per  annum,  plus  $3,000  for each  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors and $1,000 for each Committee meeting attended. In addition, Directors
are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket  expenses incurred in connection with their
duties as Directors.  The Directors of the Company,  including Mr. Scrushy, have
been granted  non-qualified  stock  options to purchase  shares of the Company's
Common  Stock.  See this Item,  "Executive  Compensation  -- Stock Option Plans"
above.


Chief Executive Officer Employment Agreement

         The  Company  is a party to an  Employment  Agreement  with  Richard M.
Scrushy,  pursuant to which Mr. Scrushy, a management founder of the Company. is
employed as Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company for
a  five-year  term which ends  December  31,  2000.  Such term is  automatically
extended for an additional  year on December 31 of each year.  In addition,  the
Company has agreed to use its best efforts to cause Mr. Scrushy to be elected as
a Director of the Company during the term of the Agreement. Under the Agreement,
Mr. Scrushy received a base salary of $900,000, excluding incentive compensation
of up to  $900,000,  in 1995 and is to receive  the same base salary in 1996 and
each year thereafter,  with incentive compensation of up to $2,400,000,  subject
to annual review by the Board of Directors,  and is entitled to  participate  in
any bonus plan approved by the Board of Directors for the Company's  management.
The incentive  compensation is earned at $200,000 per month in 1996,  contingent
upon the Company's  success in meeting  certain  monthly  budgeted  earnings per
share targets. Mr. Scrushy earned the entire $900,000 incentive component of his
compensation in 1995, as all such targets were met. In addition, Mr. Scrushy was
awarded $5,000,000 under the management bonus plan, and was conveyed real estate
having an  appraised  value of $640,000 by the  Company.  See Item 13,  "Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions".  Such additional bonus was based on the
Committee's assessment of Mr. Scrushy's contribution to the establishment of the
Company as the  industry  leader in  outpatient  and  rehabilitative  healthcare
services,  including  his  role  in  the  negotiation  and  consummation  of the
Company's 1995 acquisitions of Surgical Health  Corporation,  the rehabilitation
hospitals division of NovaCare,  Inc., Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc. and Caremark
Orthopedic  Services Inc. and the 1996 acquisitions of Surgical Care Affiliates,
Inc. and  Advantage  Health  Corporation,  as well as the  Company's  success in
achieving annual budgeted net income targets.  Mr. Scrushy is also provided with
a car allowance in the amount of $500 per month and disability insurance through
a Company-wide plan or otherwise.  Under the Agreement, Mr. Scrushy's employment
may be terminated for cause or if he should become disabled.  Termination of Mr.
Scrushy's  employment  under the Agreement will result in certain  severance pay
arrangements.  In the  event  that the  Company  shall be  acquired,  merged  or
reorganized in such a manner as to result in a change of control of the Company,
Mr.  Scrushy has the right to terminate his employment  under the Agreement,  in
which case he will receive a lump sum payment  equal to three years' annual base
salary (including the gross incentive portion thereof) under the Agreement.  Mr.
Scrushy has agreed not to compete  with the  Company  during any period to which
any such severance pay relates. Mr. Scrushy may terminate

                                     - 81 -


<PAGE>


the Agreement at any time upon 180 days'  notice,  in which case he will receive
one year's base salary as severance pay.



Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.


         The following table sets forth certain information regarding beneficial
ownership of the Company's Common Stock as of March 15, 1996, (a) by each person
who is known by the Company to own  beneficially  more than 5% of the  Company's
Common Stock,  (b) by each of the  Company's  Directors and (c) by the Company's
five most highly  compensated  executive officers and all executive officers and
Directors as a group.

</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                   Percentage
            Name and                                      Number of Shares                             of
        Address of Owner                               Beneficially Owned (1)                     Common Stock
        ----------------                               ----------------------                     ------------

<S>                                                         <C>        <C>                            <C>  
Richard M. Scrushy                                          7,738,329  (2)                            4.84%
John S. Chamberlin                                            105,000  (3)                            *
C. Sage Givens                                                191,050  (4)                            *
Charles W. Newhall III                                        315,938  (5)                            *
George H. Strong                                              264,166  (6)                            *
Phillip C. Watkins, M.D.                                      322,765  (7)                            *
Aaron Beam, Jr.                                               228,060  (8)                            *
James P. Bennett                                              475,000  (3)                            *
Larry R. House                                                288,906  (9)                            *
Anthony J. Tanner                                             646,904  (10)                           *
Richard F. Celeste                                             80,000  (3)                            *
P. Daryl Brown                                                520,000  (11)                           *
Joel C. Gordon                                              1,947,236  (12)                           1.28%
Raymond J. Dunn, III                                        1,619,749  (13)                           1.06%
Michael D. Martin                                             114,004  (14)                           *
FMR Corp.                                                   9,967,400  (15)                           6.54%
    82 Devonshire Street
    Boston, Massachusetts  02109
All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group            16,249,806  (16)                           9.87%
    (20 persons)
- -------------------------
<FN>
(1)    The persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with
       respect  to all shares of Common  Stock  shown as  beneficially  owned by
       them, except as otherwise indicated.

(2)    Includes 7,436,262 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(3)    All of the shares are subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(4)    Includes  1,050 shares owned by Ms.  Givens's  spouse and 190,000  shares
       subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(5)    Includes 230 shares owned by members of Mr. Newhall's  immediate  family,
       10,780  shares owned by  partnerships  of which Mr.  Newhall is a general
       partner and 305,000 shares subject to currently exercisable

                                     - 82 -

<PAGE>



       stock options.  Mr. Newhall disclaims  beneficial ownership of the shares
       owned by the partnerships  except to the extent of his pecuniary interest
       therein.

(6)    Includes  54,054 shares owned by a trust of which Mr. Strong is a trustee
       and claims shared voting and investment  power and 138,165 shares subject
       to currently exercisable stock options.

(7)    Includes 225,000 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(8)    Includes 206,250 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(9)    Includes 173,734 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(10)   Includes  36,000  shares held in trust by Mr. Tanner for his children and
       610,000 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(11)   Includes 491,000 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(12)   Includes  204,670  shares  owned by his spouse,  235,350  shares owned by
       trusts of which he is a trustee and 167,260  shares  subject to currently
       exercisable stock options.

(13)   Includes 31,666 shares owned by a charitable foundation of which Mr. Dunn
       is a trustee.

(14)   Includes 113,000 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options.

(15)   Shares held by various investment funds for which affiliates of FMR Corp.
       act as investment  advisor.  FMR Corp. or its affiliates claim sole power
       to vote  21,100 of the  shares  and sole  power to  dispose of all of the
       shares.

(16)   Includes 12,094,715 shares subject to currently exercisable stock options
       held by executive fficers and Directors.

*  Less than 1%
</FN>
</TABLE>


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.


         During 1995, the Company paid  $11,587,000  for the purchase of new NCR
computer  equipment  from GG  Enterprises,  a  value-added  reseller of computer
equipment  which is owned by Grace  Scrushy,  the mother of Richard M.  Scrushy,
Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,  and Gerald P.
Scrushy,  Senior Vice  President  -- Physical  Resources  of the  Company.  Such
purchases were made in the ordinary course of the Company's business.  The price
paid for this  equipment was more favorable to the Company than that which could
have been obtained from an independent third party seller.

         During 1995,  the Company paid 229,000 to  Caretenders  Health Corp., a
provider of home healthcare services and related services, for services provided
by Caretenders to the Company.  The Company  beneficially owns approximately 30%
of the  issued  and  outstanding  shares of common  stock of  Caretenders.  Such
purchases  were made in the  ordinary  course  of the  Company's  business.  The
Company  believes that the price paid for the services  provided by  Caretenders
was no less  favorable to the Company  than that which could have been  obtained
from an independent third-party provider.

         During 1995, the Company paid $63,000 to MedPartners/Mullikin,  Inc., a
publicly-traded  physician practice management company,  for management services
rendered  to  certain  physician  practices  owned by the  Company.  Richard  M.
Scrushy, Chairman of the Board and Chief

                                     - 83 -

<PAGE>



Executive Officer of the Company, and Larry R. House, a Director of the Company,
are directors of MedPartners/Mullikin, Inc. Mr. House also serves as Chairman of
the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of MedPartners/Mullikin,  Inc.,
a position which has been his principal  occupation  since August 1993. At March
1,  1996,  Mr.  Scrushy   beneficially  owns  approximately   1.63%,  Mr.  House
beneficially owns approximately  3.93%, and the Company owns approximately 2.20%
of the issued and  outstanding  Common Stock of  MedPartners/Mullikin,  Inc. The
Company  believes that the price paid for such services was no less favorable to
the  Company  than that  which  could  have been  obtained  from an  independent
third-party provider.

         In June 1994,  the Company  sold  selected  properties,  including  six
ancillary hospital facilities,  three outpatient rehabilitation  facilities, two
outpatient  surgery  centers,  one  uncompleted  medical office building and one
research   facility   to   Capstone   Capital   Corporation   ("Capstone"),    a
publicly-traded real estate investment trust. The net proceeds of the Company as
a result of the transaction were approximately  $58,425,000.  The net book value
of the  properties  was  approximately  $50,735,000.  The  Company  leases  back
substantially  all these  properties from Capstone and guarantees the associated
operating  leases,  payments  under  which  aggregate  approximately  $6,900,000
annually.  In addition,  in 1995,  Capstone acquired  ownership of the Company's
Erie, Pennsylvania inpatient  rehabilitation  facility, which had been leased by
the Company from an unrelated  lessor.  The Company's annual lease payment under
that lease is  $1,700,000.  Richard M. Scrushy,  Chairman of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer of the Company,  and Michael D. Martin,  Senior Vice President
- -- Finance and Treasurer of the Company, were among the founders of Capstone and
serve  on  its  Board  of  Directors.  At  March  1,  1996,  Mr.  Scrushy  owned
approximately 2.9% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Capstone,  and
Mr. Martin owned  approximately 0.8% of the issued and outstanding capital stock
of Capstone. In addition, the Company owned approximately 0.8% of the issued and
outstanding  capital  stock of Capstone at March 1, 1996.  The Company  believes
that  all  transactions  involving  Capstone  were  effected  on  terms  no less
favorable  than  those  which  could have been  obtained  in  transactions  with
independent third parties.

         Effective June 13, 1995, the Company acquired SHC through the merger of
a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company with and into SHC. The transaction was
subject to approval  of the  stockholders  of both the Company and SHC,  and the
Company  received an opinion  from Smith  Barney Inc. as to the  fairness to the
Company, from a financial point of view, of the exchange ratio pursuant to which
capital stock of SHC was  exchanged for Common Stock of the Company.  Richard M.
Scrushy,  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,  and
Charles W. Newhall  III, a Director of the Company,  also served on the Board of
Directors of SHC. In connection  with such  transaction,  Mr.  Scrushy  received
123,421 shares of HEALTHSOUTH  Common Stock in the merger, and entities of which
Mr. Newhall is a general partner received 1,058,901 shares of HEALTHSOUTH Common
Stock in the merger. Mr. Newhall shared voting and investment power with respect
to such shares and disclaimed  beneficial ownership of such shares. In addition,
C. Sage Givens and Larry R. House,  both  Directors  of the  Company,  were also
direct or indirect stockholders of SHC and received,  respectively,  215,404 and
114,370 shares of HEALTHSOUTH Common Stock in connection with the merger.

         In July 1994,  the Company  acquired in excess of 80% of the issued and
outstanding   capital  stock  of  Diagnostic  Health   Corporation   ("DHC"),  a
privately-held  company which operated diagnostic imaging facilities.  After the
July 1994 transaction, the minority interests in DHC were owned by approximately
49 stockholders, including the following Directors and executive officers of the
Company:  Richard M. Scrushy,  Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of the Company,  James P. Bennett,  President and Chief Operating Officer of the
Company,  Aaron Beam, Jr.,  Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
of the  Company,  Thomas  W.  Carman,  Executive  Vice  President  --  Corporate
Development of the Company,  Russell H. Maddox, President -- HEALTHSOUTH Imaging
Centers of the Company,  P. Daryl Brown,  President  --  HEALTHSOUTH  Outpatient
Centers of the Company,  Michael D. Martin,  Senior Vice President and Treasurer
of the Company,  and Larry R. House, a Director of the Company. In October 1995,
the  Company  purchased  the  remaining  minority  interests  in DHC  for a cash
purchase  price of $4.00 per share and  cashed out all  options  to acquire  DHC
stock at a cash price equal to $4.00 per share less the option  exercise  price.
The Company received an opinion from Smith Barney Inc. as to the fairness to the
Company,  from a financial  point of view, of the  consideration  payable to DHC
stockholders  and option  holders.  In connection  with such  transactions,  Mr.
Scrushy received a cash payment of $3,229,164,

                                     - 84 -

<PAGE>


Mr. Maddox  received a cash payment of  $3,412,886,  Mr. Martin  received a cash
payment of $223,750,  and Mr. House received a cash payment of  $2,452,500.  The
other  individuals  named above  received  cash  payments  of less than  $60,000
apiece.

         In 1992,  the Company  acquired  19.55 acres of vacant land in Vestavia
Hills, Alabama for potential development as a corporate  headquarters  building.
The Company subsequently determined that, for various reasons, such land was not
suited  for  the  type  of  development  that  the  Company  wished  to  pursue.
Accordingly, in 1995, the Board of Directors of the Company determined to convey
the property to Richard M.  Scrushy,  Chairman of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer of the Company,  as additional  compensation.  An independent  appraisal
valued the  property at  $640,000,  and such  amount was  treated as  additional
compensation to Mr. Scrushy.

         In order to enhance equity ownership by senior management,  the Company
has adopted a program of making loans to officers  holding the position of Group
Vice  President  and above to  facilitate  the exercise of stock options held by
such persons. See Item 11, "Executive Compensation -- Executive Loans".

         At various times,  the Company has made loans to executive  officers to
assist them in meeting  financial  obligations  at certain  times when they were
requested  by the  Company  to refrain  from  selling  Common  Stock in the open
market.  At January 1, 1995, loans in the following  original  principal amounts
were outstanding:  $460,000 to Larry R. House, a Director and a former executive
officer, and $140,000 to William T. Owens, Senior Vice President and Controller.
Outstanding  principal balances at December 31, 1995 were $414,000 for Mr. House
and  $126,000 for Mr.  Owens.  In  addition,  during  1995,  the Company made an
additional  loan of $350,000  to Mr.  Owens and  $500,000  to Aaron  Beam,  Jr.,
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, which loans
were  outstanding in full at December 31, 1995.  Such loans bear interest at the
rate of 1-1/4%  per  annum  below the prime  rate of  AmSouth  Bank of  Alabama,
Birmingham, Alabama, and are payable on demand.


                                     - 85 -

<PAGE>

                                     PART IV



Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

(a)      Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits.

         1.       Financial Statements.

         The   consolidated   financial   statements  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  filed as a part of this  Annual  Report on Form 10-K are listed in
Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which listing is hereby  incorporated
herein by reference.

         2.       Financial Statement Schedules.

         The financial  statement schedules required by Regulation S-X are filed
under Item 14(d) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, as listed below:

         Schedules Supporting the Financial Statements

         Schedule II            Valuation and Qualifying Accounts            90

         All other  schedules  for  which  provision  is made in the  applicable
accounting  regulations  of the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  have been
omitted  because they are not  required  under the related  instructions  or are
inapplicable,  or because the information has been provided in the  Consolidated
Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

         3.       Exhibits.

         The Exhibits  filed as a part of this Annual  Report are listed in Item
14(c) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K,  which listing is hereby  incorporated
herein by reference.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K.

         During the last quarter of the period  covered by this Annual Report on
Form 10-K, the Company filed the following Current Reports on Form 8-K:

         (1)  Current  Report  on Form 8-K  filed  October  19,  1995  providing
              information under Items 5 and 7 relating  to  the  acquisition  of
              SHC, and including  the following  unaudited  pro forma  financial
              statements of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation:

                  (a)    Pro forma consolidated Balance Sheet at  March 31, 1995
                         and pro forma consolidated  statements  of income  for
                         the three-month  periods ended March 31, 1995 and March
                         31, 1994;

                  (b)    Pro forma  consolidated  statements  of income  for the
                         twelve-month  periods ended December 31, 1994, 1993 and
                         1992; and

                  (c)    Notes to consolidated financial statements.

         (2)  Current  Report on Form 8-K filed  October 20, 1995, as amended on
              November  9,  1995  providing  information  under  Items  5  and 7
              relating to the acquisition of SCA.

         (3)  Current  Report  on Form 8-K  dated  October  30,  1995  providing
              information  under  Items 5 and 7 relating to the  acquisition  of
              Caremark Orthopedic Services, Inc.

         (4)  Current  Report  on Form 8-K dated  November  13,  1995  providing
              information  under  Items 2 and 7 relating to the  acquisition  of
              SSCI,  incorporating by reference from  HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation's
              Registration  Statement  on Form  S-4  filed  September  28,  1995
              (Registration  No.  33-63055) the audited  consolidated  financial
              statements  of SSCI as at December  31,  1994,  and for the period
              then ended.

         (5)  Current  Report  on Form 8-K dated  December  20,  1995  providing
              information  under Item 5 relating  to the  acquisition  of Sutter
              Surgery Centers, Inc.


                                     - 86 -


<PAGE>




(c)      Exhibits.

         The Exhibits  required by Regulation S-K are set forth in the following
list and are filed either by  incorporation  by reference from previous  filings
with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  or by  attachment to this Annual
Report on Form 10-K as so indicated in such list.

     (2)-1        Amended and Restated Plan and Agreement of Merger, dated as of
                  September   18,   1994,   among   HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation
                  Corporation,  RRS Acquisitions Company, Inc. and ReLife, Inc.,
                  filed as Exhibit (2)-1 to the Company's Registration Statement
                  on  Form  S-4   (Registration   No.   33-55929),   is   hereby
                  incorporated by reference.

     (2)-2        Amended and Restated Plan and Agreement of Merger, dated as of
                  January 22, 1995, among HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  ASC Atlanta
                  Acquisition  Company,  Inc. and Surgical  Health  Corporation,
                  filed as Exhibit (2)-4 to the Company's  Annual Report on Form
                  10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended  December 31,  1994,  is hereby
                  incorporated by reference.

     (2)-3        Stock  Purchase  Agreement,  dated  February  3,  1995,  among
                  HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  NovaCare,  Inc.  and NC  Resources,
                  Inc., filed as Exhibit (2)-3 to the Company's Annual Report on
                  Form 10-K for the Fiscal  Year Ended  December  31,  1994,  is
                  hereby incorporated by reference.

     (2)-4        Plan and  Agreement of Merger,  dated  August 23, 1995,  among
                  HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  SSCI  Acquisition  Corporation  and
                  Sutter  Surgery  Centers,  Inc.,  filed as Exhibit  (2) to the
                  Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No.
                  33-63-55) is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (2)-5        Amendment to Plan and Agreement of  Merger  among  HEALTHSOUTH
                  Corporation,  SSCI Acquisition  Corporation and Sutter Surgery
                  Center, Inc.

     (2)-6        Amended and Restated Plan and Agreement of Merger, dated as of
                  October   9,  1995,   among   HEALTHSOUTH   Corporation,   SCA
                  Acquisition  Corporation and Surgical Care  Affiliates,  Inc.,
                  filed as Exhibit  (2)-1 to  Amendment  No. 1 to the  Company's
                  Registration   Statement   on  Form  S-4   (Registration   No.
                  33-64935), is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (2)-7        Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated December 16, 1995, between
                  HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  Aladdin Acquisition Corporation and
                  Advantage  Health  Corporation,  filed as Exhibit (2)-1 to the
                  Company's Registration Statement on Form S-4 (Registration No.
                  333-825), is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (3)-1        Restated   Certificate   of   Incorporation   of   HEALTHSOUTH
                  Corporation,  as filed in the Office of the Secretary of State
                  of the State of Delaware on January 17, 1996, filed as Exhibit
                  (3)  to  the  Company's  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed
                  onJanuary 29, 1996, is hereby incorporated by reference.


                                     - 87 -

<PAGE>


     (3)-2        Bylaws of  HEALTHSOUTH  Rehabilitation  Corporation,  filed as
                  Exhibit (3)-2 to the Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K for
                  the  Fiscal  Year  Ended   December  31,   1991,   are  hereby
                  incorporated herein by reference.

     (4)-1        Indenture,   dated  March  24,   1994,   between   HEALTHSOUTH
                  Rehabilitation   Corporation   and   NationsBank  of  Georgia,
                  National  Association,  relating to the Company's  9.5% Senior
                  Subordinated  Notes due 2001,  filed as  Exhibit  (4)-1 to the
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended
                  December 31, 1994, is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (4)-2        Indenture,   dated  March  24,   1994,   between   HEALTHSOUTH
                  Rehabilitation  Corporation  and PNC Bank of  Kentucky,  Inc.,
                  relating  to  the   Company's  5%   Convertible   Subordinated
                  Debentures  due 2001,  filed as Exhibit (4)-2 to the Company's
                  Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended  December
                  31, 1994, is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (4)-3        Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 1995 Stock Option
                  Plan.

     (10)-1       1984 Incentive Stock Option Plan, as amended, filed as Exhibit
                  (10)-1  to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the
                  Fiscal Year Ended  December 31, 1987,  is hereby  incorporated
                  herein by reference.

     (10)-2       1988 Non-Qualified Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 4(a) to
                  the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration
                  No. 33-23642), is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

     (10)-3       1989  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  (10)-6  to the
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended
                  December 31, 1989, is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (10)-4       1990  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed as  Exhibit  (10)-13  to the
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year ended
                  December 31, 1990, is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (10)-5       Forms of Stock Option Agreements utilized under 1984 Incentive
                  Stock Option Plan, 1988 Non- Qualified Stock Option Plan, 1989
                  Stock Option Plan and 1990 Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit
                  (10)-14 to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the
                  Fiscal Year ended December 31, 1990,  are hereby  incorporated
                  herein by reference.

     (10)-6       1991 Stock Option Plan, as amended,  filed as Exhibit  (10)-15
                  to the  Company's  Annual  Report on Form 10-K for the  Fiscal
                  Year ended December 31, 1991, is hereby incorporated herein by
                  reference.

     (10)-7       Forms of Stock  Option  Agreements  utilized  under 1991 Stock
                  Option Plan,  filed as Exhibit (10)-16 to the Company's Annual
                  Report on Form 10-K for the  Fiscal  Year Ended  December  31,
                  1991, are hereby incorporated by reference.

     (10)-8       1992  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed  as  Exhibit  (10)-8  to the
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended
                  December 31, 1992, is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (10)-9       Forms of Stock  Option  Agreements  utilized  under 1992 Stock
                  Option Plan,  filed as Exhibit (10)-9 to the Company's  Annual
                  Report on Form 10-K for the  Fiscal  Year Ended  December  31,
                  1992, are hereby incorporated by reference .

     (10)-10      1993  Stock  Option  Plan,  filed as  Exhibit  (10)-10  to the
                  Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended
                  December 31, 1993, is hereby incorporated by reference.


                                     - 88 -

<PAGE>


     (10)-11      Forms of Stock  Option  Agreements  utilized  under 1993 Stock
                  Option Plan,  filed as Exhibit (10)-11 to the Company's Annual
                  Report on Form 10-K for the  Fiscal  Year Ended  December  31,
                  1993, are hereby incorporated by reference.

     (10)-12      1993  Consultants  Stock Option Plan, filed as Exhibit 4(a) to
                  the Company's  Registration  Statement on Form S-8 (Commission
                  File No. 33-64316), is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (10)-13      Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  utilized  under  the  1993
                  Consultants  Stock Option  Plan,  filed as Exhibit 4(b) to the
                  Company's  Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Commission File
                  No. 33-64316), is hereby incorporated by reference.

     (10)-14      1995  Stock  Option  Plan.

     (10)-15      Form of Stock Option  Agreement  utilized under the 1995 Stock
                  Option  Plan.

     (10)-16      Employment Agreement, dated July 23, 1986, between HEALTHSOUTH
                  Rehabilitation Corporation and Richard M. Scrushy, as amended.
                  To be filed by amendment.

     (10)-17      Second  Amended and  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  dated as of
                  April  11,   1995,   between   HEALTHSOUTH   Corporation   and
                  NationsBank of North Carolina, National Association.

     (10)-18      Form of Indemnity  Agreement entered into between  HEALTHSOUTH
                  Rehabilitation Corporation and each of its Directors, filed as
                  Exhibit  (10)-13 to the  Company's  Annual Report on Form 10-K
                  for the  Fiscal  Year  Ended  December  31,  1991,  is  hereby
                  incorporated by reference.

     (11)         HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries,   Computation  of
                  Income Per Share.

     (21)         Subsidiaries of HEALTHSOUTH Corporation.

     (23)         Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.


(d)      Financial Statement Schedules.

         Schedule II:               Valuation and Qualifying Accounts



                                     - 89 -
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                                   SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS



           Column A                   Column B                       Column C                        Column D           Column E

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                     Balance at       Additions Charged     Additions Charged
                                    Beginning of        to Costs and       to Other Accounts -     Deductions -        Balance at
          Description                  Period             Expenses              Describe             Describe         End of Period
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                          (In thousands)
<S>                                <C>                <C>                   <C>            <C>   <C>            <C>  <C>           
Year ended December 31, 
     1993:
       Allowance for doubtful
       accounts and con-                                                           298,309 (1)
       tractual adjustments        $       50,753     $       17,947        $       51,516 (2)   $      295,178 (3)  $      123,347
                                   ==============     ==============        ==============       ==============      ==============

Year ended December 31, 
     1994:
       Allowance for doubtful
       accounts and con-                                                           662,230 (1)
       tractual adjustments        $      123,347     $       27,646        $        6,547 (2)   $      672,334 (3)  $      147,436
                                   ==============     ==============        ==============       ==============      ==============

Year ended December 31, 
     1995:
       Allowance for doubtful
       accounts and con-                                                           860,363 (1)
       tractual adjustments        $      147,436     $       31,637        $       28,609 (2)   $      855,073 (3)  $      212,972
                                   ==============     ==============        ==============       ==============      ==============

- -------------------------
<FN>

(1)   Provisions  for  contractual  adjustments  which are netted  against gross
      revenues.

(2)   Allowances of acquisitions in years 1993, 1994 and 1995, respectively.

(3)   Write-offs of uncollectible  patient  accounts  receivable and third party
      contractual adjustments, net of third party retroactive settlements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

 









                                       90
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                           HEALTHSOUTH Corporation


                           By              /s/RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                               ---------------------------------------------
                                              Richard M. Scrushy,
                                        Chairman of the Board, President
                                           and Chief Executive Officer

                           Date:   March 27, 1996

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  Report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               Signature                                      Capacity                                Date
               ---------                                      --------                                ----
<S>                                               <C>                                           <C>
       /s/RICHARD M. SCRUSHY                            Chairman of the Board                   March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
          Richard M. Scrushy                         and Chief Executive Officer
                                                            and Director

         /s/AARON BEAM, JR.                         Executive Vice President and                March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
            Aaron Beam, Jr.                            Chief Financial Officer
                                                            and Director

        /s/WILLIAM T. OWENS                       Senior Vice President-Finance and             March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
           William T. Owens                       Controller (Principal Accounting
                                                              Officer)

         /s/C. SAGE GIVENS                                    Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
            C. Sage Givens

     /s/CHARLES W. NEWHALL III                                Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
        Charles W. Newhall III

        /s/GEORGE H. STRONG                                   Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
           George H. Strong

       /s/PHILLIP C. WATKINS                                  Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
          Phillip C. Watkins

       /s/JOHN S. CHAMBERLIN                                  Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
          John S. Chamberlin



                                     - 91 -

<PAGE>


         /s/LARRY R. HOUSE                                    Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
            Larry R. House

        /s/ANTHONY J. TANNER                                  Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
           Anthony J. Tanner

        /s/JAMES P. BENNETT                                   Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
           James P. Bennett

       /s/RICHARD F. CELESTE                                  Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
          Richard F. Celeste

         /s/P. DARYL BROWN                                    Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
            P. Daryl Brown

         /s/JOEL C. GORDON                                    Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
            Joel C. Gordon

      /s/RAYMOND J. DUNN, III                                 Director                          March 27, 1996
- --------------------------------------
            Raymond J. Dunn
</TABLE>









                                     - 92 -

<PAGE>

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                          PLAN AND AGREEMENT OF MERGER
                                  BY AND AMONG
                            HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION,
                        SSCI ACQUISITION CORPORATION AND
                          SUTTER SURGERY CENTERS, INC.

         This  Amendment No. 1 to the Plan and Agreement of Merger (the "Plan of
Merger")  dated as of the 23rd day of August,  1995, is made and entered into as
of the 26th day  of  October,  1995,  by and among  HEALTHSOUTH  CORPORATION,  a
Delaware  corporation  ("Buyer");  SSCI  ACQUISITION  CORPORATION,   a  Delaware
corporation and a wholly owned  subsidiary of Buyer ("Sub");  and SUTTER SURGERY
CENTERS,  INC., a Delaware  corporation  (the  "Company" or "SSCI").  (Terms not
otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings as in the Plan of Merger).

                                R E C I T A L S:

         WHEREAS,  Buyer, Sub and SSCI have heretofore  entered into the Plan of
Merger  providing  for the merger  (the  "Merger")  of Sub with and into SSCI in
accordance with the Delaware  General  Corporation law (the "Delaware Law") upon
the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan of Merger; and

         WHEREAS,  the  Plan of  Merger  provides  for the  exchange  of  SSCI's
existing shares of common stock for shares of HEALTHSOUTH's  common stock,  with
such  HEALTHSOUTH  common to be registered  at the Effective  Time of the Merger
pursuant to an effective  registration statement to be filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission ("SEC"); and

         WHEREAS, the SEC, by letter dated October 13, 1995, has objected to the
filing by HEALTHSOUTH of a registration  statement on Form S-4 which would cover
the HEALTHSOUTH  common stock to be issued to the  shareholders of SSCI pursuant
to the Merger; and

         WHEREAS,  HEALTHSOUTH  has  agreed to amend  its  filing on Form S-4 to
convert it to a filing on Form S-3 pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
of 1933;

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  mutual  covenants  herein
contained, the parties hereby agree as follows:

         1. The second  sentence of Section 5.5 "Buyer  Common  Stock" is hereby
deleted in its entirety and the following is substituted in its place:

                                        1


<PAGE>



                  "The Buyer Common  Stock to be issued  pursuant to the Plan of
                  Merger  will,  when so  delivered,  be (i)  duly  and  validly
                  issued,  fully  paid  and  non-assessable;  (ii) be able to be
                  publicly resold by the stockholders of SSCI upon effectiveness
                  of a  registration  statement to be filed with the  Securities
                  and  Exchange  Commission  within 30 days after the  Effective
                  Time  by  Buyer  on  Form  S-3 and  pursuant  to  Rule  415 as
                  promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Act"),  and
                  (iii) after the  registration  statement  provided for in (ii)
                  shall have been  declared  effective by the SEC, be authorized
                  for listing on the Exchange upon official notice of issuance."

         In all other respects, the language of Section 5.5 is unchanged.

         2. In the second and third  lines of Section  7.6(a)  delete the phrase
"as soon as reasonably  practicable"  and insert "within thirty (30) days of the
Effective Time".

         3. In the third  line of Section  7.6(a)  there is  inserted  after the
words "a registration Statement" the following:

                  "on Form S-3 and pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act
                  of 1933"

         In all other  respects,  other than as set forth in Paragraph 2 hereof,
the language of Section 7.6(a) is unchanged.

         4. In Section  7.6(b)  delete the words "Prior to the Closing  Date" at
the beginning of Section  7.6(b) and  substitute  therefore  "Within thirty (30)
days of the Effective Time". In all other respects Section 7.6(b) is unchanged.

         5. In Section  7.6(c)  delete the words "prior to the Closing  Date" at
the beginning of the subparagraph and again at the end of the subparagraph, and,
in each case, substitute therefore: "within thirty (30) days after the Effective
Time".  In all other  respects  the  provisions  of 7.6(c) are  reconfirmed  and
restated.

         6. Section 8.8 "Registration Statement" is deleted in its entirety.

         7.  Section  9.7  "Registration  Statement"  is hereby  deleted  in its
entirety.

                                        2


<PAGE>


         8. Except as set forth above,  in all other  respect the Plan of Merger
is hereby reaffirmed and acknowledged and the parties have caused this Amendment
No.  1 to the  Plan of  Merger  to be  executed  and  delivered  by  their  duly
authorized officers as of the date first above written.

                                   SUTTER SURGERY CENTERS, INC.,
                                     a Delaware corporation


                                    By       /s/ AUGUST A. SAIBENI
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                    Name         August A. Saibeni
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                    Title  President and Chief Operating Officer
                                      -----------------------------------------


                                    HEALTHSOUTH Corporation,
                                      a Delaware corporation


                                    By      /s/ WILLIAM W. HORTON
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                    Name        William W. Horton
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                    Title      Group Vice President
                                      -----------------------------------------


                                    SSCI ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
                                      a Delaware corporation


                                    By      /s/ WILLIAM W. HORTON
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                    Name        William W. Horton
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                    Title        Vice President
                                      -----------------------------------------

                                        3







<PAGE>



                             HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

                             1995 STOCK OPTION PLAN


         1.  Purpose of the Plan.  The  purpose of the 1995  Stock  Option  Plan
(hereinafter  called  the  "Plan")  of  HEALTHSOUTH   Corporation,   a  Delaware
corporation (hereinafter called the "Corporation"),  is to provide incentive for
future  endeavor  and to  advance  the  interests  of the  Corporation  and  its
stockholders  by encouraging  ownership of the Common Stock,  par value $.01 per
share  (hereinafter  called  the  "Common  Stock"),  of the  Corporation  by its
Directors, executives and other key employees, upon whose judgment, interest and
continuing  special  efforts  the  Corporation  is  largely  dependent  for  the
successful  conduct of its operations,  and to enable the Corporation to compete
effectively  with other  enterprises  for the  services  of such new  Directors,
executives  and employees as may be needed for the continued  improvement of the
Corporation's  business,  through the grant of options to purchase shares of the
Common Stock.  It is intended that certain  Options issued under the Plan and so
designated  pursuant  to Section  6(c)  hereof by the  Committee  (as defined in
Section 5 hereof) shall qualify as "incentive stock options" (hereinafter called
"ISOs")  under Section  422(b) of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
from time to time (hereinafter  called the "Code"),  and, where applicable,  the
terms of the Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with such intention.  Other
Options may be issued  under the Plan and  designated  by the  Committee or such
Independent Stock Option Committee,  as the case may be, as non-qualified  stock
options  (hereinafter called "NQSOs").  Any Option issued under the Plan and not
expressly designated as an ISO shall be conclusively deemed to be an NQSO.

         2. Participants.  Options may be granted under the Plan to Directors of
the  Corporation and to such executives and key employees of the Corporation and
its subsidiaries as shall be determined by the Committee  appointed by the Board
of Directors as set forth in Section 5 of the Plan; provided,  however,  that no
Option may be granted to any person if such grant  would cause the Plan to cease
to be an  "employee  benefit  plan"  as  defined  in Rule  405 of  Regulation  C
promulgated  under the Securities Act of 1933; and provided  further that no ISO
may be granted to any person  ineligible to be granted ISOs under Section 422(b)
of the Code.

         3. Term of the Plan.  The Plan  shall  become  effective  as of June 6,
1995,  subject to the  approval  by the  holders of a majority  of the shares of
issued  and  outstanding  Common  Stock of the  Corporation  at the 1995  Annual
Meeting of  Stockholders  of the  Corporation.  The Plan shall  terminate on the
earliest  of (a) June 5,  2005,  (b) such time as all  shares  of  Common  Stock
reserved for issuance under the Plan have been acquired  through the exercise of
Options  granted  under  the  Plan,  or (c) such  earlier  time as the  Board of
Directors of the Corporation  may determine.  Any Option  outstanding  under the
Plan at the time of its  termination  shall remain in effect in accordance  with
its terms and conditions and those of the Plan. No Option shall be granted under
the Plan after June 5, 2005.

         4. Stock Subject to the Plan.  (a) Subject to the provisions of Section
13, the  aggregate  number of shares of Common  Stock for which  Options  may be
granted  under the Plan shall not exceed  3,500,000  shares  plus such number of
shares as is added pursuant to Section 4(b), and the maximum number of shares of
Common  Stock for which any  individual  may be granted  Options  under the Plan
during any calendar year is 1,000,000. If, on or prior to the termination of the
Plan as  provided  in  Section  3, an Option  granted  under the Plan shall have
expired or terminated  for any reason without having been exercised in full, the
unpurchased shares covered thereby shall again become available for the grant of
Options under the Plan. Shares covered by Options surrendered in connection with
the


<PAGE>


exercise of other Options pursuant to Section 9(e) shall be deemed, for purposes
of this  Section  4, to have been  exercised,  and such  shares  shall not again
become available for the grant of Options under the Plan.

         The shares to be  delivered  upon  exercise  of Options  under the Plan
shall be made  available,  at the  discretion of the Board of Directors,  either
from  authorized but previously  unissued shares as permitted by the Certificate
of  Incorporation  of  the  Corporation  or  from  shares   re-acquired  by  the
Corporation,  including shares of Common Stock purchased in the open market, and
shares held in the treasury of the Corporation.

                  (b) The number of shares of Common Stock for which Options may
be granted under the Plan shall automatically  increase on the first trading day
of each  calendar  year  during  the term of the Plan,  beginning  with the 1996
calendar  year,  by an  amount  equal  to 0.9% of the  shares  of  Common  Stock
outstanding on December 31 of the  immediately  preceding  year.  However,  such
additional  shares shall be available only for the grant of NQSOs under the Plan
and not for the grant of ISOs.

         5.  Administration  of the Plan. With respect to the  participation  of
executives and key employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries who are not
also Directors of the  Corporation,  the Plan shall be administered by the Audit
and  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board  of  Directors  of  the  Corporation
(hereinafter  called the "Committee").  The acts of a majority of the Committee,
at any  meeting  thereof  at which a quorum is  present,  or acts  reduced to or
approved in writing by a majority of the members of the Committee,  shall be the
valid acts of the Committee.  The Committee  shall  determine the executives and
key  employees  of the  Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  who shall be granted
Options and the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to each Option.

         With  respect to the  participation  of  non-employee  Directors of the
Corporation,  each non-employee  Director shall receive,  as an annual grant, an
NQSO to purchase  25,000  shares of Common  Stock on the date of adoption of the
Plan and in each year  thereafter,  such  Option  to be  granted  at the  Annual
Meeting of the Board of  Directors.  The purchase  price of the shares of Common
Stock covered by each such NQSO granted to a non-employee Director shall be 100%
of the fair  market  value  (but in no event  less  than the par  value) of such
shares at the time the Option is granted,  determined in accordance with Section
7(c) hereof.

         The  interpretation and construction of any provision of the Plan or of
any Option  granted under it by the  Committee  shall be final,  conclusive  and
binding  upon all parties,  including  the  Corporation,  its  stockholders  and
Directors,  and  the  executives  and  employees  of  the  Corporation  and  its
subsidiaries.  No member of the Board of  Directors  or the  Committee  shall be
liable to the Corporation,  any stockholder, any optionholder or any employee of
the Corporation or its subsidiaries for any action or determination made in good
faith with respect to the Plan or any Option  granted under it. No member of the
Board of Directors may vote on any Option to be granted to him.

         The  expenses  of  administering   the  Plan  shall  be  borne  by  the
Corporation.

         6. Grant of Options.  (a) Options may be granted  under the Plan by the
Committee in  accordance  with the  provisions of Section 5 at any time prior to
the  termination  of the Plan.  In making  any  determination  as to  Directors,
executives  and key  employees  to whom  Options  shall be granted and as to the
number of shares to be covered by such Options,  the  Committee  shall take into
account the duties of the  respective  Directors,  executives and key employees,
their present and potential contribution

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>


to the success of the Corporation, and such other factors as the Committee shall
deem relevant in connection with the accomplishment of the purposes of the Plan.

         (b) Each Option granted under the Plan shall be granted pursuant to and
subject to the terms and  conditions  of a stock option  agreement to be entered
into between the  Corporation  and the  optionholder  at the time of such grant.
Each such stock option  agreement shall be in a form from  time-to-time  adopted
for use under the Plan by the Committee  (such form being  hereinafter  called a
"Stock Option Agreement").  Any such Stock Option Agreement shall incorporate by
reference  all of the terms and  provisions of the Plan as in effect at the time
of grant and may contain  such other terms and  provisions  as shall be approved
and adopted by the Committee.

         (c) At the time of the  grant  of each  Option  under  this  Plan,  the
Committee shall determine  whether such Option is to be designated as an ISO. If
an Option is to be designated as an ISO, then the  provisions of Sections  6(d),
7(b) and 8(b) shall apply to such Options.  The Stock Option Agreement  relating
to the grant of any option designated as an ISO shall reflect such designation.

         (d) Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement,
the aggregate fair market value  (determined as of the time each ISO is granted)
of the  shares of Common  Stock with  respect  to which  ISOs  issued to any one
person  hereunder  are  exercisable  for the first time during any calendar year
shall not exceed $100,000.

         7. Option Price.  (a) The purchase  price of the shares of Common Stock
covered by each Option granted under the Plan shall be at least 100% of the fair
market  value (but in no event  less than the par  value) of such  shares at the
time the Option is granted, or such higher purchase price as shall be determined
by the Committee.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any contrary provision  contained in Section 7(a)
hereof,  no Option  granted to any person who, at the time of such grant,  owns,
taking into account the attribution  rules of Section 424(d) of the Code,  stock
possessing  more than 10% of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of
the  Corporation's  stock or of the stock of any of its corporate  subsidiaries,
may be designated as an ISO unless at the time of such grant the purchase  price
of the shares of Common  Stock  covered  by such  Option is at least 110% of the
fair market value (but in no event less than the par value) of such shares.

         (c) If the  Common  Stock  is not  listed  upon a  national  securities
exchange or  exchanges,  such fair market  value shall be as  determined  by the
Board of Directors of the Corporation (which  determination  shall be conclusive
and binding for all purposes) or, if applicable,  shall be deemed to be the last
reported  sale  price for the  Common  Stock as quoted by  brokers  and  dealers
trading in the  Common  Stock in the  over-the-counter  market (or if the Common
Stock  shall  be  quoted  by the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers
Automated  Quotation  system,  then such NASDAQ quote)  immediately prior to the
commencement of the meeting of the Committee at which the Option is granted.  If
the Common  Stock is listed upon a national  securities  exchange or  exchanges,
such fair  market  value shall be deemed to be the last  reported  sale price at
which the shares of Common  Stock were  traded on such  securities  exchange  or
exchanges  immediately prior to the commencement of the meeting of the Committee
at which the Option is  granted,  or if no sale of the Common  Stock was made on
any national  securities exchange on such date, then the closing price per share
of the  Common  Stock  on such  securities  exchange  or  exchanges  on the next
preceding day on which there was a sale of the Common Stock.


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>


         (d) The exercise price of any outstanding  Options shall not be reduced
during the term of such Options  except by reason of an  adjustment  pursuant to
Section 13 hereof,  nor shall the  Committee  or the Board of  Directors  cancel
outstanding  Options  and  reissue  new  Options  at a lower  exercise  price in
substitution for the canceled Options.

         8. Term of Options.  (a) The expiration date of an Option granted under
the Plan shall be as determined by the Committee at the time of grant,  provided
that each such Option  shall  expire not more than ten years after the date such
Option was granted.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any contrary provision  contained in Section 8(a)
hereof,  no Option  granted to any person who, at the time of such grant,  owns,
taking into account the attribution  rules of Section 424(d) of the Code,  stock
possessing  more than 10% of the total  combined  voting power of all classes of
the  Corporation's  stock or of the stock of any of its corporate  subsidiaries,
may be  designated  as an ISO unless by its terms each such Option  shall expire
not more than five years after the date such Option was granted.

         9.  Exercise of Options.  (a) Each Option shall become  exercisable  in
whole or in part or in  installments  at such time or times as the Committee may
prescribe  at the time the Option is  granted  and  specify in the Stock  Option
Agreement. No Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from
the date on which it was granted.

         (b)  Notwithstanding  any contrary provision  contained herein,  unless
otherwise  expressly provided in the Stock Option Agreement,  any Option granted
hereunder  which is, by its terms,  exercisable  in  installments  shall  become
immediately  exercisable  in full upon the  occurrence of a Change in Control of
the  Corporation.  For purposes of this Section 9(b),  "Change in Control" shall
mean

                  (i) the  acquisition  (other  than  from the  Company)  by any
         person,  entity or "group" (within the meaning of Sections  13(d)(3) or
         14(d)(2) of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  but  excluding,  for
         this purpose,  the  Corporation  or its  subsidiaries,  or any employee
         benefit  plan  of  the  Company  or  its  subsidiaries  which  acquires
         beneficial ownership of voting securities of the Company) of beneficial
         ownership  (within  the  meaning  of Rule 13d-3  promulgated  under the
         Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934)  of  25%  or  more  of  either  the
         then-outstanding shares of Common Stock or the combined voting power of
         the  Company's  then-outstanding  voting  securities  entitled  to vote
         generally in the election of Directors; or

                  (ii) individuals who, as of June 6, 1995, constitute the Board
         of  Directors  of the  Corporation  (as of such  date,  the  "Incumbent
         Board")  cease for any reason to  constitute at least a majority of the
         Board of  Directors;  provided,  however,  that any  person  becoming a
         Director  subsequent to such date whose  election,  or  nomination  for
         election,  was  approved  by a  vote  of at  least  a  majority  of the
         Directors then constituting the Incumbent Board (other than an election
         or nomination of an individual whose initial assumption of office is in
         connection with an actual or threatened  election  contest  relating to
         the election of  Directors  of the  Company)  shall be, for purposes of
         this Section  9(b)(ii),  considered as though such person were a member
         of the Incumbent Board; or

                  (iii)  approval  by  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  of a
         reorganization,  merger,  consolidation or share exchange, in each case
         with respect to which persons who

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>


         were  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  immediately  prior  to  such
         reorganization,   merger,  consolidation  or  share  exchange  do  not,
         immediately thereafter,  own more than 75% of the combined voting power
         entitled  to  vote  generally  in  the  election  of  directors  of the
         reorganized,   merged,   consolidated  or  other   surviving   entity's
         then-outstanding voting securities,  or a liquidation or dissolution of
         the Corporation or the sale of all or  substantially  all of the assets
         of the Corporation.

         (c)  Options  may  be  exercised  by  giving   written  notice  to  the
Corporation  of  intention to  exercise,  specifying  the number of shares to be
purchased  pursuant to such exercise in accordance with the procedures set forth
in the Stock Option Agreement.  All shares purchased upon exercise of any Option
shall  be paid  for in full at the  time of  purchase  in  accordance  with  the
procedures  set forth in the Stock  Option  Agreement.  Except  as  provided  in
Sections  9(d) and 9(e) hereof,  such  payment  shall be made in cash or through
delivery of shares of Common Stock or a combination  of cash and Common Stock as
provided in the Stock Option Agreement.  Any shares so delivered shall be valued
at their fair market value  determined  as of the date of exercise of the Option
under the method set forth in Section 7(c) hereof.

         (d) Payment for shares  purchased  upon exercise of any such Option may
be made by delivery to the  Corporation of a properly  executed  exercise notice
together with  irrevocable  instructions to a broker to promptly  deliver to the
Corporation  an amount of sale or loan  proceeds  sufficient to pay the exercise
price.  Additionally,  the  Corporation  will  accept,  in  payment  for  shares
purchased  upon exercise of any such Option,  proceeds of a margin loan obtained
by the  exercising  optionholder  from a broker,  provided  that the  exercising
optionholder  has, at the same time as delivery to the Corporation of a properly
executed exercise notice,  delivered to the Corporation irrevocable instructions
to the  Corporation to deliver share  certificates  directly to such broker upon
payment for such shares.

         (e) With respect to Directors and officers of the  Corporation  who are
subject to reporting requirements under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934,  payment for shares  purchased  upon exercise of any Option granted
hereunder may be made by surrender of outstanding Options issued under this Plan
or any other stock  option plan of the  Corporation  having a Spread (as defined
below) equal to the exercise  price of the Options  sought to be exercised.  For
purposes of this  Section  9(e),  the "Spread"  with respect to any  unexercised
Option shall be equal to (i) the average  price per share of Common Stock on the
date of  exercise,  as  determined  by the  Corporation  from  any  commercially
available reporting service reflecting trading of the Common Stock on a national
securities exchange, on the National Association of Securities Dealers Automated
Quotation System,  or in the over the counter market,  as applicable,  less (ii)
the exercise  price of the surrender of the Option.  All Options so  surrendered
will be deemed to have been exercised by the optionholder.  Such surrender shall
be evidenced in a form satisfactory to the Secretary of the Corporation.

         10. Nontransferability of Options. Options granted under the Plan shall
be  assignable or  transferable  only by will or pursuant to the laws of descent
and distribution  and shall be exercisable  during the  optionholder's  lifetime
only by him.

         11. Stockholder  Rights of Optionholder.  No holder of any Option shall
have any rights to dividends or other  rights of a  stockholder  with respect to
shares  subject to an Option prior to the purchase of such shares upon  exercise
of the Option.


                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>


         12.  Termination  of Option.  With respect to any Option which,  by its
terms, is not exercisable for one year from the date on which it is granted,  if
an optionholder's  employment by, or other relationship with, the Corporation or
any of its subsidiaries terminates within one year after the date an unexercised
Option containing such terms is granted under the Plan for any reason other than
death,  the Option shall terminate on the date of termination of such employment
or other relationship. With respect to all Options granted under the Plan, if an
optionholder's  employment by, or other  relationship  with, the  Corporation is
terminated by reason of his death, the Option shall terminate one year after the
date of  death,  unless  the  Option  otherwise  expires.  If an  optionholder's
employment by, or other  relationship  with, the Corporation  terminates for any
reason  other than as set forth  above in this  Section  12,  the  Option  shall
terminate three months after the date of termination of such employment or other
relationship  unless  the  Option  earlier  expires,  provided  that  (a) if the
optionholder dies within such three-month period, the Option shall terminate one
year  after the date of his death  unless the Option  earlier  expires;  (b) the
Board of Directors may, at any time prior to any  termination of such employment
or other  relationship  under the  circumstances  covered  by this  Section  12,
determine  in its  discretion  that the Option  shall  terminate  on the date of
termination of such employment or other  relationship with the Corporation;  and
(c) the exercise of any Option after  termination  of such  employment  or other
relationship  with the  Corporation  shall be  subject  to  satisfaction  of the
conditions  precedent that the optionholder  refrain from engaging,  directly or
indirectly,  in any  activity  which is  competitive  with any  activity  of the
Corporation or any subsidiary thereof and from otherwise acting, either prior to
or after  termination of such  employment or other  relationship,  in any manner
inimical or in any way  contrary to the best  interests of the  Corporation  and
that the  optionholder  furnish to the Corporation such information with respect
to the  satisfaction  of the  foregoing  condition  precedent  as the  Board  of
Directors  shall  reasonably  request.  For  purposes  of  this  Section  12,  a
"relationship  with the Corporation"  shall be limited to any relationship  that
does not cause the Plan to cease to be an "employee  benefit plan" as defined in
Rule 405 of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933. The mere ownership of
stock in the  Corporation  shall not be deemed  to be a  "relationship  with the
Corporation".

         Nothing in the Plan or in the Stock Option  Agreement shall confer upon
any  optionholder  the right to continue in the employ of the Corporation or any
of its subsidiaries or in any other relationship thereto or interfere in any way
with  the  right  of the  Corporation  to  terminate  such  employment  or other
relationship at any time.

         A holder of an Option under the Plan may make written  designation of a
beneficiary  on  forms  prescribed  by  and  filed  with  the  Secretary  of the
Corporation.  Such beneficiary, or if no such designation of any beneficiary has
been made, the legal  representative  of such  optionholder or such other person
entitled  thereto  as  determined  by a court  of  competent  jurisdiction,  may
exercise,  in accordance  with and subject to the provisions of this Section 12,
any unterminated  and unexpired Option granted to such  optionholder to the same
extent that the  optionholder  himself could have  exercised such Option were he
alive or able; provided, however, that no Option granted under the Plan shall be
exercisable  for  more  shares  than  the  optionholder   could  have  purchased
thereunder  on the date his  employment  by,  or other  relationship  with,  the
Corporation and its subsidiaries was terminated.

         13. Adjustment of and Changes in Capitalization.  In the event that the
outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be changed in number or class by reason
of split-ups, combinations, mergers, consolidations or recapitalizations,  or by
reason of stock dividends, the number or class of shares which thereafter may be
purchased  through  exercise  of  Options  granted  under the Plan,  both in the
aggregate  and as to any  individual,  and the number  and class of shares  then
subject to Options  theretofore  granted  and the price per share  payable  upon
exercise of such Option shall be adjusted so as to reflect such

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>


change,  all as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.  In the
event there shall be any other  change in the number or kind of the  outstanding
shares of Common  Stock,  or of any stock or other  securities  into  which such
Common Stock shall have been changed, or for which it shall have been exchanged,
then if the Board of Directors  shall,  in its sole  discretion,  determine that
such change equitably requires an adjustment in any Option  theretofore  granted
or which  may be  granted  under  the  Plan,  such  adjustment  shall be made in
accordance with such determination.

         Notice  of any  adjustment  shall be given by the  Corporation  to each
holder of an  Option  which  shall  have been so  adjusted  and such  adjustment
(whether or not such  notice is given)  shall be  effective  and binding for all
purposes of the Plan.

         Fractional  shares resulting from any adjustment in Options pursuant to
this  Section 13 may be settled in cash or  otherwise  as the Board of Directors
may determine.

         14.  Securities Acts  Requirements.  No Option granted  pursuant to the
Plan shall be exercisable in whole or in part, and the Corporation  shall not be
obligated to sell any shares of Common Stock subject to any such Option, if such
exercise and sale would, in the opinion of counsel for the Corporation,  violate
the  Securities  Act of 1933 or other Federal or state  statutes  having similar
requirements,  as they may be in  effect  at that  time.  Each  Option  shall be
subject to the further requirement that, at any time that the Board of Directors
or the  Committee,  as the case may be,  shall  determine,  in their  respective
discretion,  that the listing,  registration or  qualification  of the shares of
Common Stock subject to such Option under any securities  exchange  requirements
or under any  applicable  law, or the  consent or  approval of any  governmental
regulatory  body,  is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection
with,  the  granting of such Option or the issuance of shares  thereunder,  such
Option  may  not  be  exercised  in  whole  or  in  part  unless  such  listing,
registration,  qualification,  consent or approval  shall have been  effected or
obtained free of any  conditions not acceptable to the Board of Directors or the
Committee, as the case may be.

         As a condition to the issuance of any shares upon exercise of an Option
under the Plan, the Board of Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, may
require  the  optionholder  to  furnish  a  written  representation  that  he is
acquiring the shares for investment and not with a view to  distribution  of the
shares to the public and a written agreement  restricting the transferability of
the shares  solely to the  Corporation,  and may affix a  restrictive  legend or
legends  on  the  face  of  the  certificate   representing  such  shares.  Such
representation, agreement and/or legend shall be required only in cases where in
the opinion of the Board of Directors or the Committee,  as the case may be, and
counsel for the Corporation, it is necessary to enable the Corporation to comply
with the  provisions  of the  Securities  Act of 1933 or other  Federal or state
statutes  having  similar  requirements,  and any  stockholder  who  gives  such
representation and agreement shall be released from it and the legend removed at
such time as the  shares to which  they  applied  are  registered  or  qualified
pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 or other Federal or state statutes having
similar  requirements,  or at such other time as, in the opinion of the Board of
Directors or the Committee, as the case may be, and counsel for the Corporation,
the  representation and agreement and legend cease to be necessary to enable the
Corporation to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933 or other
Federal or state statutes having similar requirements.

         15.  Amendment  of the Plan.  The Plan may, at any time or from time to
time, be terminated,  modified or amended by the stockholders of the Corporation
by the affirmative  vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding  shares
of the  Corporation's  Common Stock  entitled to vote. The Board of Directors of
the Corporation may, insofar as permitted by law, from time to time with respect
to any

                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>

shares  of  Common  Stock  at the  time  not  subject  to  Options,  suspend  or
discontinue the Plan or revise or amend it in any respect whatsoever;  provided,
however, that, without approval of the stockholders of the Corporation,  no such
revision or amendment  shall  increase the number of shares subject to the Plan,
decrease  the price at which the  Options  may be  granted,  permit  exercise of
Options  unless  full  payment  is made at the time of  exercise  (except  as so
provided in Section 9 hereof),  extend the period  during  which  Options may be
exercised,  or change the  provisions  relating  to  adjustment  to be made upon
changes in capitalization.

         16. Changes in Law.  Subject to the provisions of Section 15, the Board
of Directors shall have the power to amend the Plan and any outstanding  Options
granted thereunder in such respects as the Board of Directors shall, in its sole
discretion,  deem  advisable  in  order to  incorporate  in the Plan or any such
Option any new provision or change  designed to comply with or take advantage of
requirements  or  provisions  of the  Code or any  other  statute,  or  Rules or
Regulations  of the  Internal  Revenue  Service  or any other  Federal  or state
governmental agency enacted or promulgated after the adoption of the Plan.

         17.  Legal  Matters.  Every  right of  action  by or on  behalf  of the
Corporation or by any stockholder  against any past, present or future member of
the Board of Directors, officer or employee of the Corporation arising out of or
in connection with this Plan shall,  irrespective of the place where such action
may be brought and  irrespective of the place of residence of any such Director,
officer or employee,  cease and be barred by the  expiration of three years from
whichever  is the later of (a) the date of the act or  omission  in  respect  of
which such right of action  arises,  or (b) the first date upon which  there has
been  made  generally   available  to  stockholders  an  annual  report  of  the
Corporation  and a  proxy  statement  for the  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders
following  the issuance of such annual  report,  which  annual  report and proxy
statement  alone or together set forth,  for the related  period,  the aggregate
number of shares for which Options were granted; and any and all right of action
by any  employee  or  executive  of the  Corporation  (past,  present or future)
against the  Corporation  arising out of or in connection  with this Plan shall,
irrespective of the place where such action may be brought,  cease and be barred
by the expiration of three years from the date of the act or omission in respect
of which such right of action arises.

         This Plan and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant hereto
shall be governed by the law of Delaware,  applied  without giving effect to any
conflicts-of-law principles, and construed accordingly.








































                                      - 8 -



<PAGE>


                             HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                    (Pursuant to the 1995 Stock Option Plan)

         OPTION granted in Birmingham,  Alabama on  ___________________,  199___
(the "Date of Grant") by HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation (the
"Corporation"), to ________________ (the "Grantee").

         I. GRANT OF OPTION.  The  Corporation  hereby grants to the Grantee the
irrevocable  Option to  purchase,  on the terms and  subject  to the  conditions
herein set forth, up to ______________  fully paid and  nonassessable  shares of
the Corporation's Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, at the option price of
$_________ per share,  being not less than 100% of the fair market value of such
Common Stock on the Date of Grant.

         The Option is granted pursuant to the  Corporation's  1995 Stock Option
Plan (the "Plan"),  a copy of which is attached hereto. The Option is subject in
its entirety to all the  applicable  provisions  of the Plan as in effect on the
Date of Grant, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.

         II.  PERIOD OF OPTION.  Except as otherwise  provided in the Plan,  the
Option is  cumulatively  exercisable  in  installments  in  accordance  with the
following schedule:

                                                Percent of Shares
                                                Subject to Option
                 Year Beginning                   Purchasable
                 --------------                   -----------

                     1996                              None
                     1997                               25%
                     1998                               50%
                     1999                               75%
                     2000                              100%

The Option may be exercised from time to time during the option period as to the
total  number of shares  allowable  under this  Section 2, or any lesser  amount
thereof.  The Option is not  exercisable  before  __________________,  199___ or
after __________________, 200___.

         III. METHOD OF EXERCISE OF OPTION. The Option may be exercised in whole
or in part by the Grantee's  giving  written  notice,  specifying  the number of
shares which the Grantee  elects to purchase and the date on which such purchase
is to be made, to the Corporation by mail,  postage prepaid,  or delivering such
notice  by  hand to the  Corporation  at its  principal  office  in  Birmingham,
Alabama,  to the  attention  of the  Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive
Officer,  at least ten and not more than thirty days prior to the date specified
in such notice as the date on which such purchase is to be made.

         If such  exercise  shall be in  accordance  with the  provisions of the
Option, as specified in this Stock Option Agreement,  the Corporation  shall, on
the date  specified  in the notice and against  receipt  from the Grantee of the
option  price,  deliver,  at its  principal  office in  Birmingham,  Alabama,  a
certificate or

<PAGE>


certificates for the shares of Common Stock so purchased and shall pay all stamp
taxes payable in connection therewith.  For purposes of this Section 3, a person
to whom the Option is transferred by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and
distribution, as contemplated by the Plan, shall be deemed to be the Grantee.

         IV.  INCENTIVE  STOCK  OPTION.  The Option is  designated an "incentive
stock  option" and is intended  to qualify as such under  Section  422(b) of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986 (the  "Code").  If the shares of stock subject to
this Option are disposed of before the  expiration of two years from the Date of
Grant and one year from the date of  exercise,  the Option will cease to qualify
as an "incentive  stock option" under Section 422(b) of the Code. In that event,
under current law, the Grantee will  recognize  ordinary  taxable  income on the
date of exercise in the amount of the difference between the market value of the
stock on that date and the option price. If the Grantee meets the Section 422(b)
holding period  requirements set forth above, under current law the Grantee will
recognize a capital  gain or loss upon  disposition  of the stock,  but will not
recognize taxable income on the date of exercise.

         V.  TRANSFERABILITY.  The Option is not transferable  otherwise than by
will or  pursuant to the laws of descent and  distribution,  and is  exercisable
during the Grantee's lifetime only by the Grantee.

         VI. BINDING  AGREEMENT.  This Stock Option  Agreement  shall be binding
upon  and  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of any  successor  or  assign  of the
Corporation, and, to the extent herein provided, shall be binding upon and inure
to the benefit of the Grantee's  beneficiary  or legal  representatives,  as the
case may be.

         VII. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.  This Stock Option Agreement contains the entire
agreement of the parties with respect to the Option  granted  hereby and may not
be changed  orally  but only by an  instrument  in  writing  signed by the party
against whom enforcement of any change, modification or extension is sought.

         If the foregoing is in accordance with your  understanding and approved
by you,  please so confirm by signing and  returning the duplicate of this Stock
Option Agreement enclosed for that purpose.

                                                HEALTHSOUTH Corporation


                                       By       /s/Richard M. Scrushy
                                         -------------------------------------
                                                   Richard M. Scrushy
                                                  Chairman of the Board
                                                and Chief Executive Officer

         The  foregoing is in  accordance  with my  understanding  and is hereby
confirmed and agreed to as of the Date of Grant.



                                         -------------------------------------
                                                    _________________, Grantee







<PAGE>

                              EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of July 23, 1986, between  HEALTHSOUTH
Rehabilitation Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and RICHARD
M. SCRUSHY, a resident of Birmingham, Alabama ("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  HEALTHSOUTH  is a  healthcare  concern  engaged in  providing
comprehensive  rehabilitation  care  services  to the public  through a national
organization;

         WHEREAS,  HEALTHSOUTH  desires to avail itself of Scrushy's talents and
expertise in the management of the rehabilitation  business of HEALTHSOUTH,  and
to employ  him as the  Chairman  of the  Board,  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer of HEALTHSOUTH and certain of its subsidiaries and Scrushy is willing to
accept such employment.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the premises,  and other mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

Section 1. Employment.

         Scrushy  shall  be  employed  by  HEALTHSOUTH   under  this  Agreement,
effective August 1, 1986, and Scrushy accepts such employment upon the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth.

                                      - 1 -


<PAGE>

Section 2. Term.

         The term of employment provided for in this Agreement shall commence on
August 1, 1986,  and shall  remain in full force and effect for a period of five
years thereafter.

Section 3. Powers and Duties.

         Scrushy shall be employed by HEALTHSOUTH  during the term of employment
under this Agreement as the Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
Officer of HEALTHSOUTH,  and shall also hold similar offices with  HEALTHSOUTH's
subsidiaries  and/or their  successors.  In addition,  HEALTHSOUTH shall use its
best  efforts to cause  Scrushy to be  nominated  and  elected as a Director  of
HEALTHSOUTH  and its  subsidiaries or their  successors  during the term of this
Agreement. In addition,  Scrushy shall perform such duties as may be assigned to
him from time to time by the Board of Directors of HEALTHSOUTH.  In the event of
a reorganization  of HEALTHSOUTH and its  subsidiaries  which results in Scrushy
not being elected Chairman of the Board,  President and Chief Executive  Officer
of the  successor  company,  such event shall be deemed to be a  termination  of
Scrushy's  employment  pursuant to Section 8(f) of this Agreement.  In the event
that  Scrushy  shall  not be  elected  a  Director  of  HEALTHSOUTH  or any such
successor  company,  Scrushy  may,  at his sole  option,  treat  such event as a
termination of Scrushy's employment pursuant to Section 8(c) of this Agreement.

         In carrying out his duties  under this  Agreement,  Scrushy  shall have
such powers and duties usually  incident to the office of Chairman of the Board,
President and Chief Executive

                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>

Officer  and shall have  general  responsibility  for the  overall  development,
expansion and operations of HEALTHSOUTH and its subsidiaries.

         The  performance by Scrushy of any duties assigned to him which are not
of the type  provided  for herein  shall not  constitute  a waiver of his rights
hereunder or an abrogation, abandonment or termination of this Agreement.

         Scrushy  shall  devote all of his working  time and best efforts in the
best interest and behalf of HEALTHSOUTH  throughout the term of this  Agreement,
such working time and best efforts to be of the type and extent usually expended
by executives  of similar  caliber in similar  situations.  Scrushy shall not be
restricted from engaging in a business which is noncompetitive  with HEALTHSOUTH
and its subsidiaries after normal working hours or on weekends or from investing
his assets in such form or manner as will not require  any  services on his part
in the operation of the affairs of the companies in which such  investments  are
made.

Section 4. Place of Performance.

         The  headquarters  for the  performance  of  Scrushy's  duties shall be
located in Birmingham,  Alabama, but from time to time Scrushy shall be required
to travel to  HEALTH-  SOUTH's  other  locations  in the  proper  conduct of his
responsibilities  under this  Agreement.  As it is  HEALTHSOUTH's  intention  to
expand the business of HEALTHSOUTH on a national scale,  HEALTHSOUTH may require
Scrushy to spend a reasonable  amount of time  traveling,  as his duties and the
business of HEALTHSOUTH and its subsidiaries may require.

                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>



Section 5. Compensation.

         For all  services  rendered  by  Scrushy  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
HEALTHSOUTH shall pay Scrushy the following compensation:

                  (a) A base  salary  at the  annual  rate of  $160,000  for the
         period  August 1, 1986 through  December  31, 1986,  and an annual base
         salary of $180,000  thereafter,  such  salary to be paid  semi-monthly.
         Such salary shall be reviewed annually by the Board of Directors.

                  (b) Scrushy shall be entitled to participate in any bonus plan
         approved by the Board of Directors for HEALTHSOUTH's management.

Compensation pursuant to this Section 5 or any other provision of this Agreement
shall be subject to reduction by all applicable withholding, social security and
other state, Federal and local taxes and deductions.

Section 6. Employee Benefits.

         (a) Scrushy will be entitled to  participate  in any employee  benefits
provided  by  HEALTHSOUTH  and  its   subsidiaries,   such  as  life  insurance,
hospitalization  and major  medical  insurance  plans which  HEALTHSOUTH  has in
effect or may adopt from time to time.  Without  limiting the  generality of the
foregoing, the benefits provided Scrushy during the term of this Agreement shall
also include the following elements:

                                      - 4 -


<PAGE>



                  (i) a four-week vacation during each year of this Agreement;

                  (ii) a car allowance  for an  automobile  owned by Scrushy for
         use by Scrushy in  connection  with the  execution  of his duties under
         this Agreement in the amount of $500 per month; and

                  (iii)  HEALTHSOUTH  shall provide  Scrushy,  either  through a
         corporate group disability insurance plan or otherwise, with disability
         insurance coverage equal to at least 60% of his base salary.

         (b) In addition,  the Board of Directors shall consider Scrushy for the
grant  of  options  to  purchase  Common  Stock  of  HEALTHSOUTH,  as  Scrushy's
performance  shall  dictate,  no less frequent than annually  during the term of
this Agreement.

Section 7. Expenses.

         Scrushy is  authorized  to incur  reasonable  expenses in promoting the
business of HEALTHSOUTH and its subsidiaries,  including expenses, to the extent
used for  business  purposes,  for  entertainment,  travel  and  similar  items.
HEALTHSOUTH will reimburse Scrushy for all such expenses,  upon the presentation
by  him  of  an  itemized  account  of  such  expenditures  in  accordance  with
HEALTHSOUTH procedures.

                                      - 5 -


<PAGE>



Section 8.  Termination.

         (a) HEALTHSOUTH may terminate the employment of Scrushy (i) at any time
for just cause by written notice to Scrushy  effective upon receipt,  or (ii) if
Scrushy is unable to perform the services  required of him under this  Agreement
by reason of disability  as defined in the  disability  insurance  plan or plans
referred to in Section  5(a)(iii)  of this  Agreement.  For  purposes of Section
8(a)(i)  above,  the term "just  cause"  shall have the  meaning  prescribed  in
HEALTHSOUTH's  policy  manual  as  approved  from  time to time by the  Board of
Directors.

         (b) In the event that  Scrushy's  employment by  HEALTHSOUTH  should be
terminated pursuant to Section 8(a)(i) of this Agreement prior to the conclusion
of the term of this  Agreement,  HEALTHSOUTH  shall have no  further  obligation
hereunder,  except for the payment of the  compensation  provided for in Section
5(a) of this  Agreement  for a period of one year  following  such  termination,
which  compensation shall be considered a debt of HEALTH- SOUTH and shall not be
discharged by reason of termination of Scrushy's employment.

         (c) In the event that  Scrushy's  employment  by  HEALTHSOUTH  shall be
terminated for any reason other than as set forth in Section 8(a)(i), 8(d), 8(e)
or  8(f)  of this  Agreement,  HEALTHSOUTH  shall  have  no  further  obligation
hereunder,  except for the payment of compensation  provided for in Section 5(a)
of this Agreement for the remaining term of this Agreement,  but in no event for
a period of less than two years,  which  compensation shall be considered a debt
of HEALTHSOUTH and shall not be discharged by reason of termination of Scrushy's
employment.

                                      - 6 -


<PAGE>

         (d) In the  event  of the  death  of  Scrushy  during  the term of this
Agreement,  the Agreement shall terminate  immediately and HEALTHSOUTH shall pay
to the widow or estate of  Scrushy,  or such  other  person or persons as may be
designated  by Scrushy in  writing,  an amount  equal to one year's  annual base
salary payable in one lump sum.

         (e) Scrushy may terminate his employment  under this  Agreement  before
the expiration of its term by giving  HEALTHSOUTH 180 days written notice of his
intention to terminate such employment,  and at the expiration of said 180 days,
Scrushy's  employment  under this Agreement shall terminate and Scrushy shall be
entitled to receive,  as severance  compensation,  an amount equal to one year's
annual  base  salary  at  the  time  of  termination,  payable  at the  time  of
termination.

         (f)  In the  event  that  HEALTHSOUTH  shall  be  acquired,  merged  or
reorganized in such a manner as to result in a change in control of HEALTHSOUTH,
Scrushy may terminate this employment under this Agreement by giving HEALTHSOUTH
30 days written notice of his intention to terminate such employment, and at the
expiration of said 30 days,  Scrushy's  employment  under this  Agreement  shall
terminate and Scrushy shall be entitled to receive,  as severance  compensation,
an amount  equal to two years'  annual base  salary at the time of  termination,
payable at the time of termination.

Section 9. Non-Competition.

         (a) In the event that Scrushy's  employment  under this Agreement shall
terminate  during its term, for the period of time with respect to which Scrushy
is entitled to receive  compensation  hereunder after such termination,  Scrushy
shall not, directly or indirectly, own,

                                      - 7 -


<PAGE>



operate,  be  employed  by,  be a  director  of,  act as a  consultant  for,  be
associated  with,  or be a  partner  or  have a  proprietary  interest  in,  any
enterprise,  partnership,  association,  corporation,  joint  venture  or  other
entity, which is competitive with the rehabilitation business of HEALTHSOUTH, or
any subsidiary or affiliate thereof,  in any county in a state where HEALTHSOUTH
or its  subsidiaries  or affiliates are conducting  such business at the time of
such termination;  provided,  however, that if such termination shall occur as a
result of the causes enumerated in Section 8(f) of this Agreement,  this Section
9 shall be void and shall be of no further force and effect.

         (b) The parties have  entered into this Section 9 of this  Agreement in
good faith and for the reasons set forth in the recitals  hereto and assume that
this  Agreement is legally  binding.  If, for any reason,  this Agreement is not
binding  because of its  geographical  scope or  because  of its term,  then the
parties  agree  that this  Agreement  shall be deemed  effective  to the  widest
geographical  area and/or the  longest  period of time (but not in excess of one
year) as may be legally enforceable.

         (c)  Scrushy  acknowledges  that the rights and  privileges  granted to
HEALTH- SOUTH in this Section 9 are of special and unique character, which gives
them a peculiar  value,  the loss of which may not be  reasonably  or adequately
compensated  for by  damages in an action of law,  and that a breach  thereof by
Scrushy of this Agreement will cause HEALTH- SOUTH great and irreparable  injury
and  damage.  Accordingly,  Scrushy  hereby  agrees  that  HEALTHSOUTH  shall be
entitled to remedies of  injunction,  specific  performance  or other  equitable
relief to prevent a breach of this Section 9 of this Agreement by Scrushy.  This
provision  shall not be  construed  as a waiver of any other  rights or remedies
HEALTHSOUTH may have for damages or otherwise.

                                      - 8 -


<PAGE>




Section 10. Non-Assignability.

         Scrushy  shall  not  have  the  right  to  assign,  transfer,   pledge,
hypothecate or dispose of any right to receive payments hereunder or any rights,
privileges or interest hereunder,  all of which are hereby expressly declared to
be  non-assignable  and  non-transferable,   except  after  termination  of  his
employment  hereunder.  In the event of a violation  of the  provisions  of this
Section 10, no further sums shall hereafter become due or payable by HEALTHSOUTH
or its  subsidiaries to Scrushy or his assignee,  transferee,  pledgee or to any
other person  whatsoever,  and HEALTHSOUTH shall have no further liability under
this Agreement to Scrushy.

Section 11. Binding Effect.

         The rights and  obligations of HEALTHSOUTH and its  subsidiaries  under
this  Agreement  shall  inure to the  benefit of and shall be  binding  upon the
successors and assigns of HEALTHSOUTH.  Scrushy shall not assign or alienate any
interest of his in this Agreement, except as provided in Section 10 hereof.

Section 12. Waiver of Breach.

         The  waiver  by  either  party to this  Agreement  of a  breach  of any
provision  thereof by the other  party shall not  operate or be  construed  as a
waiver of any subsequent breach of such party.

                                      - 9 -


<PAGE>



Section 13. Notices.

         Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall
be  sufficient  if in writing and if sent by  certified  or  registered  mail to
Scrushy's  residence  (if  such  notice  is  addressed  to  Scrushy),  or to the
principal  executive  offices of  HEALTHSOUTH  in  Birmingham,  Alabama (if such
notice is addressed to HEALTHSOUTH).

Section 14. Entire Agreement.

         This instrument  shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware
and  contains  the entire  agreement  of the parties with respect to the subject
matter hereof and  supersedes  any other  agreements,  whether  written or oral,
between the parties.

         This Agreement may not be changed orally,  but only by an instrument in
writing  signed by the party  against whom  enforcement  of any waiver,  change,
modification, extension or discharge is sought.

Section 15. Counterparts.

         This  Agreement  may be executed in two or more  counterparts,  each of
which  shall for all  purposes be deemed to be an  original,  but each of which,
when so executed, shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                     - 10 -


<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation


                                By /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                   ------------------------------------
                                       Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                    Senior Vice President,
                                    Chief Financial Officer
                                       and Treasurer

                                   /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                   ------------------------------------
                                       Richard M. Scrushy



                                     - 11 -


<PAGE>
                     AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 5, 1987,
between  HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation
("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and  RICHARD M.  SCRUSHY,  a resident of  Birmingham,  Alabama
("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23, 1986 (the "Employment  Agreement");
and

         WHEREAS,  the  parties  desire to amend  the  Employment  Agreement  as
hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1. Section 5(a) of the Agreement is hereby  amended by  increasing  the
annual base salary effective after December 31, 1986,  previously  $180,000,  to
$200,000.

         2.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.


<PAGE>

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                                    By            /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                      -----------------------------------------
                                                 Aaron Beam, Jr., Senior
                                             Vice President and Chief Financial
                                                    Officer and Treasurer

                                                  /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                       ----------------------------------------
                                                   Mr. Richard M. Scrushy



                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>


                     AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 16, 1987,
between  HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation
("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and  RICHARD M.  SCRUSHY,  a resident of  Birmingham,  Alabama
("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1. Section 5(a) of the Agreement is hereby  amended by  increasing  the
annual base salary  effective  after December 31, 1987,  previously  $200,000 to
$260,000.


<PAGE>
         3.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                               HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                               By /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                      Aaron Beam, Jr., 
                                      Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
                                        Officer and Treasurer

                                  /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                      Mr. Richard M. Scrushy



                                      - 3 -



<PAGE>
                     AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 3 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 20, 1988,
between  HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation
("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and  RICHARD M.  SCRUSHY,  a resident of  Birmingham,  Alabama
("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987 and as of December 16, 1987 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1. Section 5(a) of the Agreement is hereby  amended by  increasing  the
annual base salary  effective  after December 31, 1988,  previously  $260,000 to
$325,000.


<PAGE>

         3.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                                    HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                                    By            /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                      Aaron Beam, Jr.,
                                               Senior Vice President and Chief
                                           Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

                                                 /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                            ----------------------------------
                                                     Richard M. Scrushy


                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>

                     AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 4 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 20, 1989,
between  HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation
("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and  RICHARD M.  SCRUSHY,  a resident of  Birmingham,  Alabama
("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987,  as of  December  16, 1987 and as of  December  20, 1988 (the  "Employment
Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1. Section 2 of the  Agreement is hereby  amended to extend the term of
the Agreement for a period of five years commencing January 1, 1990.

         2. Section 5(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended by the  substitution
in place thereof, the following new Section 5(a):


<PAGE>



         "(a) A base salary at the annual rate of $450,000  effective January 1,
1990,  such  salary  to be paid  semi-monthly.  Such  salary  shall be  reviewed
annually by the Board of Directors.

         It is agreed  between the parties that $60,000 of the above base salary
amount shall be considered to be an incentive  portion thereof,  payable only if
HEALTHSOUTH's  operations meet the standards set forth in  HEALTHSOUTH's  annual
business  plan,  as approved for each year during the term of this  Agreement by
the Board of Directors,  it being agreed that the main criteria to be considered
is  whether  HEALTHSOUTH  attains  the  level of net  income  set  forth in such
business plan. The $60,000 incentive portion shall be payable on a monthly basis
(1/12 with respect to each month of the  calendar  year) and shall be payable in
$5,000 increments within five days of the date HEALTHSOUTH's  internal financial
statements  have been  prepared and are  considered by management to be complete
and accurate.  In the event that any monthly  increment shall not be paid during
the course of a calendar  year because the business plan is not met, such amount
shall  be due and  payable  at the  time  HEALTH-  SOUTH's  annual  results  are
announced to the public if  HEALTHSOUTH  attains the net income set forth in the
business plan for the calendar year involved."

         3. Section 8(f) of the Agreement is hereby amended by  substituting  in
the place of the words "two years'  annual base salary" the words "three  years'
annual base salary (including the gross incentive portion)".

                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>



         4.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the parties have executed this Agreement as of the
day and year first above written.

                               HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                               By /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                      Aaron Beam, Jr., 
                                  Senior Vice President and 
                                   Chief Financial Officer

                                  /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                  -----------------------------------------
                                      RICHARD M. SCRUSHY




                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>

                     AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 5 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 8, 1991,
between HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("HEALTH-
SOUTH"), and RICHARD M. SCRUSHY, a resident of Birmingham, Alabama ("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987,  as of December 16,  1987,  as of December 20, 1988 and as of December 20,
1989 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1.  Section 2 of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by the
substitution in place thereof, the following new Section 2:

         "The term of employment  provided for in this Agreement  shall commence
on January 1,  1991,  and shall  remain in full force and effect for a period of
five  years  thereafter.  Such  term  shall  be  automatically  extended  for an
additional  year on each  December 31,  during the term hereof,  unless  written
notice of any  non-extension  is provided Scrushy at least 30 days prior to such
December 31."


<PAGE>




         2.  Section  5(a) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
increasing the annual base salary from $450,000 to $600,000,  effective  January
1, 1991.  The incentive  portion of this $600,000 base salary shall be $120,000,
payable in $10,000 increments on a monthly basis.

         3.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                   HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation


                                   By     /s/AARON BEAM, JR.
                                      --------------------------------------
                                             Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                         Senior Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer


                                         /s/RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                      --------------------------------------
                                            Richard M. Scrushy

<PAGE>

         4.  Section  5(a) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
increasing the annual base salary from $450,000 to $600,000,  effective  January
1, 1991.  The incentive  portion of this $600,000 base salary shall be $120,000,
payable in $10,000 increments on a monthly basis.

         5.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                   HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                                   By      /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                     ---------------------------------------   
                                               Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                          Senior Vice President and
                                           Chief Financial Officer


                                          /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                     ---------------------------------------
                                              Richard M. Scrushy





<PAGE>

                     AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 1, 1992,
between  HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation
("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and  RICHARD M.  SCRUSHY,  a resident of  Birmingham,  Alabama
("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987, as of December 16, 1987, as of December 20, 1988, as of December 20, 1989,
and as of January 8, 1991 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1.  Section  5(a) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
increasing the annual base salary from $600,000 to $730,000,  effective  January
1, 1992.  The incentive  portion of this $600,000 base salary shall be $180,000,
payable in $15,000 increments on a monthly basis.


<PAGE>

         3.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                  HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                                  By    /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                    ---------------------------------------
                                            Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                      Executive Vice President and
                                          Chief Financial Officer

                                        /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                            Richard M. Scrushy


                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>


                     AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

         AMENDMENT NO. 7 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 1, 1993,
between  HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation
("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and  RICHARD M.  SCRUSHY,  a resident of  Birmingham,  Alabama
("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987, as of December 16, 1987, as of December 20, 1988, as of December 20, 1989,
as of January 8, 1991 and as of  January 1, 1992 (the  "Employment  Agreement");
and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1.  Section  5(a) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
increasing the annual base salary from $730,000 to $766,500,  effective  January
1, 1993.  The incentive  portion of this $730,000 base salary shall be $240,000,
payable in $20,000 increments on a monthly basis.


<PAGE>

         3.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

                                   HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                                   By        /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                      --------------------------------------
                                                 Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                            Executive Vice President and
                                               Chief Financial Officer

                                            /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                      --------------------------------------
                                                Richard M. Scrushy



                                      - 3 -


<PAGE>

                     AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AMENDMENT NO. 8 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 1, 1994,
between  HEALTHSOUTH   Rehabilitation   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation
("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and  RICHARD M.  SCRUSHY,  a resident of  Birmingham,  Alabama
("Scrushy"). W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987, as of December 16, 1987, as of December 20, 1988, as of December 20, 1989,
as of  January  8,  1991,  as of  January 1, 1992 and as of January 1, 1993 (the
"Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1.  Section  5(a) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
increasing the annual base salary to $800,000, effective January 1, 1994.

         In  addition  to the  above  base  salary,  Scrushy  shall  be  paid an
incentive  bonus in the total  amount of  $400,000  per annum,  payable  only if
HEALTHSOUTH's operations meet the


<PAGE>

standards set forth in HEALTHSOUTH's  annual business plan, as approved for each
year  during  the term of this  Agreement  by the Board of  Directors,  it being
agreed that the main criteria to be considered  is whether  HEALTHSOUTH  attains
the level of net income set forth in such business plan. The $400,000  incentive
bonus shall be payable on a monthly  basis  (1/12 with  respect to each month of
the calendar  year) and shall be payable in  $33,333.33  increments  within five
days of the date HEALTHSOUTH's  internal financial statements have been prepared
and are considered by management to be complete and accurate.  In the event that
any monthly  increment  shall not be paid  during the course of a calendar  year
because the  business  plan is not met,  such amount shall be due and payable at
the  time  HEALTH-  SOUTH's  annual  results  are  announced  to the  public  if
HEALTHSOUTH  attains  the net  income  set  forth in the  business  plan for the
calendar year involved.

         3.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written. HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation
Corporation


                                             By      /s/AARON BEAM, JR.
                                                 -----------------------------
                                                        Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                                 Executive Vice President and
                                                    Chief Financial Officer



                                                   /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                                  ---------------------------
                                                       Richard M. Scrushy

                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>

                     AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AMENDMENT NO. 9 TO EMPLOYMENT  AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 1, 1995,
between HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation  ("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and
RICHARD M. SCRUSHY, a resident of Birmingham, Alabama ("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987, as of December 16, 1987, as of December 20, 1988, as of December 20, 1989,
as of January 8, 1991, as of January 1, 1992,  as of January 1, 1993,  and as of
January 1, 1994 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1.  Section  5(a) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
increasing the annual  incentive bonus for 1995 to a total of $900,000,  payable
only if  HEALTHSOUTH's  operations meet the standards set forth in HEALTHSOUTH's
annual  business  plan,  as  approved  for  each  year  during  the term of this
Agreement by the Board of Directors, it being

<PAGE>
agreed that the main criteria to be considered  is whether  HEALTHSOUTH  attains
the level of net income set forth in such business plan. The $900,000  incentive
bonus shall be payable on a monthly  basis  (1/12 with  respect to each month of
the calendar year) and shall be payable in $75,000  increments  within five days
of the date HEALTHSOUTH's  internal financial  statements have been prepared and
are considered by management to be complete and accurate.  In the event that any
monthly increment shall not be paid during the course of a calendar year because
the business  plan is not met,  such amount shall be due and payable at the time
HEALTHSOUTH's  annual results are announced to the public if HEALTHSOUTH attains
the net income set forth in the business plan for the calendar year involved.

         2.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written.


                                         HEALTHSOUTH Corporation


                                         By    /s/AARON BEAM, JR.
                                           -----------------------------
                                                  Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                           Executive Vice President and
                                              Chief Financial Officer



                                              /s/RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                           ----------------------------
                                                 Richard M. Scrushy   



                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>
                    AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT


         AMENDMENT NO. 10 TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT,  dated as of January 1, 1996,
between HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  a Delaware corporation  ("HEALTHSOUTH"),  and
RICHARD M. SCRUSHY, a resident of Birmingham, Alabama ("Scrushy").

                              W I T N E S S E T H:

         WHEREAS,  the parties to this  Agreement  are  parties to that  certain
Employment  Agreement,  dated as of July 23,  1986,  as amended as of January 5,
1987, as of December 16, 1987, as of December 20, 1988, as of December 20, 1989,
as of  January 8, 1991,  as of  January  1, 1992,  as of January 1, 1993,  as of
January 1, 1994, and as of January 1, 1995 (the "Employment Agreement"); and

         WHEREAS,  the parties desire to further amend the Employment  Agreement
as hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  premises,  and the  mutual
promises and covenants hereinafter contained,  HEALTHSOUTH and Scrushy do hereby
agree, for their mutual benefit, as follows:

         1.  Section  5(a) of the  Employment  Agreement  is hereby  amended  by
increasing the annual incentive bonus for 1996 to a total of $2,400,000, payable
only if HEALTH- SOUTH's operations meet the standards set forth in HEALTHSOUTH's
annual  business  plan,  as  approved  for  each  year  during  the term of this
Agreement by the Board of Directors, it


<PAGE>
being  agreed that the main  criteria to be  considered  is whether  HEALTHSOUTH
attains the level of net income set forth in such business  plan. The $2,400,000
incentive  bonus shall be payable on a monthly  basis (1/12 with respect to each
month of the calendar year) and shall be payable in $200,000  increments  within
five days of the date  HEALTHSOUTH's  internal  financial  statements  have been
prepared and are  considered by  management to be complete and accurate.  In the
event  that any  monthly  increment  shall not be paid  during  the  course of a
calendar year because the business plan is not met, such amount shall be due and
payable at the time HEALTHSOUTH's  annual results are announced to the public if
HEALTHSOUTH  attains  the net  income  set  forth in the  business  plan for the
calendar year involved.

         2.  HEALTHSOUTH  and Scrushy hereby reaffirm all of the other terms and
provisions of the Employment  Agreement,  which is amended only as  specifically
set forth herein.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties  have  executed  and  delivered  this
Agreement as of the day and year first above written. 


                                             HEALTHSOUTH Corporation


                                            By     /s/ AARON BEAM, JR.
                                              -------------------------------
                                                       Aaron Beam, Jr.
                                                Executive Vice President and
                                                   Chief Financial Officer



                                                   /s/ RICHARD M. SCRUSHY
                                             --------------------------------
                                                     Richard M. Scrushy





                                      - 2 -


<PAGE>

                                     SECOND
                              AMENDED AND RESTATED
                                CREDIT AGREEMENT

                                      among

                             HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
             (Formerly named HEALTHSOUTH REHABILITATION CORPORATION)

                                       and

                          NATIONSBANK, N.A.(CAROLINAS)
                 (Formerly named NATIONSBANK OF NORTH CAROLINA,
                             NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,)
                                    as Agent

                                       and

                         LENDERS AS SIGNATORIES HERETO,

                                    --------


                    $1,000,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility


                           Dated as of April 11, 1995










<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   DEFINITIONS

                                   ARTICLE II

                     REVOLVING FACILITY TERMS AND COLLATERAL

<S>           <C>                                                                                                <C>
SECTION 2.1   Syndicated Loans.................................................................................. 24
SECTION 2.2   Advances of Syndicated Loans...................................................................... 25
SECTION 2.3   Competitive Bid Loans............................................................................. 26
SECTION 2.4   Payments.......................................................................................... 30
SECTION 2.5   Joint and Several Obligations..................................................................... 30
SECTION 2.6   Pledge Agreement.................................................................................. 32
SECTION 2.7   Prepayment........................................................................................ 32
SECTION 2.8   Notes............................................................................................. 33
SECTION 2.9   Reduction in Revolving Facility................................................................... 33
SECTION 2.10  Unused Fee........................................................................................ 34
SECTION 2.11  Lending Offices................................................................................... 34
SECTION 2.12  Letter of Credit Borrowings....................................................................... 34
SECTION 2.13  Pro Rata Payments................................................................................. 38
SECTION 2.14  Deficiency Advances............................................................................... 38
SECTION 2.15  Extension of Termination Date..................................................................... 39

                                   ARTICLE III

                          INTEREST ON SYNDICATED LOANS

SECTION 3.1   Applicable Interest Rates......................................................................... 40
SECTION 3.2   Procedure for Exercising Interest Rate Options.................................................... 40
SECTION 3.3   Base Rate......................................................................................... 40
SECTION 3.4   Fixed Rate........................................................................................ 41
SECTION 3.5   Changes in Syndicated Margin.  ................................................................... 41

                                   ARTICLE IV

              TERMINATION OF LIBOR-BASED RATE AND YIELD PROTECTION

SECTION 4.1   Suspension of Loans............................................................................... 42
SECTION 4.2   Compensation...................................................................................... 43
SECTION 4.3   Taxes............................................................................................. 43

                                    ARTICLE V

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

SECTION 5.1   Organization, Powers, Existence, etc.............................................................. 46
SECTION 5.2   Authorization of Borrowing, etc................................................................... 46
SECTION 5.3   Liabilities....................................................................................... 46
SECTION 5.4   Taxes............................................................................................. 47

                                        i

<PAGE>



SECTION 5.5   Litigation........................................................................................ 47
SECTION 5.6   Agreements........................................................................................ 47
SECTION 5.7   Use of Proceeds................................................................................... 47
SECTION 5.8   ERISA Requirement................................................................................. 47
SECTION 5.9   Subsidiaries...................................................................................... 47
SECTION 5.10  Principal Place of Business....................................................................... 48
SECTION 5.11  Environmental Laws................................................................................ 48
SECTION 5.12  Disclosure........................................................................................ 48
SECTION 5.13  Licenses.......................................................................................... 48
SECTION 5.14  Title to Properties............................................................................... 48
SECTION 5.15  Status of Loans................................................................................... 49

                                   ARTICLE VI

                          GENERAL CONDITIONS OF LENDING

SECTION 6.1   Representations and Warranties.................................................................... 50
SECTION 6.2   No Default........................................................................................ 50
SECTION 6.3   Supporting Documents.............................................................................. 50
SECTION 6.4   No Adverse Change................................................................................. 52
SECTION 6.5   Effective Date.................................................................................... 52

                                   ARTICLE VII

                        GENERAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER

SECTION 7.1   Existence, Properties, etc........................................................................ 53
SECTION 7.2   Payment of Indebtedness, Taxes, etc............................................................... 53
SECTION 7.3   Financial Statements, Reports, etc................................................................ 53
SECTION 7.4   Litigation Notice................................................................................. 55
SECTION 7.5   Default Notice.................................................................................... 56
SECTION 7.6   Further Assurances................................................................................ 56
SECTION 7.7   Insurance......................................................................................... 56
SECTION 7.8   Covenants Regarding Financial Condition........................................................... 56
SECTION 7.9   Continuation of Current Business.................................................................. 60
SECTION 7.10  Management Contracts.............................................................................. 60
SECTION 7.11  Cooperation; Inspection of Properties............................................................. 60
SECTION 7.12  Use of Proceeds................................................................................... 61
SECTION 7.13  Limit on Investment in HEALTHSOUTH of
              Birmingham, Inc................................................................................... 61
SECTION 7.14  Additional Consolidated Entities.................................................................. 61
SECTION 7.15  ERISA.  .......................................................................................... 61
SECTION 7.16  Priority.......................................................................................... 62

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

SECTION 8.1   Events of Default................................................................................. 63
SECTION 8.2   Agent to Act...................................................................................... 66
SECTION 8.3   Cumulative Rights................................................................................. 66
SECTION 8.4   No Waiver......................................................................................... 66
SECTION 8.5   Default........................................................................................... 66

                                       ii

<PAGE>



SECTION 8.6   Allocation of Proceeds............................................................................ 67

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    THE AGENT

SECTION 9.1   Appointment....................................................................................... 68
SECTION 9.2   Attorneys-in-fact................................................................................. 68
SECTION 9.3   Limitation on Liability........................................................................... 68
SECTION 9.4   Reliance.......................................................................................... 68
SECTION 9.5   Notice of Default................................................................................. 69
SECTION 9.6   No Representations................................................................................ 69
SECTION 9.7   Indemnification................................................................................... 70
SECTION 9.8   Lender............................................................................................ 70
SECTION 9.9   Resignation....................................................................................... 70
SECTION 9.10  Sharing of Payments, etc.......................................................................... 71
SECTION 9.11  Fees.............................................................................................. 71
SECTION 9.12  Independent Agreements............................................................................ 71

                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 10.1   Assignments and Participations................................................................... 72
SECTION 10.2   Notices.......................................................................................... 74
SECTION 10.3   No Waiver........................................................................................ 75
SECTION 10.4   Setoff........................................................................................... 75
SECTION 10.5   Survival......................................................................................... 76
SECTION 10.6   Expenses......................................................................................... 76
SECTION 10.7   Amendments....................................................................................... 77
SECTION 10.8   Counterparts..................................................................................... 78
SECTION 10.9   Waivers by Borrower.............................................................................. 78
SECTION 10.10  Termination...................................................................................... 78
SECTION 10.11  Governing Law.................................................................................... 79
SECTION 10.12  Indemnification.................................................................................. 79
SECTION 10.13  Agreement Controls............................................................................... 80
SECTION 10.14  Integration...................................................................................... 80
SECTION 10.15  Successors and Assigns........................................................................... 80
SECTION 10.16  Severability..................................................................................... 81
SECTION 10.17  Usury Savings Clause............................................................................. 81


Exhibit A   -                Applicable Commitment Percentage
Exhibit B   -                Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit C-1 -                Form of Partnership Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit C-2 -                Form of Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement
Exhibit D   -                Form of Request for Advance or Interest Rate
                             Election
Exhibit E   -                Form of Competitive Bid Quote Request
Exhibit F   -                Form of Competitive Bid Quote
Exhibit G   -                Subsidiaries and Controlled Partnerships
Exhibit H-1 -                Form of Syndicated Note
Exhibit H-2 -                Form of Competitive Bid Note

                                       iii

<PAGE>



Exhibit I   -                Form of Compliance Certificate and Schedules
                             Thereto
Exhibit J   -                Summary of Insurance
Exhibit K   -                Outstanding Letters of Credit
Exhibit L   -                Investments or Equity Interest
Exhibit M   -                Subsidiaries and Controlled Partnerships
Exhibit N   -                Existing Liens
</TABLE>


                                       iv

<PAGE>



                  SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
                  --------------------------------------------


         THIS SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT dated as of April 11,
1995 (this  "Agreement")  is entered into by and among  HEALTHSOUTH  CORPORATION
(formerly named HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation  Corporation), a Delaware corporation
(the  "Borrower"),  the  Lenders  as  signatories  hereto  (the  "Lenders")  and
NATIONSBANK,  N.A.  (CAROLINAS)  (formerly named  NationsBank of North Carolina,
National Association), a national banking association (the "Agent").

                                    RECITAL:
                                    --------

         Pursuant to a Credit Agreement dated as of November 20, 1992 as amended
by  Amendments  No. 1 and No. 2 (the  "Original  Agreement"),  the lenders party
thereto  (the  "Original  Lenders")  have  agreed to make  loans and cause to be
issued letters of credit all in an aggregate outstanding amount of not to exceed
$390,000,000.  Pursuant to the terms of the Original Agreement all Participating
Subsidiaries  and  Participating  Partnerships  (each  defined  in the  Original
Agreement) have guaranteed  payment of all Credit Obligations (as defined in the
Original Agreement). In addition, the Borrower, and certain of the Participating
Subsidiaries  have executed and  delivered to the Agent,  for the benefit of the
Lenders,  Pledge Agreements conveying the property described therein as security
for the Credit  Obligations.  At the  request of the  Borrower,  by Amended  and
Restated Credit  Agreement  dated June 7, 1994 (the "First Restated  Agreement")
the  Borrower,  the Agent and  certain of the  Original  Lenders  together  with
additional  lenders  (collectively the "Existing  Lenders") amended and restated
the Original  Agreement thereby  increasing the amount of the credit facility to
$550,000,000,   changing  certain  provisions  of  the  Original  Agreement  and
resulting in the addition of certain  Participating  Subsidiaries.  The Borrower
has requested that the First Restated  Agreement be further amended and restated
in its  entirety  in order to  increase  the amount of the credit  facility,  to
further change certain of the provisions  contained  therein and to increase the
number of lenders participating therein.  Accordingly, the Borrower, the Lenders
and the Agent  agree that the First  Restated  Agreement  is hereby  amended and
restated in its entirety as follows, effective as of the Effective Date:




<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE I
                                    ---------

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

         SECTION 1.1 For the  purposes of this  Agreement,  except as  otherwise
expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

                    All accounting  terms not otherwise  defined herein have the
         meanings  assigned to them, and all  computations  herein  provided for
         shall  be  made,  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting
         principles  applied on a consistent  basis.  All  references  herein to
         "GAAP"  refer  to  such  principles  as  they  exist  at  the  date  of
         application thereof.

                    All references in this instrument to designated  "Articles",
         "Sections"  and  other  subdivisions  are to the  designated  Articles,
         Sections and subdivisions of this instrument as originally executed.

                    The terms "herein", "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words
         of similar  import  refer to this  Agreement  as a whole and not to any
         particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

                    The terms "include,"  "including" and similar terms shall be
         construed as if followed by the phrase "without being limited to."

                    All  Article  and  Section  captions  herein  are  used  for
         reference  only and in no way limit or describe the scope or intent of,
         or in any way affect, this Agreement.

                    Words  importing the singular  number shall mean and include
         the plural number and visa versa.

                    All  recitals  set  forth  in  this   Agreement  are  hereby
         incorporated in the operative provisions of this Agreement.

                    No  inference  in favor of or against  either party shall be
         drawn  from the fact that such party or its  counsel  has  drafted  any
         portion hereof.

                    The term  "person"  shall include  individual,  corporation,
         partnership,  limited liability  company,  joint venture,  association,
         trust,  unincorporated organization and any government or any agency or
         political subdivision thereof.

                    Absolute  Rate shall have the meaning  assigned to such term
         in Section 2.3(c)(ii)(D) hereof.

                    Absolute   Rate  Auction  shall  mean  a   solicitation   of
         Competitive Bid Quotes setting forth Absolute Rates pursuant
         to Section 2.3 hereof.


                                        2

<PAGE>



                    Absolute Rate Loans shall mean the Competitive Bid Loans the
         interest  rates on which are  determined on the basis of Absolute Rates
         set at Absolute Rate Auctions.

                    Acquisition  means  the  acquisition,   whether  with  cash,
         property,  stock or  promise  to pay all or a portion  of a person or a
         Facility or Facilities of a person,  permitted under Section 7.8(a)(12)
         hereof;  provided (i) such Person or  Facilities is in the same line of
         business engaged in by Borrower or its Consolidated Entities,  (ii) the
         person or Facility to be acquired does not oppose the acquisition,  and
         (iii) at the time of giving effect to such  Acquisition  such person or
         Facility is a Consolidated Entity.

                    Actual/360  Basis shall mean a method of computing  interest
         or other charges  hereunder on the basis of an assumed year of 360 days
         for actual  number of days  elapsed,  meaning  that  interest  or other
         charges  accrued for each day will be computed by multiplying  the rate
         applicable  on that  day by the  unpaid  principal  balance  (or  other
         relevant sum) on that day and dividing the result by 360.

                    Advance  means a  borrowing  under  the  Revolving  Facility
         consisting of the aggregate  principal amount of a Syndicated Loan or a
         Competitive Bid Loan.

                    Affiliate  of any  specified  person  shall  mean any  other
         person  directly or  indirectly  controlling  or controlled by or under
         direct or indirect  common  control  with such  specified  person.  For
         purposes of this  definition  "control"  when used with  respect to any
         specified  person means the power to direct the management and policies
         of such person,  directly or indirectly,  whether through the ownership
         of  voting  securities,   by  contract  or  otherwise;  and  the  terms
         "controlling"  and  "controlled"  have  meanings   correlative  to  the
         foregoing.

                    Applicable  Commitment  Percentage means, for each Lender, a
         fraction,  the  numerator  of which  shall be the then  amount  of such
         Lender's Commitment and the denominator of which shall be the Revolving
         Facility,  which Applicable Commitment Percentage for each Lender as of
         the  Closing  Date is as set forth in  Exhibit A  attached  hereto  and
         incorporated   herein  by  reference;   provided  that  the  Applicable
         Commitment Percentage of each Lender shall be increased or decreased to
         reflect any  assignments  to or by such Lender  effected in  accordance
         with Section 10.1 hereof.

                    Applicable  Lending  Office shall mean,  for each Lender and
         for each Type of Loan,  the  "Lending  Office" of such Lender (or of an
         Affiliate  of such  Lender)  designated  for  such  Type of Loan on the
         signature  pages  hereof or such other  office of such Lender (or of an
         Affiliate  of such Lender) as such Lender may from time to time specify
         to the Agent and the  Borrower as the office by which its Loans of such
         Type are to be made and maintained.

                                        3

<PAGE>




                    Application  shall mean the  Application  and  Agreement for
         Letter  of Credit  pursuant  to which  the  Borrower  may apply for the
         issuance  of a Letter of Credit by  NationsBank  as provided in Section
         2.12 hereof.

                    Assignment  and  Acceptance  shall  mean an  Assignment  and
         Acceptance in the form of Exhibit B (with blanks  appropriately  filled
         in)  delivered in  connection  with an  assignment  of a portion of the
         Lender's interest under this Agreement pursuant to Section 10.1.

                    Base Rate  shall  mean the  higher of (i) the Prime  Rate or
         (ii) the Federal Funds Effective Rate plus 1/2% per annum.

                    Base  Rate  Loans  shall  mean  Syndicated  Loans  that bear
         interest at rates based upon the Base Rate.

                    Business  Day  shall  mean (a) any day on  which  commercial
         banks are not  authorized  or  required  to close in  Charlotte,  North
         Carolina and New York City and (b) if such day relates to the giving of
         notices or quotes in connection  with a LIBOR Auction or to a borrowing
         of,  a  payment  or  prepayment  of  principal  of or  interest  on,  a
         Conversion  of or into,  or an  Interest  Period for, a LIBOR Loan or a
         LIBOR Market Loan or a notice by the Borrower  with respect to any such
         borrowing, payment, prepayment,  Conversion or Interest Period, any day
         on which  dealings  in Dollar  deposits  are  carried out in the London
         interbank market.

                    Capital  Expenditure shall mean any expenditure or liability
         that is properly charged to a capital account or otherwise  capitalized
         on the  consolidated  balance sheet in accordance with GAAP and Cost of
         Acquisition.  There shall not be included as a Capital  Expenditure the
         portion of the purchase price of any Acquisition which is paid for with
         Capital Stock of the Borrower.

                    Capital Stock of any person means any and all shares, rights
         to   purchase,   warrants  or  options   (whether   or  not   currently
         exercisable);  participation  or other  equivalents  of or  interest in
         (however  designated) the equity (including  without  limitation common
         stock,  preferred stock and partnership and joint venture interests) of
         such Person  (excluding any debt securities that are convertible  into,
         or exchangeable for, such equity).

                    Capitalized  Lease  Obligations  of  any  person  means  the
         obligation  of such person to pay rent or other  amounts  under a lease
         that is required to be capitalized for financial  reporting purposes in
         accordance  with GAAP, and the amount of such  obligation  shall be the
         capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

                    Class  shall  have  the  meaning  assigned  to such  term in
         Section 1.2 hereof.


                                        4

<PAGE>



                    Closing Date shall mean the date of this Agreement.

                    Collateral  shall  mean all  property  covered by the Pledge
         Agreements  or that  otherwise  at any time  secures  any of the Credit
         Obligations.

                    Commitment shall mean, as to each Lender,  the obligation of
         such Lender to make Syndicated  Loans pursuant to Section 2.1 hereof in
         an aggregate amount at any one time outstanding up to but not exceeding
         the amount set  opposite  such  Lender's  name on the  signature  pages
         hereof  under the caption  "Commitment"  (as the same may be limited or
         reduced at any time or from time to time pursuant to Section 2.5(a) and
         Section 2.9 hereof);  provided that the Commitment of each Lender shall
         be  increased or  decreased  to reflect any  assignments  to or by such
         Lender effected in accordance with Section 10.1 hereof.

                    Common  Stock  means the  common  stock,  par value $.01 per
         share, of the Borrower.

                    Competitive Bid Borrowing shall have the meaning assigned to
         such term in Section 2.3(b) hereof.

                    Competitive  Bid Loans shall mean the Loans  provided for by
         Section 2.3 hereof.

                    Competitive  Bid  Notes  shall  mean  the  promissory  notes
         provided  for  by  Section  2.8(b)  hereof  and  all  promissory  notes
         delivered in  substitution  or exchange  therefor,  in each case as the
         same shall be  modified  and  supplemented  and in effect  from time to
         time.

                    Competitive Bid Quote shall mean an offer in accordance with
         Section  2.3(c) hereof by a Lender to make a Competitive  Bid Loan with
         one single specified interest rate.

                    Competitive   Bid  Quote  Request  shall  have  the  meaning
         assigned to such term in Section 2.3(b) hereof.

                    Compliance  Certificate shall have the meaning attributed to
         that term in Section 7.3(3) below.

                    Consolidated  Amortization  Expense of the  Borrower for any
         period  means  the  amortization   expense  of  the  Borrower  and  its
         Consolidated  Entities  for such period (to the extent  included in the
         computation of Consolidated  Net Income),  determined on a consolidated
         basis in accordance with GAAP.

                    Consolidated   Cash  Flow  means,   for   Borrower  and  its
         Consolidated  Entities for any  Four-Quarter  Period,  Consolidated Net
         Income,   plus   amounts  that  have  been   deducted  in   determining
         Consolidated Net Income for such period for (i) Consolidated Income Tax
         Expense,  (ii)  Consolidated   Interest  Expense,   (iii)  Consolidated
         Depreciation Expense,  (iv) Consolidated  Amortization Expense, (v) the
         minority interests

                                        5

<PAGE>



         of any person or persons in Consolidated  Entities and (vi) for periods
         ending  (a) on or before  June 30,  1995 the lesser of the sum of up to
         $45,000,000 (representing expenses related to Borrower's acquisition of
         certain  rehabilitation  facilities  and  related  assets  of  NovaCare
         Rehabilitation Hospital Division and the acquisition of Surgical Health
         Corporation)  or the actual  amount of such expenses and (b) after June
         30, 1995, without  duplication,  any amounts, net of Federal income tax
         effects,  representing  expenses  relating to an  Acquisition,  up to a
         maximum  of 10% of the Cost of  Acquisition  thereof,  determined  on a
         consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

                    Consolidated  Current Maturities means Principal  Maturities
         of the Borrower and its Consolidated Entities.

                    Consolidated  Depreciation Expense of the Borrower means the
         depreciation expense of the Borrower and its Consolidated  Entities for
         such period (to the extent  included in the computation of Consolidated
         Net Income of the  Borrower),  determined  on a  consolidated  basis in
         accordance with GAAP.

                    Consolidated  Entity shall mean any person  whose  financial
         statements are appropriately consolidated with the Borrower's financial
         statements under GAAP.

                    Consolidated  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio means with respect
         to any  Four-Quarter  Period the ratio of (A)  Consolidated  Net Income
         plus amounts that have been deducted in  determining  Consolidated  Net
         Income for such  period for (i)  Consolidated  Interest  Expense,  (ii)
         Consolidated  Depreciation  Expense,  (iii) Consolidated Lease Expense,
         (iv)  Consolidated  Income Tax Expense,  (v) Consolidated  Amortization
         Expense, and (vi) for periods ending (a) on or before June 30, 1995 the
         lesser of the sum of up to $45,000,000  (representing  expenses related
         to Borrower's  acquisition  of certain  rehabilitation  facilities  and
         related  assets of NovaCare  Rehabilitation  Hospital  Division and the
         acquisition  of Surgical  Health  Corporation)  or the actual amount of
         such  expenses and (b) after June 30, 1995,  without  duplication,  any
         amounts,  net of Federal  income  tax  effects,  representing  expenses
         relating  to an  Acquisition,  up to a  maximum  of 10% of the  Cost of
         Acquisition  thereof,  determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
         with GAAP, less Capital Expenditures to (B) the sum of (i) Consolidated
         Interest Expense,  (ii) Consolidated Lease Expense,  (iii) Consolidated
         Current Maturities,  and (iv) Restricted Payments;  provided,  however,
         that (x) for the first quarter period calculations of Fiscal Year 1995,
         Capital Expenditures for the Four-Quarter Period shall be assumed to be
         $150,000,000,  (y) for the second and third quarter period calculations
         of Fiscal Year 1995, Capital  Expenditures for the Four-Quarter  Period
         shall be assumed to be  $185,000,000,  and (z) the actual  1995  Fiscal
         Year  Capital  Expenditures  (excluding  the  Cost  of  Acquisition  of
         Surgical  Health  Corporation  and  NovaCare   Rehabilitation  Hospital
         Division)  shall be utilized for  calculations at the end of the fourth
         quarter of Fiscal Year 1995. After December 31, 1995, for the

                                        6

<PAGE>



         first three quarters of each Fiscal Year, Capital  Expenditures will be
         assumed  to  equal  the  greater  of  the  prior  Fiscal  Year  Capital
         Expenditures  or  $185,000,000,  with the actual  Fiscal  Year  Capital
         Expenditures  shall  be  utilized  for  calculations  at the end of the
         fourth quarter of such Fiscal Year.

                    Consolidated  Income  Tax  Expense of the  Borrower  for any
         period means the provision for taxes based on income and profits of the
         Borrower  and its  Consolidated  Entities  to the extent such income or
         profits  were  included in computing  Consolidated  Net Income for such
         period.

                    Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower for any period
         means  the  Interest  Expense  of the  Borrower  and  its  Consolidated
         Entities  for  such  period,  determined  on a  consolidated  basis  in
         accordance with GAAP, but including as Interest Expense lease payments,
         other  than  the  Headquarters   Obligations,   made  pursuant  to  the
         Headquarters Lease.

                    Consolidated  Lease  Expense  means for any period all Lease
         Payments  paid or accrued  during such period  under  operating  leases
         (whether or not  constituting  rental  expense) by the Borrower and its
         Consolidated  Entities determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
         with GAAP, but excluding as Lease Payments lease payments made pursuant
         to the Headquarters Lease.

                    Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for any period means
         the net income (or loss) of the Borrower and its Consolidated  Entities
         for such period  determined on a consolidated  basis in accordance with
         GAAP,  without  giving  effect to  dividends on any series of preferred
         stock of any Consolidated Entity, whether or not in cash, to the extent
         such  consolidated net income was reduced thereby;  provided that there
         shall be excluded  from such net income (for all  purposes,  other than
         compliance with Section 7.8(a)(1)(A),  to the extent otherwise included
         therein), without duplication,  (i) the net income of any person (other
         than a Consolidated  Entity) to the extent that any such income has not
         actually been received by the Borrower or a Consolidated  Entity in the
         form of dividends  or similar  distributions  during such period;  (ii)
         except to the extent  includable in the  consolidated net income of the
         Borrower or a Consolidated Entity pursuant to the foregoing clause (i),
         the net income of any person  that  accrued  prior to the date that (a)
         such  Person  becomes  a  Consolidated  Entity  or is  merged  into  or
         consolidated  with a  Consolidated  Entity  or (b) the  assets  of such
         person are acquired by the Borrower or a Consolidated Entity; (iii) the
         net  income  of  any  Consolidated   Entity  to  the  extent  that  the
         declaration  or payment of dividends or similar  distributions  by such
         Subsidiary of that income is not permitted by operation of the terms of
         its charter or any  agreement,  instrument,  judgment,  decree,  order,
         statute, rule or governmental  regulation applicable to that Subsidiary
         during such period; (iv) any gain (or loss),  together with any related
         provisions for taxes on any such gain, realized during

                                        7

<PAGE>



         such period by the Borrower or its  Consolidated  Entities upon (a) the
         acquisition  of  any   securities,   or  the   extinguishment   of  any
         Indebtedness,  of the Borrower or its Consolidated  Entities or (b) any
         asset sale by the referent person or any of its  Subsidiaries;  (v) any
         extraordinary gain (or extraordinary  loss),  together with any related
         provision   for  taxes  or  tax   benefit   resulting   from  any  such
         extraordinary   gain  or  loss,   realized  by  the   Borrower  or  its
         Consolidated  Entities  during such  period;  and (vi) in the case of a
         successor  to such person by  consolidation,  merger or transfer of its
         assets,   any  earnings  of  the   successor   prior  to  such  merger,
         consolidation or transfer of assets.

                    Consolidated  Net Worth of the Borrower as of any date means
         the Consolidated  Stockholders'  Equity  (including any preferred stock
         that is classified as equity under GAAP, other than Disqualified Stock)
         of such  person and its  Consolidated  Entities  (excluding  any equity
         adjustment for foreign currency  translation for any period  subsequent
         to  the  Closing  Date)  on a  consolidated  basis  at  such  date,  as
         determined in accordance  with GAAP,  less all write-ups  subsequent to
         the Closing Date in the book value of any asset owned by such  Borrower
         or any of its Consolidated Entities.

                    Consolidated  Stockholders' Equity shall mean at any time as
         at  which  the  amount  thereof  is to be  determined,  the  sum of the
         following  amounts  in  respect of the  Borrower  and the  Consolidated
         Entities  (i) the par or  stated  value  of all  Capital  Stock  of the
         Borrower,  (ii) retained  earnings,  (iii)  additional paid in capital,
         (iv) capital surplus and (v) earned surplus minus treasury stock.

                    Consolidated  Total  Capital  shall  mean  the  sum  of  (i)
         Consolidated Stockholders' Equity and (ii) Indebtedness of the Borrower
         and its Consolidated Entities.

                    Controlled  Partnership shall mean a general  partnership of
         which  the  Borrower  or a  Subsidiary  is a general  partner  (but not
         including  Alabama  World  Football),  or a limited  partnership  whose
         general  partners  include  the  Borrower  or  a  Subsidiary  (but  not
         including Vanderbilt),  which partnership,  whether general or limited,
         has assets  with a value in excess of  $2,000.00,  and with  respect to
         which  partnership  the Borrower or a Subsidiary is entitled to receive
         not less than 50% of any  distributions  of cash  made to the  partners
         thereof,  other  than  any  preferred  cash  distribution   arrangement
         approved by the Required Lenders in writing.

                    Convert,   Conversion   and  Converted   shall  refer  to  a
         conversion  pursuant  to Section  3.2 hereof of one Type of  Syndicated
         Loan into another Type of Syndicated  Loan, which may be accompanied by
         the  transfer by a Lender (at its sole  discretion)  of a Loan from one
         Applicable Lending Office to another.


                                        8

<PAGE>



                    Convertible Subordinated Debentures means the 5% Convertible
         Subordinated  Debentures due 2001 of the Borrower dated as of March 27,
         24, 1994 in the aggregate original principal amount of $115,000,000.

                    Costs of Acquisition means the sum of (i) the amount of cash
         paid by the Borrower and its  Consolidated  Entities in connection with
         such  Acquisition,  (ii) the Fair Market Value of all capital  stock or
         other ownership  interests of the Borrower or any  Consolidated  Entity
         issued or given in connection with such  Acquisition,  (iii) the amount
         (determined by using the face amount or the amount payable at maturity,
         whichever is greater) of all Indebtedness incurred, assumed or acquired
         in connection with such Acquisition, (iv) all additional purchase price
         amounts in the form of earnouts and other  contingent  obligations that
         should be recorded on the financial  statements of the Borrower and its
         Consolidated  Entities in connection with Generally Accepted Accounting
         Principles,  (v)  all  amounts  paid in  respect  of  covenants  not to
         compete,  consulting  agreements  and  other  affiliated  contracts  in
         connection  with such  Acquisition  and (vi) the aggregate  fair market
         value  of all  other  consideration  given  by  the  Borrower  and  its
         Consolidated Entities in connection with such Acquisition.

                    Credit   Obligations  shall  mean  the  Revolving   Facility
         Obligations, the Letter of Credit Obligations and all other obligations
         and debts owing to the  Lenders,  and  arising  under the terms of this
         Agreement,  the Notes,  the  Applications and the other Loan Documents,
         whether now or hereafter incurred,  existing or arising,  including the
         principal amount of all Advances,  all Letter of Credit  Borrowings and
         Reimbursement  Obligations with respect  thereto,  any sums expended by
         the  Agent  or the  Lenders  in  exercising  the  rights  and  remedies
         described in Section  8.1, all accrued  interest on Advances and Letter
         of Credit Reimbursement  Obligations,  and all costs, fees, charges and
         expenses incurred and payable in connection  therewith,  including fees
         payable under the terms of, or in connection with, this Agreement,  and
         all  other  obligations  and debts  owing to the  Agent or the  Lenders
         arising in connection with, ancillary to, or in support of Advances and
         Letter  of  Credit   Borrowings   and  all   extensions,   alterations,
         modifications, revisions and renewals of any of the foregoing.

                    Default shall mean an Event of Default or an event that with
         notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default.

                    Disqualified  Stock  means any Capital  Stock  that,  by its
         terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is  convertible or
         for which it is  exchangeable),  or upon the  happening  of any  event,
         matures  or is  mandatorily  redeemable,  pursuant  to a  sinking  fund
         obligation or  otherwise,  or is redeemable at the option of the holder
         thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior to the Maturity Date.


                                        9

<PAGE>



                    Dollars  and the  symbol $ shall mean  dollars  constituting
         legal tender for the payment of public and private  debts in the United
         States of America.

                    Effective  Date means the date on which (i) the Agent  shall
         receive from the Borrower the fees payable pursuant to the letter dated
         April 6, 1995 from the Agent to the Borrower and (ii) each Lender shall
         have received the amount of such fees due it.

                    ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act
         of 1974, as amended.

                    Event of Default  shall have the  meaning  assigned  to such
         term in Article VIII hereof.

                    Facility   shall   mean   an   in-patient   or   out-patient
         rehabilitation   facility,  a  certified   out-patient   rehabilitation
         facility, skilled nursing facility, specialty medical center, specialty
         orthopedic  hospital  or  acute  care  hospital,  sub-acute  in-patient
         facility,   transitional   living  center,   medical  office  building,
         outpatient  surgery  center and outpatient  diagnostic  center with all
         buildings  and  improvements  associated  therewith,  that is  owned or
         leased,  in whole or  part,  by the  Borrower  or a  Subsidiary  or any
         partnership controlled directly or indirectly by the Borrower.

                    Fair Market  Value shall mean,  with  respect to any capital
         stock or other ownership  interests  issued or given by the Borrower or
         any Consolidated  Entity in connection with an Acquisition,  (i) in the
         case of capital  stock that is Common  Stock and such  Common  Stock is
         then  designated as a national  market system  security by the National
         Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.  ("NASDAQ") or is listed on a
         national securities exchange,  the average of the last reported bid and
         ask  quotations  or prices  reported  thereon for Common  Stock or such
         other  value as may be  ascribed  to the Common  Stock in a  definitive
         merger or  acquisition  agreement  provided  such  value is  determined
         according to customary  methods for like  transactions  and is approved
         (to the  extent  required  by  Borrower's  charter  or  bylaws)  by the
         Borrower's Board of Directors or (ii) in the case of capital stock that
         is not  Common  Stock  or in the  event  that  Common  Stock  is not so
         designated  on NASDAQ or listed on such  national  exchange,  or in the
         case of any other ownership  interests,  the  determination of the fair
         market  value  thereof  in good faith by a  majority  of  disinterested
         members of the board of directors of the Borrower or such  Consolidated
         Entity,  in each  case  effective  as of the close of  business  on the
         Business   Day   immediately   preceding   the  closing  date  of  such
         Acquisition.

                    Federal Funds  Effective  Rate shall mean,  for any day, the
         rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary,  to the nearest 1/100 of
         1%) equal to the  weighted  average of the rates on  overnight  Federal
         funds  transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged
         by Federal funds brokers

                                       10

<PAGE>



         on such day, as  published  by the Federal  Reserve Bank of New York on
         the Business Day next succeeding such day, provided that (a) if the day
         for which  such rate is to be  determined  is not a Business  Day,  the
         Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate for such day shall be such rate on such
         transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published for any
         Business Day, and (b) if such rate is not so published for any Business
         Day, the Federal  Funds  Effective  Rate for such Business Day shall be
         the  average  rate  charged to the Agent on such  Business  Day on such
         transactions as determined by the Agent.

                    Fiscal Year means the twelve  month  period of the  Borrower
         commencing on January 1 of each calendar year and ending December 31 of
         each calendar year.

                    Fixed Rate shall mean the Absolute  Rate or the LIBOR- Based
         Rate.

                    Fixed  Rate  Segment  shall  mean a Segment to which a Fixed
         Rate is (or is proposed to be) applicable.

                    Four-Quarter  Period means a period of four full consecutive
         fiscal  quarter  periods,  taken  together  as one  accounting  period;
         provided,  however, for purposes of Section 7.8(a)(2) and 7.8(a)(4) for
         periods prior to December 31, 1995 the results of  operations  shall be
         determined  for the  four-quarter  period ending on the last day of (i)
         the first  quarter of Fiscal  Year 1995 by  multiplying  the results of
         operation for the first quarter by four (4), (ii) the second quarter of
         Fiscal  Year 1995 by  multiplying  the  results of  operations  for the
         second quarter by four (4), (iii) the third quarter of Fiscal Year 1995
         by multiplying the results of the second and third quarters by two (2),
         and (iv) for the fourth quarter of Fiscal Year 1995 by multiplying  the
         results  of  operations  of the sum of the  second,  third  and  fourth
         quarters by four- thirds (4/3's).

                    GAAP means  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set
         forth in the opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles
         Board of the American  Institute of Certified  Public  Accountants  and
         statements and  pronouncements  of the Financial  Accounting  Standards
         Board  or in such  other  statements  by such  other  entity  as may be
         approved by a significant  segment of the accounting  profession of the
         United States, as from time to time in effect.

                    Governmental Authority shall mean any federal, state, county
         or municipal agency, authority,  department,  commission, bureau, board
         or court.

                    Governmental   Requirements  shall  mean  all  laws,  rules,
         regulations,  requirements,  ordinances,  judgments, decrees, codes and
         orders of any Governmental  Authority  applicable to the Borrower,  any
         Consolidated Entity or any Facility.


                                       11

<PAGE>



                    Guaranteed   Obligations   of  any  person  shall  mean  all
         guaranties  (including  guaranties  of  guaranties  and  guaranties  of
         dividends and other monetary obligations), endorsement, assumptions and
         other  contingent  obligations  with  respect  to, or to purchase or to
         otherwise pay or acquire,  Indebtedness of others;  provided,  however,
         that such term shall not  include  obligations  under  leases and other
         contracts   initially   incurred   directly   by  another   person  and
         subsequently directly assumed by the person in question,  but such term
         shall include obligations that, if the same had been initially incurred
         directly by the person in question,  would have constituted  Guaranteed
         Obligations.

                    Guaranty  Agreements  shall have the meaning  attributed  to
         that term in Section 2.5(a).

                    Headquarters   Lease  means  the  Lease  Agreement   between
         HEALTHSOUTH Holdings, Inc., as Lessee, and First Security Bank of Utah,
         N.A., as Lessor,  dated as of November 16, 1995 providing for the lease
         to  HEALTHSOUTH  Holdings,  Inc. of the land and  improvements  thereon
         located on the property
         described on Exhibit O.

                    Headquarters  Obligations  means all of the Holder  Advances
         and Loans, as each such term is defined in the Participation Agreement.

                    Hedging  Obligations of any person means the  obligations of
         such  person  pursuant to any  interest  rate swap  agreement,  foreign
         currency exchange agreement,  interest rate collar agreement, option or
         futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement  relating to
         interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

                    Indebtedness  of any  person  at  any  date  means,  without
         duplication:  (i) all  indebtedness  of such person for borrowed  money
         (whether  or not the  recourse  of the  lender  is to the  whole of the
         assets  of  such  person  or  only  to a  portion  thereof);  (ii)  all
         obligations  of such person  evidenced by bonds,  debentures,  notes or
         other  similar  instruments;  (iii) all  obligations  of such person in
         respect  of  letters  of  credit  or  other  similar   instruments  (or
         reimbursement  obligations with respect thereto);  (iv) all obligations
         of such person with  respect to Hedging  Obligations  (other than those
         that fix the  interest  rate on variable  rate  indebtedness  otherwise
         permitted   hereunder   or  that   protect  the  Borrower  and  or  its
         Consolidated  Entities against changes in foreign exchange rates);  (v)
         obligations  of such  person to pay the  deferred  and unpaid  purchase
         price of  property  or  services,  except  trade  payables  and accrued
         expenses  incurred  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business;  (vi)  all
         Capitalized Lease Obligations of such person; (vii) all indebtedness of
         others  secured by a Lien on any assets of such person,  whether or not
         such  indebtedness  is assumed by such  person;  (viii) all  Guaranteed
         Obligations;  and (ix) the  Headquarters  Obligations.  The  amount  of
         Indebtedness of any person at any date shall be the outstanding balance
         at

                                       12

<PAGE>



         such date of all  unconditional  obligations  as described  above,  the
         maximum liability of such person for any such contingent obligations at
         such  date  and,  in the  case  of  clause  (vii),  the  amount  of the
         Indebtedness secured.

                    Interest  Expense of any  person  for any  period  means the
         aggregate  amount of interest which, in accordance with GAAP,  would be
         set opposite the caption  "interest  expense" or any like caption on an
         income  statement  for such person  (including,  without  limitation or
         duplication,   imputed   interest   included   in   Capitalized   Lease
         Obligations, all commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed
         with  respect to letters of credit and bankers'  acceptance  financing,
         the net costs  associated  with Hedging  Obligations,  amortization  of
         financing  fees and  expenses,  the  interest  portion of any  deferred
         payment  obligation,  amortization  of discount and all other  non-cash
         interest  expense other than interest  amortized to cost of sales) plus
         the  aggregate  amount,  if any,  by which such  interest  expense  was
         reduced as a result of the amortization of deferred debt  restructuring
         credits for such period.

                    Interest Period shall mean:

                    (a) with respect to any LIBOR Loan,  each period  commencing
         on the date such LIBOR Loan is made or Converted from a Loan of another
         Type or the last day of the next  preceding  Interest  Period  for such
         Loan and  ending on the  numerically  corresponding  day in the  first,
         second or third calendar month  thereafter,  as the Borrower may select
         as provided in Section 3.2  hereof,  except that each  Interest  Period
         that  commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on any
         day  for  which  there  is no  numerically  corresponding  day  in  the
         appropriate  subsequent  calendar month) shall end on the last Business
         Day of the appropriate subsequent calendar month;

                    (b) with  respect  to any  Absolute  Rate  Loan,  the period
         commencing  on the date such  Absolute  Rate Loan is made and ending on
         any Business Day up to 180 days thereafter,  as the Borrower may select
         as provided in Section 2.3(b) hereof; and

                    (c) with  respect  to any  LIBOR  Market  Loan,  the  period
         commencing on the date such LIBOR Market Loan is made and ending on the
         numerically  corresponding  day in the  first,  second,  third or sixth
         calendar  month  thereafter,  as the Borrower may select as provided in
         Section 2.3(b) hereof,  except that each Interest Period that commences
         on the last  Business  Day of a  calendar  month  (or any day for which
         there is no numerically corresponding day in the appropriate subsequent
         calendar  month) shall end on the last Business Day of the  appropriate
         subsequent calendar month.

         Notwithstanding  the  foregoing:  (i) if any  Interest  Period  for any
         Competitive Bid Loan would  otherwise end after the  Termination  Date,
         such Interest Period shall end on the

                                       13

<PAGE>



         Termination  Date; (ii) if any Interest Period for any LIBOR Loan would
         otherwise end after the  Termination  Date,  such Interest Period shall
         end on the  Termination  Date;  (iii) each  Interest  Period that would
         otherwise  end on a day  which is not a  Business  Day shall end on the
         next succeeding Business Day (or, in the case of an Interest Period for
         a LIBOR Loan or a LIBOR Market Loan, if such next  succeeding  Business
         Day falls in the next succeeding  calendar month, on the next preceding
         Business  Day);  and (iv)  notwithstanding  clauses (i), (ii) and (iii)
         above,  no Interest  Period for any Loan  (other than an Absolute  Rate
         Loan)  shall have a  duration  of less than one month (in the case of a
         LIBOR Loan or a LIBOR Market Loan) and, if the Interest  Period for any
         LIBOR Loan or LIBOR Market Loan would  otherwise  be a shorter  period,
         such Loan shall not be available hereunder for such period.

                    LC Account  Agreement  shall  mean the LC Account  Agreement
         dated as of the date hereof  between  the  Borrower  and the Agent,  as
         amended or modified from time to time.

                    Lease  Payments  shall mean all  amounts  payable  under any
         lease  agreement  other than  obligations  under lease  agreements that
         constitute Indebtedness.

                    Letter of Credit  Borrowings  shall  mean as of any date the
         maximum  aggregate amount that the Agent could be required to pay under
         drafts that could properly be drawn in compliance with the terms of all
         Letters of Credit outstanding on such date, other than drafts that have
         been drawn and paid and not reimbursed.

                    Letter  of Credit  Commitment  shall  mean an amount  not to
         exceed $50,000,000.

                    Letter of Credit  Obligations  shall  mean (a) the Letter of
         Credit  Borrowings  and (b) the  Reimbursement  Obligations  and  other
         obligations  under this Agreement and the Applications  with respect to
         drawings made on Letters of Credit,  including obligations with respect
         to all principal, interest, fees and other charges related thereto.

                    Letters of Credit  shall  mean and  include  all  letters of
         credit heretofore or hereafter issued by NationsBank for the account of
         the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement.

                    Liabilities  of any person shall mean  obligations  that are
         properly classified as liabilities under GAAP.

                    LIBOR Auction shall mean a solicitation  of Competitive  Bid
         Quotes  setting  forth  LIBOR  Margins  based on the LIBOR-  Based Rate
         pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof.

                    LIBOR-Based Rate shall mean the rate of interest  determined
         by the Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M. New York time two (2) Business
         Days prior to the commencement of the Interest Period,  based upon such
         factors as the Agent deems

                                       14

<PAGE>



         relevant,  as the Agent's best estimate of the cost of funds  available
         to the Agent from the purchase on the London  interbank market of funds
         in the form of time  deposits in Dollars in the  approximate  amount of
         the Segment that is to bear interest at the LIBOR-Based  Rate, having a
         maturity comparable to the Interest Period during which the LIBOR-Based
         Rate is to be in effect,  it being  expressly  understood  that (i) the
         Agent may not actually  purchase any such time deposits and obtain such
         funds  and (ii) the  LIBOR-Based  Rate will be an  estimate,  and for a
         variety of reasons,  including changing market  conditions,  the actual
         cost of funds to the Agent (if the Agent  elects to  purchase  funds in
         the form of time  deposits  on such date)  might vary from the  Agent's
         estimate.

                    LIBOR Loans shall mean  Syndicated  Loans on which  interest
         rates  are  determined  on the  basis  of  LIBOR-Based  Rates  plus the
         Syndicated Margin.

                    LIBOR Margin shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
         Section 2.3(c)(ii)(C) hereof.

                    LIBOR Market Loans shall mean Competitive Bid Loans interest
         rates on which  are  determined  on the  basis of  LIBOR-  Based  Rates
         pursuant to a LIBOR Auction.

                    LIBOR  Reserve   Requirement   shall  mean  the   percentage
         (expressed  as a decimal)  prescribed  by the Board of Governors of the
         Federal  Reserve  System (or any  successor),  on the date on which the
         LIBOR-Based   Rate  is   determined,   for   determining   the  reserve
         requirements   of  the  Agent   (including  any  marginal,   emergency,
         supplemental,  special or other  reserves)  with respect to liabilities
         relating to time  deposits  purchased  in the London  interbank  market
         having a maturity equal to the period during which the LIBOR-Based Rate
         will be in  effect  and in an  amount  equal to the  Segment  involved,
         without any benefit or credit for any proration,  exemptions or offsets
         under any now or hereafter applicable regulations.

                    Lien shall mean any mortgage,  pledge,  assignment,  charge,
         encumbrance, lien, security interest or financing lease.

                    Loan Documents  shall mean this  Agreement,  the Notes,  the
         Applications,   the  Subsidiary   Guaranty  Agreements  and  amendments
         thereto,  the Partnership  Guaranty  Agreements and amendments thereto,
         the  Pledge  Agreements,   the  LC  Account  Agreement  and  all  other
         agreements, instruments and documents executed or delivered at any time
         in connection with the Credit Obligations, or to evidence or secure any
         of the Credit Obligations.

                    Loans  shall  mean the  Syndicated  Loans,  Competitive  Bid
         Loans,  Letter of Credit Borrowings and  Reimbursement  Obligations and
         all extensions and renewals thereof.


                                       15

<PAGE>



                    Margin Stock shall have the meaning  attributed to that term
         in Regulation U of the Federal Reserve Board, as amended.

                    Material Group shall mean, at any time,  any group,  whether
         one or more, or combination of Consolidated  Entities (a) whose assets,
         in the  aggregate,  constitute 5% or more of the assets of the Borrower
         and the Consolidated  Entities on a consolidated basis or (b) whose net
         revenues,  in the aggregate,  constitute 5% or more of the net revenues
         of the Borrower and the Consolidated Entities on a consolidated basis.

                    Multi-employer  Plan means an employee  pension benefit plan
         covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect  of which the  Borrower  or
         any  Consolidated  Entity is an  "employer"  as  described  in  Section
         4001(b)  of ERISA,  which is also a  multi-employer  plan as defined in
         Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA;

                    NationsBank means NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas), as a Lender
         and as issuer of the Letters of Credit  pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof
         and any successor thereof.

                    Notes shall mean the  Syndicated  Notes and the  Competitive
         Bid Notes.

                    Opinion of Counsel shall mean a favorable written opinion of
         an attorney or firm of attorneys  duly  licensed to practice law in the
         jurisdiction  the laws of which are  applicable to the legal matters in
         question  and who is not an employee of the Borrower or of an Affiliate
         of the Borrower.

                    Participating    Partnership   shall   mean   a   Controlled
         Partnership  that (i) all or a portion of an Advance may be used by the
         Borrower  for  the  benefit  of or  loaned  by  the  Borrower  to  such
         Controlled Partnership and (ii) has executed and delivered to the Agent
         a Partnership  Guaranty Agreement and all other documents  necessary to
         assume joint and several liability as to the Credit  Obligations to the
         extent of its Partnership Liabilities.

                    Participating  Subsidiary  shall mean a Subsidiary  that (i)
         all or a portion  of an  Advance  may be used by the  Borrower  for the
         benefit of or loaned by the  Borrower to such  Subsidiary  and (ii) has
         executed and delivered to the Agent a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement and
         all other documents  necessary to assume joint and several liability as
         to the Credit  Obligations  (in the maximum amount provided for in such
         Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement).

                    Participation  shall mean, with respect to any Lender (other
         than   NationsBank),   the  extension  of  credit  represented  by  the
         participation  of such Lender hereunder in the liability of NationsBank
         in respect of a Letter of Credit  issued by  NationsBank  in accordance
         with the terms hereof.


                                       16

<PAGE>



                    Participation  Agreement means the  Participation  Agreement
         dated November 16, 1995 among HEALTHSOUTH Corporation,  as Construction
         Agent,  HEALTHSOUTH  Holdings,  Inc., as Lessee, First Security Bank of
         Utah, N.A., as Trustee,  the Holders  identified  therein,  the Lenders
         identified therein, and NationsBank, National Association, as Agent.

                    Partnership   Liability   shall  mean,  with  respect  to  a
         Participating  Partnership,  that part, if any, of an Advance (together
         with interest thereon and fees,  prepayment  premiums and other charges
         properly attributable thereto) that is to be received by and used by or
         for the benefit of such Participating Partnership,  as certified to the
         Agent by the  Borrower,  under  Section  2.5,  in  connection  with the
         Borrowers' request for such Advance, and Partnership  Liabilities shall
         mean the aggregate  amount of all such parts of Advances that are to be
         received  by and  used by or for  the  benefit  of  such  Participating
         Partnership.

                    Partnership   Guaranty   Agreement  shall  mean  a  guaranty
         agreement of a  Participating  Partnership in the form attached  hereto
         and marked Exhibit C-1, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

                    Permitted Encumbrances shall mean:

                    (1) taxes,  assessments and other governmental  charges that
                    are not delinquent or that are being contested in good faith
                    by appropriate proceedings duly pursued;

                    (2) mechanics',  materialmen's,  contractor's, landlord's or
                    other  similar  liens  arising  in the  ordinary  course  of
                    business,  securing  obligations  that are not delinquent or
                    that  are  being  contested  in good  faith  by  appropriate
                    proceedings duly pursued;

                    (3)  restrictions,   exceptions,  reservations,   easements,
                    conditions,  limitations  and other  matters of record other
                    than Liens that do not adversely affect the value or utility
                    of the property;

                    (4)  Liens in  favor of the  Agent  for the  benefit  of the
                    Lenders under this Agreement;

                    (5) Liens and  other  matters  approved  in  writing  by the
                    Required Lenders; and

                    (6) Liens in favor of landlords, the amount secured by which
                    landlords'  Liens,  in the  aggregate,  would not materially
                    adversely affect the Borrower or a Material Group.

                    Permitted Investments shall mean:


                                       17

<PAGE>



                    (1) direct  obligations  of, or  obligations  the payment of
                    which is  guaranteed  by, the United States of America or an
                    interest  in any trust or fund that  invests  solely in such
                    obligations or repurchase agreements, properly secured, with
                    respect to such obligations.

                    (2) direct obligations of agencies or  instrumentalities  of
                    the United States of America  having a rating of A or higher
                    by Standard & Poor's  Corporation or A2 or higher by Moody's
                    Investors Service, Inc.;

                    (3)  a   certificate   of   deposit   issued  by,  or  other
                    interest-bearing  deposits with, a bank having its principal
                    place of business in the United States of America and having
                    equity capital of not less than $250,000,000;

                    (4) a certificate  of deposit by, or other  interest-bearing
                    deposits with,  any other bank  organized  under the laws of
                    the United States of America or any state thereof,  provided
                    that such  deposit  is either  (i)  insured  by the  Federal
                    Deposit  Insurance  Corporation or (ii) properly  secured by
                    such  bank by  pledging  direct  obligations  of the  United
                    States of  America  having a market  value not less than the
                    face amount of such deposits;

                    (5) the capital stock of and  partnership  interests in, and
                    loans made by the Borrower to,  Controlled  Partnerships and
                    Subsidiaries;

                    (6) prime  commercial  paper maturing within 270 days of the
                    acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition,  having
                    a rating of A-1 or higher by Standard & Poor's  Corporation,
                    or P-1 or higher by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

                    (7) eligible banker's acceptances, repurchase agreements and
                    tax-exempt  municipal  bonds  having a maturity of less than
                    one year, in each case having a rating,  or that is the full
                    recourse  obligation of a person whose senior debt is rated,
                    A or higher by Standard & Poor's Corporation or A2 or higher
                    by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

                    (8) loans made by the Borrower or a  Consolidated  Entity in
                    an aggregate  amount of  $2,000,000  or less to employees of
                    the Borrower or of a Consolidated Entity;

                    (9) loans made by the Borrower or a  Controlled  Partnership
                    in an  aggregate  amount of  $1,000,000  or less to  limited
                    partners  (or  potential  limited  partners)  of  Controlled
                    Partnerships  for  the  purpose  of  enabling  such  limited
                    partners  to  acquire  limited   partnership   interests  in
                    Controlled  Partnerships,  to operate their  practices or to
                    restructure partnership interests;

                                       18

<PAGE>




                    (10)  loans in the amount of up to  $20,000,000  made by the
                    Borrower to the HEALTHSOUTH Employee Stock Ownership Plan;

                    (11) scholarship  loans made by the Borrower in an aggregate
                    amount  not  exceeding  $500,000  to  individuals  who  meet
                    certain  eligibility  requirements  as  established  by  the
                    Borrower from time to time;

                    (12)  up to 100%  of the  outstanding  shares  of  stock  of
                    Caretenders  Healthcorp  (formerly known as Senior Services,
                    Inc.)  provided that  aggregate  costs  incurred to purchase
                    such shares shall not exceed $12,000,000;

                    (13)  other  investments  of  less  than  $5,000,000  in the
                    aggregate  expressly  approved  in  writing by the Agent and
                    investments of $5,000,000 or greater  expressly  approved in
                    writing by the Required Lenders;

                    (14) any other investment  having a rating of A or higher or
                    A-1 or  higher by  Standard  & Poor's  Corporation  or A2 or
                    higher or P-1 or higher by Moody's Investors Service, Inc.;

                    (15) loans to health care  practitioners  and other  persons
                    not to exceed in the aggregate $5,000,000;

                    (16) investments in Wellmark,  HEALTHSMART,  MedPartners and
                    Austin Medical Office Building which in the aggregate do not
                    exceed $3,500,000; and

                    (17) additional investments existing on the Closing Date and
                    described in Exhibit L.

                    Pledge  Agreement shall have the meaning  attributed to that
         term in Section 2.6.

                    Prime Rate shall mean that rate of  interest  designated  by
         the Agent from time to time as its  "prime  rate",  it being  expressly
         understood  and agreed that its prime rate is merely an index rate used
         by the Agent to  establish  lending  rates and is not  necessarily  the
         Agent's most  favorable  lending rate,  and that changes in the Agent's
         prime rate are  discretionary  with the Agent.  Any change in the Prime
         Rate shall be effective as of the date of such change.

                    Principal Maturities shall mean principal maturing or coming
         due on Indebtedness  during the next  succeeding  period of 12 calendar
         months.

                    Principal  Office  shall  mean the  principal  office of the
         Agent  located at One  Independence  Center,  101 North  Tryon  Street,
         Charlotte, North Carolina 28255.

                    Reimbursement   Obligation  shall  mean  at  any  time,  the
         obligation of the Borrower with respect to any Letter of

                                       19

<PAGE>



         Credit to reimburse  NationsBank and the Lenders to the extent of their
         respective  Participations  (including by the receipt by NationsBank of
         proceeds  of Loans  pursuant  to Section  2.1(b)  hereof)  for  amounts
         theretofore paid by NationsBank pursuant to a drawing under such Letter
         of Credit.

                    Request  for  Advance or  Interest  Election  shall have the
         meaning attributed to that term in Section 2.2.

                    Required  Lenders shall mean Lenders  having at least 51% of
         the aggregate  amount of the Commitments  or, if the Commitments  shall
         have  terminated,  Lenders holding at least 51% of the aggregate unpaid
         principal  amount of the Loans,  provided that if any Lender shall have
         failed to fund its portion of any  Syndicated  Loan pursuant to Section
         2.1 and the Agent or  NationsBank  has made such Loan on such  Lender's
         behalf,  NationsBank shall be deemed the holder of such portion of such
         Lender's Commitment for purposes of this definition.

                    Restricted  Payments means  dividends  (other than dividends
         payable  exclusively  in the  form  of  capital  stock)  or  any  other
         stockholder  distributions  to  the  shareholders  of the  Borrower  or
         redemptions  or purchases of the common or preferred  stock of Borrower
         or any principal payments of Subordinated Indebtedness.

                    Revolving  Facility  shall  mean the  credit  facility  made
         available to the Borrower by the Lenders  under the terms of Article II
         in an aggregate amount of up to  $1,000,000,000  as limited pursuant to
         Section  2.5(a) and as  reduced by  Borrower  pursuant  to Section  2.9
         hereof.

                    Revolving  Facility  Obligations  shall mean the outstanding
         principal amount of all Advances,  all interest  accrued  thereon,  all
         costs, charges, fees and expenses payable in connection therewith,  and
         all extensions and renewals thereof.

                    Sale and Leaseback  Transaction  means,  with respect to any
         person, an arrangement with any bank, insurance company or other lender
         or investor  or to which such lender or investor is a party,  providing
         for  the  leasing  by such  person  or any of its  Subsidiaries  of any
         property or asset of such person or any of its  Subsidiaries  which has
         been or is being sold or transferred by such person or such  Subsidiary
         to such  lender or investor or to any person to whom funds have been or
         are to be advanced  by such lender or investor on the  security of such
         property or asset.

                    Segment  shall  mean a  portion  of  the  Advances  (or  all
         thereof)  with  respect to which a particular  interest  rate is (or is
         proposed to be) applicable.

                    Senior  Indebtedness  means the Credit  Obligations and that
         Indebtedness permitted to be incurred pursuant to Section 7.8(a)(5)(B),
         (D), (E) and (H) hereof.

                                       20

<PAGE>




                    Senior Subordinated Notes means the 9.5% Senior Subordinated
         Notes due 2001 of the  Borrower  in the  aggregate  original  principal
         amount of $250,000,000.

                    Single Employer Plan means any employee pension benefit plan
         covered by Title IV of ERISA and in respect  of which the  Borrower  or
         any  Consolidated  Entity is an  "employer"  as  described  in  Section
         4001(b) of ERISA, which is not a Multi- employer Plan;

                    Subordinated  Indebtedness  means  the  Senior  Subordinated
         Notes,   the   Convertible   Subordinated   Debentures  and  any  other
         Indebtedness  incurred  pursuant  to  Section  7.8(a)(5)(F)  hereof  to
         refinance the Senior Subordinated Notes or the Convertible Subordinated
         Debentures.

                    Subsidiary shall mean any corporation,  more than 50% of the
         shares of stock of which having  general  voting  power under  ordinary
         circumstances to elect the board of directors,  managers or trustees of
         such  corporation,  irrespective of whether or not at the time stock of
         any other  class or classes  shall have or might have  voting  power by
         reason  of  the  happening  of  any  contingency,  which  is  owned  or
         controlled  directly or indirectly by the Borrower and which has either
         assets  with a value  exceeding  $2,000 or  positive  annual  operating
         income.

                    Subsidiary   Guaranty   Agreement   shall  mean  a  guaranty
         agreement of a Participating Subsidiary in the form attached hereto and
         marked Exhibit C-2, as amended and supplemented from time to time.

                    Surgical  Health  means  Surgical  Health   Corporation,   a
         Delaware corporation, its Subsidiaries and its Controlled Partnerships.

                    Surgical Health  Subordinated  Indebtedness  means the 11.5%
         Senior  Subordinated  Notes due July 15, 2004 in the original principal
         amount of $75,000,000 issued by Surgical
         Health.

                    Syndicated  Loans  shall  mean  the  loans  provided  for by
         Section 2.1 hereof, which may be Base Rate Loans or LIBOR Loans.

                    Syndicated  Margin  means that  percent  per annum set forth
         below  in  the  case  of a  LIBOR  Loan,  which  percent  shall  be the
         Syndicated  Margin  effective on the date of delivery to the Agent of a
         Compliance  Certificate  pursuant  to  Section  7.3(3)  for the  fiscal
         quarter period as at the end of which the ratio of  Indebtedness of the
         Borrower and its  Consolidated  Entities to  Consolidated  Cash Flow is
         greater  than or equal to or less  than,  as the case may be, the ratio
         set forth opposite such Syndicated Margin:


                                       21

<PAGE>



                                                           Syndicated Margin
                                                           -----------------
                             Ratio                               Rate
                             -----                               ----

         (a)        Greater than or equal to                    1 3/8%
                    4.25 to 1.00

         (b)        Less than 4.25 to 1.00 but                  1 1/8%
                    equal to or greater than
                    3.75 to 1.00

         (c)        Less than 3.75 to 1.00 but                    7/8%
                    equal to or greater than
                    3.00 to 1.00

         (d)        Less than 3.00 to 1.00 but                    5/8%
                    equal to or greater than
                    2.00 to 1.00

         (e)        Less than 2.00 to 1.00 but                    1/2%
                    equal to or greater than
                    1.50 to 1.00

         (f)        Less than 1.50 to 1.00                        3/8%


         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  during the period from the Closing Date
         through  the  date of  delivery  of a  Compliance  Certificate  for the
         quarter  period  ended June 30, 1995 the  Syndicated  Margin shall be 1
         1/4%.  For the purpose of  calculating  the amount of  Indebtedness  at
         September 30, 1995,  the actual amount of outstanding  Indebtedness  at
         September 30, 1995 shall be reduced by $319,000,000.

                    Syndicated  Notes shall mean the  promissory  notes provided
         for by  Section  2.8  hereof  and all  promissory  notes  delivered  in
         substitution  or  exchange  thereof,  in each case as the same shall be
         modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time.

                    Termination  Date means (a) the  earlier  of (i)  October 1,
         2000, or (ii) such date as the Borrower may  voluntarily  terminate the
         Revolving  Facility by payment in full all Credit  Obligations  and the
         termination of all Commitments,  or (iii) the occurrence of an Event of
         Default.

                    Type shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
         1.2 hereof.

                    Unused  Amount shall mean with  respect to each Lender,  (a)
         the  Commitment of such Lender less (b) such Lender's pro rata share of
         outstanding  Syndicated Loans and Letter of Credit Obligations less (c)
         the outstanding principal amount of all Competitive Bid Loans then held
         by such Lender.

                    Unused  Margin means that percent per annum set forth below,
         which percent shall be the Unused Margin effective upon

                                       22

<PAGE>



         the date of delivery to the Agent of a Compliance  Certificate pursuant
         to Section  7.7(3)  for the  fiscal  quarter as at the end of which the
         ratio of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Consolidated  Entities to
         Consolidated Cash Flow is greater than or equal to or less than, as the
         case may be, the ratio
         set forth opposite such Unused Margin.

                              Ratio                            Unused Margin
                              -----                            -------------

         (a)        Greater than or equal to                        3/8%
                    4.25 to 1.00

         (b)        Less than 4.25 to 1.00 but                      3/8%
                    equal to or greater than
                    3.75 to 1.00

         (c)        Less than 3.75 to 1.00 but                      1/4%
                    equal to or greater than
                    3.00 to 1.00

         (d)        Less than 3.00 to 1.00 but                      1/4%
                    equal to or greater than
                    2.00 to 1.00

         (d)        Less than 2.00 to 1.00 but                     3/16%
                    equal to or greater than
                    1.50 to 1.00

         (f)        Less than 1.50 to 1.00                          1/8%


         Notwithstanding the foregoing,  during the period from the Closing Date
         through  the  date of  delivery  of a  Compliance  Certificate  for the
         quarter  ended June 30, 1995 the Unused  Margin shall be 3/8%.  For the
         purpose of  calculating  the amount of  Indebtedness  at September  30,
         1995,  the actual amount of outstanding  Indebtedness  at September 30,
         1995 shall be reduced by $319,000,000.

                    Vanderbilt    shall   mean   The    Vanderbilt    Stallworth
         Rehabilitation  Hospital, L.P., the partners of which are the Borrower,
         Vanderbilt University and Vanderbilt Health Services.

         SECTION  1.2  Classes  and  Types  of  Loans.   Loans   hereunder   are
distinguished by "Class" and by "Type".  The "Class" of a Loan refers to whether
such  Loan  is a  Competitive  Bid  Loan or a  Syndicated  Loan,  each of  which
constitutes a Class.  The "Type" of a Loan refers to whether such Loan is a Base
Rate Loan, a LIBOR Loan, an Absolute Loan or a LIBOR Market Loan,  each of which
constitutes a Type. Loans may be identified by both Class and Type.



                                       23

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE II
                                   ----------

                     REVOLVING FACILITY TERMS AND COLLATERAL
                     ---------------------------------------

         SECTION 2.1 Syndicated Loans.

                    (a) From and after the  Closing  Date to and  including  the
Termination  Date, on the terms and subject to the  conditions set forth in this
Agreement, each Lender severally agrees to lend to the Borrower and the Borrower
may  borrow,  repay and  reborrow,  an amount  not  exceeding  the amount of the
Commitment  of such Lender in effect from time to time,  less the amount of such
Lender's Syndicated Loans and the Reimbursement  Obligation and Letter of Credit
Borrowings applicable to such Lender; provided, however, that no more than eight
(8) different  Interest  Periods for both  Syndicated  Loans and Competitive Bid
Loans may be  outstanding at the same time (for which purpose  Interest  Periods
described in different  lettered clauses of the definition of the term "Interest
Period"  shall be  deemed  to be  different  Interest  Periods  even if they are
coterminous).  All  Advances  made by the  Lenders  to the  Borrower  under this
Agreement  with  respect  to the  Revolving  Facility  shall be  evidenced  by a
promissory note for each Lender each dated the date of this Agreement payable to
the order of each Lender,  duly executed by the  Borrower,  and in the aggregate
maximum  principal  amount of  $1,000,000,000  all as  provided  in Section  2.8
hereof.  The Advances shall bear interest as provided in Article III below.  The
unpaid  principal  amount of all Loans  hereunder shall not exceed the Revolving
Facility and each  Syndicated  Loan made  hereunder  shall be allocated pro rata
among Lenders based upon their Applicable  Commitment  Percentage  regardless of
amounts outstanding under Competitive Bid Loans.

                    (b) If a  drawing  is made  under  any  Letter  of Credit in
accordance  with the terms  thereof  prior to the  Termination  Date the drawing
shall be paid by the Agent without the  requirement  of notice from the Borrower
from  immediately  available  funds which shall be advanced by the Lenders under
the Revolving Facility.  If a drawing is presented under any Letter of Credit in
accordance  with the terms  thereof  notice of such  drawing  shall be  provided
promptly by  NationsBank to the Agent and the Agent shall provide notice to each
Lender by telephone or telecopy. If notice to the Lenders of a drawing under any
Letter of Credit is given by the Agent at or before 12:00 noon Charlotte,  North
Carolina time on any Business Day, each Lender shall, pursuant to the conditions
of this  Agreement,  make a Base  Rate  Loan  in the  amount  of  such  Lender's
Applicable  Commitment  Percentage  of such drawing and shall pay such amount to
the Agent for the account of NationsBank at the Principal  Office in Dollars and
in immediately  available funds before 2:00 P.M. Charlotte,  North Carolina time
on the same  Business  Day. If notice to the Lenders of a drawing under a Letter
of Credit is given by the Agent after 12:00 noon Charlotte,  North Carolina time
on any Business Day, each Lender shall, pursuant to the terms and subject to the
conditions  of this  Agreement,  make a Base  Rate  Loan in the  amount  of such
Lender's  Applicable  Commitment  Percentage  of such drawing and shall pay such
amount to the Agent for the account of  NationsBank  at the Principal  Office in
Dollars and in

                                       24

<PAGE>



immediately available funds before 12:00 noon Charlotte,  North Carolina time on
the next following  Business Day. Such Base Rate Loan shall be deemed made for a
period  ending  on  the  following   Business  Day,   which  shall  be  extended
automatically to the next succeeding  Business Day unless and until the Borrower
converts such Base Rate Loan in accordance with the terms of Section 3.2 hereof.

         SECTION 2.2 Advances of Syndicated Loans.  Advances of Syndicated Loans
shall be made no more frequently than three (3) times in each week. Each Advance
shall be in an  amount no less  than  $5,000,000  and  multiples  of  $1,000,000
thereafter.  Each  request  for an Advance  must be in writing  (which may be by
facsimile  transmission)  and must be received by the Agent not later than 10:00
a.m., Charlotte, North Carolina, time, (x) at least three Business Days prior to
the date of any LIBOR Loan and (y) on the day which the Advance is to be made in
the case of a Base Rate Loan.  Each request for an Advance  shall be in the form
attached  hereto as Exhibit D ("Request for Advance or Interest Rate  Election")
and shall specify the amount of the Advance  requested,  the day as of which the
Advance is to be made and the part or parts,  if any, of the Advance that are to
be used by or for the benefit of Participating Partnerships, specifying the part
allocable to each Participating Partnership, and shall provide the interest rate
information  called for in Section 3.2. The Agent shall promptly (not later than
1:00 P.M.  Charlotte,  North  Carolina  time)  furnish  each  Lender by telecopy
transmission  a copy of each  Request  for  Advance or  Interest  Rate  Election
together with the amount of such Lender's portion of the Advance. Not later than
2:00 P.M. Charlotte,  North Carolina time on the date specified for each Advance
hereunder, each Lender shall make available the amount of the Syndicated Loan or
Loans to be made by it on such date to the  Agent at the  Principal  Office,  in
Dollars and in immediately available funds, and the amount received by the Agent
shall be made available to the Borrower by depositing the proceeds  thereof into
an account with the Agent in the name of the Borrower.  The Lenders'  obligation
to make  Advances  shall  terminate,  if not sooner  terminated  pursuant to the
provisions of this Agreement,  on the Termination Date. Each Request for Advance
or  Interest  Rate  Election,  whether  submitted  under  this  Section  2.2  in
connection  with a requested  Advance or under Section 3.2 in connection with an
interest rate election,  and each  Application  shall be signed by an officer of
the Borrower  designated as authorized to sign and submit Request for Advance or
Interest Rate Election forms and Applications in the documents  submitted to the
Agent pursuant to Section 6.3(a) below.  The Borrower may, from time to time, by
written  notice to the Agent,  terminate  the  authority of any person to submit
Request  for  Advance or  Interest  Rate  Election  forms and  Applications  and
designate  new or  additional  persons  to so act by  delivering  to the Agent a
certificate  of the  Secretary of the Borrower  certifying  the  incumbency  and
specimen  signature  of each such  person.  The Agent  shall be entitled to rely
conclusively upon the authority of any person so designated by the Borrower.


                                       25

<PAGE>



         SECTION 2.3  Competitive Bid Loans.

                    (a) In addition to borrowings of  Syndicated  Loans,  at any
time  prior to the  Termination  Date the  Borrower  may,  as set  forth in this
Section 2.3, request the Lenders to make offers to make Competitive Bid Loans to
the Borrower in Dollars.  The Lenders may, but shall have no obligation to, make
such offers and the Borrower  may, but shall have no  obligation  to, accept any
such offers in the manner set forth in this Section 2.3.  Competitive  Bid Loans
may be LIBOR Market Loans or Absolute  Rate Loans (each a "Type" of  Competitive
Bid Loan), provided that:

                        (i) the aggregate amount of outstanding  Competitive Bid
                    Loans  of all  Lenders  shall  not  exceed  one  half of the
                    Revolving Facility;

                        (ii)  there  may be no more  than  eight  (8)  different
                    Interest  Periods for both Syndicated  Loans and Competitive
                    Bid Loans  outstanding  at the same time (for which  purpose
                    Interest Periods described in different  lettered clauses of
                    the definition of the term "Interest Period" shall be deemed
                    to  be   different   Interest   Periods  even  if  they  are
                    coterminous);

                        (iii) the aggregate  amount of  outstanding  Competitive
                    Bid Loans of a Lender shall not exceed at any time an amount
                    equal to such Lender's Commitment;

                        (iv) the aggregate  principal  amount of all Competitive
                    Bid  Loans,  together  with  the  sum of (i)  the  aggregate
                    principal amount of all outstanding  Syndicated  Loans, (ii)
                    then  outstanding  Letter  of  Credit  Borrowings  and (iii)
                    Reimbursement  Obligations  shall not exceed  the  aggregate
                    amount of the Commitments at such time; and

                        (v) no  Competitive  Bid Loan shall have a maturity date
                    subsequent to the Termination Date.

                    (b) When the  Borrower  wishes  to  request  offers  to make
Competitive  Bid Loans, it shall give the Agent (which shall promptly notify the
Lenders) notice (a "Competitive Bid Quote Request") to be received no later than
11:00 a.m.  Charlotte,  North Carolina time on (x) the fourth Business Day prior
to the date of borrowing proposed therein, in the case of a LIBOR Auction or (y)
the Business Day next preceding the date of borrowing  proposed therein,  in the
case of an Absolute Rate Auction (or, in any such case, such other time and date
as the Borrower and the Agent,  with the consent of the  Required  Lenders,  may
agree).  The Borrower may request offers to make Competitive Bid Loans for up to
two (2)  different  Interest  Periods  in a single  notice  (for  which  purpose
Interest  Periods in different  lettered  clauses of the  definition of the term
"Interest Period" shall be deemed to be different  Interest Periods even if they
are  coterminous);  provided that the request for each separate  Interest Period
shall be deemed to be a separate  Competitive  Bid Quote  Request for a separate
borrowing (a "Competitive Bid Borrowing") and there shall not be outstanding at

                                       26

<PAGE>



any  one  time  more  than  four  (4)  Competitive  Bid  Borrowings.  Each  such
Competitive  Bid Quote Request shall be  substantially  in the form of Exhibit E
hereto and shall specify as to each Competitive Bid Borrowing:

                        (i) the proposed date of such borrowing,  which shall be
                    a Business Day;

                        (ii)  the  aggregate  amount  of  such  Competitive  Bid
                    Borrowing,  which shall be at least $10,000,000 (or a larger
                    multiple  of  $1,000,000)  but shall  not  cause the  limits
                    specified in Section 2.3(a) hereof to be violated;

                        (iii) the  duration of the  Interest  Period  applicable
                    thereto;

                        (iv) whether the Competitive Bid Quotes  requested for a
                    particular  Interest  Period  are  seeking  quotes for LIBOR
                    Market Loans or Absolute Rate Loans; and

                        (v) if the Competitive Bid Quotes  requested are seeking
                    quotes  for  Absolute  Rate  Loans,  the date on  which  the
                    Competitive  Bid Quotes are to be  submitted if it is before
                    the  proposed  date of  borrowing  (the  date on which  such
                    Competitive  Bid  Quotes are to be  submitted  is called the
                    "Quotation Date").

Except as otherwise  provided in this Section  2.3(b),  no Competitive Bid Quote
Request  shall be given within five (5)  Business  Days (or such other number of
days as the  Borrower and the Agent,  with the consent of the Required  Lenders,
may agree) of any other Competitive Bid Quote Request.

                    (c) (i) Each Lender may submit one or more  Competitive  Bid
Quotes,  each  containing an offer to make a Competitive Bid Loan in response to
any  Competitive  Bid Quote Request;  provided  that, if the Borrower's  request
under Section 2.3(b) hereof specified more than one Interest Period, such Lender
may make a single  submission  containing one or more Competitive Bid Quotes for
each such Interest  Period.  Each Competitive Bid Quote must be submitted to the
Agent not later than (x) 2:00 p.m. Charlotte,  North Carolina time on the fourth
Business Day prior to the  proposed  date of  borrowing,  in the case of a LIBOR
Auction or (y) 10:00 a.m. Charlotte,  North Carolina time on the Quotation Date,
in the case of an Absolute  Rate Auction (or, in any such case,  such other time
and date as the  Borrower  and the  Agent,  with  the  consent  of the  Required
Lenders, may agree); provided that any Competitive Bid Quote may be submitted by
NationsBank  (or its Applicable  Lending  Office) only if  NationsBank  (or such
Applicable  Lending  Office)  notifies  the  Borrower  of the terms of the offer
contained therein not later than (x) 1:00 p.m. Charlotte, North Carolina time on
the fourth Business Day prior to the proposed date of borrowing,  in the case of
a LIBOR Auction or (y) 9:45 a.m. Charlotte, North Carolina time on the Quotation
Date, in the case of an Absolute Rate Auction. Subject to Article IV, Article VI
and IX hereof, any

                                       27

<PAGE>



Competitive  Bid Quote so made shall be  irrevocable  except with the consent of
the Agent given on the instructions of the Borrower.

                        (ii)  Each Competitive Bid Quote shall be
substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto and shall specify:

                                    (A) the proposed  date of borrowing  and the
                             Interest Period therefor;

                                    (B) the principal  amount of the Competitive
                             Bid Loan for which each such  order is being  made,
                             which principal amount shall be at least $2,000,000
                             (or a larger multiple of $1,000,000); provided that
                             the aggregate  principal  amount of all Competitive
                             Bid Loans for  which a Lender  submits  Competitive
                             Bid Quotes (x) may not  exceed  the  Commitment  of
                             such  Lender and (y) may not  exceed the  principal
                             amount  of  the  Competitive  Bid  Borrowing  for a
                             particular  Interest  Period for which  offers were
                             requested;

                                    (C) in the  case  of a  LIBOR  Auction,  the
                             margin  above or below the  applicable  LIBOR-Based
                             Rate (the  "LIBOR  Margin")  offered  for each such
                             Competitive  Bid Loan,  expressed  as a  percentage
                             (rounded  upwards,  if  necessary,  to the  nearest
                             1/10,000th of 1%) to be added to or subtracted from
                             the applicable LIBOR-Based Rate;

                                    (D) in the case of an Absolute Rate Auction,
                             the rate of interest per annum (rounded upwards, if
                             necessary, to the nearest 1/10,000th of 1%) offered
                             for each such  Competitive  Bid Loan (the "Absolute
                             Rate"); and

                                    (E) the identity of the quoting Lender.

Unless otherwise agreed by the Agent and the Borrower,  no Competitive Bid Quote
shall contain qualifying, conditional or similar language or propose terms other
than or in addition to those set forth in the applicable  Competitive  Bid Quote
Request and, in  particular,  no Competitive  Bid Quote may be conditioned  upon
acceptance by the Borrower of all (or some  specified  minimum) of the principal
amount of the Competitive Bid Loan for which such Competitive Bid Quote is being
made.

                    (d) The Agent shall (x) in the case of a LIBOR  Auction,  by
4:00 p.m.  Charlotte,  North Carolina time on the day a Competitive Bid Quote is
submitted  or (y) in the  case of an  Absolute  Rate  Auction,  as  promptly  as
practicable  after the  Competitive Bid Quote is submitted (but in any event not
later than 10:30 a.m.  Charlotte,  North  Carolina time on the Quotation  Date),
notify the Borrower of the terms (i) of any Competitive Bid Quote submitted by a
Lender  that  is in  accordance  with  Section  2.3(c)  hereof  and  (ii) of any
Competitive Bid Quote that amends,  modifies or is otherwise inconsistent with a
previous Competitive Bid Quote

                                       28

<PAGE>



submitted by such Lender with respect to the same Competitive Bid Quote Request.
Any such  subsequent  Competitive  Bid Quote shall be  disregarded  by the Agent
unless such subsequent  Competitive  Bid Quote is submitted  solely to correct a
manifest error in such former  Competitive Bid Quote.  The Agent's notice to the
Borrower shall specify (A) the aggregate principal amount of the Competitive Bid
Borrowing for which orders have been received and (B) the  respective  principal
amounts and LIBOR Margins or Absolute  Rates,  as the case may be, so offered by
each Lender (identifying the Lender that made each Competitive Bid Quote).

                    (e) Not later than 11:00 a.m. Charlotte, North Carolina time
on (x) the third  Business Day prior to the proposed date of  borrowing,  in the
case of a LIBOR  Auction or (y) the  Quotation  Date, in the case of an Absolute
Rate Auction (or, in any such case, such other time and date as the Borrower and
the Agent,  with the consent of the Required Lenders,  may agree),  the Borrower
shall  notify  the Agent of its  acceptance  or  nonacceptance  of the offers so
notified  to it  pursuant  to  Section  2.3(d)  hereof  (and the  failure of the
Borrower to give such notice by such time shall  constitute  nonacceptance)  and
the Agent shall promptly notify each affected Lender. In the case of acceptance,
such notice  shall  specify the  aggregate  principal  amount of offers for each
Interest  Period that are accepted.  The Borrower may accept any Competitive Bid
Quote in whole or in part (provided that any  Competitive  Bid Quote accepted in
part shall be at least $2,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000);  provided
that:

                        (i) the aggregate  principal  amount of each Competitive
                    Bid Borrowing may not exceed the applicable amount set forth
                    in the related Competitive Bid Quote Request;

                        (ii) the aggregate  principal amount of each Competitive
                    Bid  Borrowing  shall be at least  $10,000,000  (or a larger
                    multiple  of  $1,000,000)  but shall  not  cause the  limits
                    specified in Section 2.3(a) hereof to be violated;

                       (iii)  acceptance of offers may be made only in ascending
                    order of LIBOR  Margins or Absolute  Rates,  as the case may
                    be, in each case  beginning with the lowest rate so offered;
                    provided,   however,   that  the   Borrower,   in  its  sole
                    discretion,  may accept  other  than the  lowest  rate where
                    acceptance  of the  lowest  rate  will  result  in  (x)  the
                    outstanding Loans of a Lender or Lenders offering the lowest
                    rate exceeding such Lender's  Commitment and (y) an increase
                    in the Unused Fee payable by  Borrower  under  Section  2.10
                    hereof; and

                        (iv) the  Borrower  may not accept  any offer  where the
                    Agent has  correctly  advised the  Borrower  that such offer
                    fails to comply with Section  2.3(c)(ii) hereof or otherwise
                    fails to  comply  with the  requirements  of this  Agreement
                    (including, without limitation, Section 2.3(a) hereof).

                                       29

<PAGE>




If  offers  are  made by two or more  Lenders  with the same  LIBOR  Margins  or
Absolute Rates,  as the case may be, for a greater  aggregate  principal  amount
than the amount in respect of which offers are accepted for the related Interest
Period after the acceptance of all offers, if any, of all lower LIBOR Margins or
Absolute  Rates,  as the case may be,  offered by any  Lender  for such  related
Interest  Period,  the principal  amount of Competitive  Bid Loans in respect of
which such offers are accepted  shall be  allocated  by the Borrower  among such
Lenders  as nearly as  possible  (in  amounts of at least  $2,000,000  or larger
multiples of $1,000,000) in proportion to the aggregate principal amount of such
offers.  Determinations  by the Borrower of the amounts of Competitive Bid Loans
and the lowest bid after adjustment as provided in Section  2.3(e)(iii) shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error.

                    (f) Any Lender whose offer to make any  Competitive Bid Loan
has been accepted shall, not later than 1:00 p.m. Charlotte, North Carolina time
on the date specified for the making of such Loan,  make the amount of such Loan
available  to the Agent at the  Principal  Office in Dollars and in  immediately
available  funds,  for  account of the  Borrower.  The amount so received by the
Agent shall,  subject to the terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement,  be made
available to the Borrower on such date by depositing the same, in Dollars and in
immediately  available  funds,  in an account of the Borrower  maintained at the
Principal Office.

         SECTION 2.4 Payments. All interest accrued on Loans subject to the Base
Rate shall be payable on the last day of each successive March 27,, June,  Septe
mber and December, commencing  on June 30, 1995 and upon payment in full of such
Loans, and all interest accrued on each Fixed Rate Loan, shall be payable at the
earlier of (i) the end of the applicable  Interest Period then in effect or (ii)
the end of each ninety (90) day period in the case of an Absolute  Rate and each
three (3) month period in the case of a LIBOR Market Rate. The principal  amount
of the Advances  shall be due on the  Termination  Date.  All payments of Credit
Obligations  shall be  payable to the Agent on or before  11:00 A.M.  Charlotte,
North Carolina time on the date when due, at the Principal Office in Dollars and
in  immediately  available  funds  free and clear of all  rights of  set-off  or
counterclaim.

         SECTION 2.5 Joint and Several Obligations.

                    (a) Each of the  Subsidiaries  and  Controlled  Partnerships
named in Exhibit G attached  hereto and made a part  hereof  shall  execute  and
deliver  to the Agent as of the  Closing  Date  either an Amended  and  Restated
Subsidiary  Guaranty  Agreement  or Amended and  Restated  Partnership  Guaranty
Agreement or a Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement or Partnership  Guaranty Agreement,
and each other Subsidiary and Controlled Partnership that is to become after the
Closing Date a Participating  Subsidiary or  Participating  Partnership,  as the
case may be, shall,  at the time it is to become a  Participating  Subsidiary or
Participating  Partnership,  execute  and  deliver  to the  Agent  a  Subsidiary
Guaranty Agreement or Partnership Guaranty Agreement, as the case may be in

                                       30

<PAGE>



the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit  C-2  and  Exhibit  C-1,   respectively
("collectively the "Guaranty Agreements"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the
event of the  Acquisition  of  Surgical  Health and until the  obtaining  of the
consent to  amendments  to the  Indenture  dated June 15,  1994  relating to the
Surgical Health Subordinated  Indebtedness in order to permit Surgical Health to
deliver its Guaranty Agreement (the "Necessary Consent"),  Surgical Health shall
not be  deemed a  Participating  Subsidiary,  provided  the  amount of loans and
investments by Borrower and its Participating Subsidiaries in Surgical Health do
not exceed the sum of (i) the amount set forth in Section  7.8(a)(7)(F) and (ii)
$50,000,000. Promptly upon the Acquisition of Surgical Health the Borrower shall
use its best  efforts to cause the  Necessary  Consent to be obtained  and shall
cause each  Participating  Subsidiary  acquiring  Surgical  Health  Subordinated
Indebtedness  to immediately  give its consent to the  amendments.  The Borrower
shall cause Surgical  Health to deliver to the Agent its Guaranty  Agreement not
later than fifteen (15) days after obtaining the Necessary Consent.  Until there
shall have been delivered to the Agent the Guaranty Agreement of Surgical Health
the amount of the Revolving  Facility available to the Borrower shall be reduced
by a sum equal to the product of 1.15 times the outstanding  principal amount of
Surgical  Health   Subordinated   Indebtedness   not  owned  by  Borrower  or  a
Participating Subsidiary. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
until such time as Surgical Health shall have delivered its Guaranty  Agreement,
all loans by the  Borrower to Surgical  Health  shall be  evidenced by a note or
notes,  which note or notes shall be promptly delivered to the Agent as required
by the Pledge  Agreement.  Upon the  acquisition by Borrower or a  Participating
Subsidiary of any Surgical Health Subordinated Indebtedness it shall immediately
pledge,  assign and deliver to the Agent the notes evidencing such Indebtedness,
such notes to constitute security for payment of Credit Obligations.

                    (b) Although Advances shall be and heretofore have been made
only  to the  Borrower,  all or  portions  of such  Advances  may be used by the
Borrower  for the  benefit  of or  loaned  by the  Borrower  to a  Participating
Subsidiary or Participating Partnership.  As a condition to the use of Loans for
the benefit of Participating  Subsidiaries and Participating  Partnerships,  the
Lenders have  required that the  Participating  Subsidiaries  and  Participating
Partnerships  guaranty the payment of the Credit Obligations of Borrower arising
under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to the extent set forth in the
respective  Guaranty  Agreements  to  which  they  are  a  party.  Each  of  the
Participating   Subsidiaries  and  Participating   Partnerships  separately  and
severally,  hereby  appoints  and  designates  the Borrower as each such party's
agent and  attorney-in-fact to act on behalf of each such party for all purposes
of the Loan  Documents  relating to the Credit  Obligations.  The Borrower shall
have  authority  to  exercise  on behalf of each  Participating  Subsidiary  and
Participating  Partnership  all  rights  and  powers  that  the  Borrower  deems
necessary,  incidental  or  convenient  in  connection  with the Loan  Documents
relating  to the Credit  Obligations,  including  the  authority  to execute and
deliver certificates, documents, agreements and other instruments referred to in
or  contemplated by such Loan Documents,  request  Advances  hereunder for their
benefit,  request  for the  issuance  of Letters  of Credit  for their  benefit,
receive all  proceeds of  Advances,  give all  notices,  approvals  and consents
required  or  requested  from time to time by the Agent or Lenders  and take any
other  actions  and steps that a  Participating  Subsidiary  or a  Participating
Partnership could take for its own account in connection with the Loan Documents
from time to time, it being the intent of the Participating Subsidiaries and the
Participating Partnerships to

                                       31

<PAGE>



grant to the  Borrower  plenary  power  to act on  behalf  of the  Participating
Subsidiaries and the Participating  Partnerships in connection with and pursuant
to  such  Loan  Documents.   The  appointment  of  the  Borrower  as  agent  and
attorney-in-fact  for  the  Participating  Subsidiaries  and  the  Participating
Partnerships  hereunder  shall be coupled with an interest and be irrevocable so
long as any Loan  Document  relating to the Credit  Obligations  shall remain in
effect.  The Agent or Lenders need not obtain any Participating  Subsidiary's or
Participating  Partnership's  consent  or  approval  for  any act  taken  by the
Borrower  pursuant  to any Loan  Document,  and all  such  acts  shall  bind and
obligate the Borrower,  the  Participating  Subsidiaries  and the  Participating
Partnerships,   jointly  and  severally.   Each  Participating   Subsidiary  and
Participating  Partnership forever waives and releases any claim (whether now or
hereafter  arising) against the Agent or Lenders based on the Borrower's lack of
authority  to act on behalf of any  Participating  Subsidiary  or  Participating
Partnership  in  connection  with the Loan  Documents  relating to the Revolving
Facility.

         SECTION 2.6 Pledge Agreement.  As security for the Credit  Obligations,
the Borrower and certain of the Participating Subsidiaries have, pursuant to the
Prior Agreement,  executed and delivered a pledge and security  agreement to the
Agent and shall  execute and deliver to the Agent  amended and  restated  pledge
agreements  on the  Closing  Date and from time to time after the  Closing  Date
pursuant  to the terms of  Section  7.14  hereof or upon  request  by the Agent,
pledge and security  agreements in form  acceptable to the Agent and its counsel
(all being collectively called the "Pledge Agreements")  granting to the Agent a
first priority  security  interest in and lien on (i) all shares of stock of all
Subsidiaries owned directly or indirectly by the Borrower, (ii) all right, title
and  interest  in  and  to  both  the  ownership  interest  of  Borrower  in any
partnership and all distributions payable to the Borrower or any Subsidiary as a
partner of any partnership (including Controlled  Partnerships but not including
Vanderbilt), (iii) all notes payable to Borrower by any Subsidiary or Controlled
Partnership  evidencing  any  loan or  advance  made by  Borrower,  and (iv) all
accounts receivable due to Borrower by any Subsidiary or Controlled  Partnership
arising by reason of any loan or advance  made by  Borrower,  together  with all
financing  statements,   stock  certificates  and  duly  executed  stock  powers
necessary to perfect the Agent's security interest therein, in each case whether
now owned or hereafter acquired.

         SECTION  2.7  Prepayment.  The  Borrower  may at any time  prior to the
Termination  Date  prepay all or any part of the  Advances,  without  premium or
penalty  (except  as set forth  below);  provided,  however,  that no Fixed Rate
Segment may be prepaid  during an Interest  Period unless the Borrower shall pay
to the Agent the amounts required by Section 4.2 hereof.  The Borrower shall pay
all  interest  accrued  to the  date of  prepayment  on any  amount  prepaid  as
permitted  under the  terms of the next  preceding  sentence  on or prior to the
Termination Date in connection with the prepayment in

                                       32

<PAGE>



full of the Credit Obligations and the concurrent termination of this Agreement.
The Borrower shall give the Agent notice of its intent to pay any Base Rate Loan
not later than 11:00 a.m.  on the date of  payment.  Failure to give such notice
shall result in payment of interest through the next succeeding  Business Day on
the amount so paid.  Each such  prepayment  shall be in the aggregate  amount of
$10,000,000 or such greater  amount which is an integral  multiple of $1,000,000
or the unpaid balance of all Credit Obligations.

         SECTION 2.8  Notes.

                    (a)  The  Syndicated  Loans  made by each  Lender  shall  be
evidenced by a single promissory note of the Borrower  substantially in the form
of Exhibit  H-1  hereto,  dated the date  hereof,  payable  to such  Lender in a
principal  amount equal to the amount of its  Commitment as originally in effect
and otherwise duly completed.

                    (b) The  Competitive  Bid Loans made by any Lender  shall be
evidenced by a single promissory note of the Borrower  substantially in the form
of  Exhibit  H-2  hereto,  dated the date  hereof,  payable  to such  Lender and
otherwise duly completed.

                    (c) The date,  amount,  Type,  interest rate and duration of
Interest  Period (if  applicable) of each Loan of each Class made by each Lender
to the  Borrower,  and each  payment made on account of the  principal  thereof,
shall be recorded by such Lender on its books and,  prior to any transfer of the
Note  evidencing the Loans of such Class held by it,  endorsed by such Lender on
the schedule  attached to such Note or any continuation  thereof;  provided that
the  failure  of such  Lender to make,  or any error by the Lender in making any
such  recordation  or  endorsement,  shall not  affect  the  obligations  of the
Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing  hereunder or under such
Note in respect of the Loans to be evidenced by such Note.

                    (d)  No  Lender   shall  be   entitled  to  have  its  Notes
subdivided,  by  exchange  for  promissory  notes  of  lesser  denominations  or
otherwise,  except  in  connection  with a  permitted  assignment  of all or any
portion of such Lender's  Commitment,  Loans and Notes  pursuant to Section 10.1
hereof.

                    (e) Each Lender that is an Existing  Lender  under the First
Restated  Agreement  shall  surrender  to  the  Borrower  the  promissory  notes
delivered  to it pursuant to the First  Restated  Agreement  in exchange for the
Notes described in Section 2.8(a) and (b).

         SECTION 2.9 Reduction in Revolving  Facility.  The Borrower  shall have
the right  from  time to time (but not more  frequently  than once  during  each
quarterly period), but upon not less than three (3) Business Days written notice
to the Agent to reduce the amount of the  Revolving  Facility.  The Agent  shall
give each

                                       33

<PAGE>



Lender, within one (1) Business Day thereafter,  telephonic notice (confirmed in
writing)  of such  reduction.  Each  such  reduction  shall be in the  aggregate
principal  amount of  $10,000,000  or such  greater  amount which is an integral
multiple of  $1,000,000,  and shall  permanently  reduce the  Commitment of each
Lender on a pro rata basis. No such reduction shall result in payment of a Fixed
Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest  Period of such Loan.  Each
reduction of the Revolving Facility shall be accompanied by payment of the Loans
to the extent that the Credit  Obligations  exceed the Revolving  Facility after
giving effect to such  reductions  together with accrued and unpaid  interest on
the amounts prepaid.

         SECTION  2.10  Unused  Fee.  From and after  the  Effective  Date,  the
Borrower  shall  pay to the  Agent  for the  benefit  of each  Lender a fee (the
"Unused Fee") computed at a per annum rate of the then applicable  Unused Margin
times the daily average  Unused  Amount of such Lender.  The Unused Fee shall be
payable quarterly on the last day of each successive March 27,, June,  September
and  December  in each  year for the  immediately  preceding  quarterly  period,
commencing on June 30, 1995, and upon the Termination Date. The Unused Fee shall
be computed on an Actual/360 Basis.

         SECTION  2.11  Lending  Offices.  The  Loans of each  Type made by each
Lender shall be made and maintained at such Lender's  Applicable  Lending Office
for Loans of such Type.

         SECTION 2.12 Letter of Credit Borrowings.

                    (a)  NationsBank  may issue from time to time in  accordance
with  Section  6.1,  in its sole  discretion,  for the  account of the  Borrower
Letters of Credit in an  aggregate  outstanding  stated  amount up to but not to
exceed the Letter of Credit Commitment. All Letters of Credit issued pursuant to
this  Agreement,  shall  expire on or before the fifth (5th)  Business  Day next
preceding the Termination Date. The aggregate Letter of Credit Obligations shall
at no time  exceed  the  Letter of  Credit  Commitment.  In the  event  that the
Borrower shall pay in full all amounts  outstanding under the Revolving Facility
and permanently  reduce the Revolving  Facility to zero as permitted pursuant to
Section 2.9 hereof, it shall simultaneously cause all obligations of NationsBank
under the Letters of Credit and all  obligations  of the Lenders with respect to
Participations  to be  discharged  in full,  whether  by  providing  replacement
letters of credit  therefor  or payment in full of the amount  outstanding  with
respect  to the  Letter  of  Credit  or the  deposit  of cash in the  amount  of
outstanding  Letters  of  Credit  with  the  Agent  pursuant  to the LC  Account
Agreement.

                    (b) The  Borrower  hereby  unconditionally  agrees to pay to
NationsBank  on demand at the Principal  Office (i) all amounts  required to pay
all  drafts  drawn in  accordance  with the  terms of any  Letter  of  Credit or
purporting to be drawn under the Letters of

                                       34

<PAGE>



Credit  and (ii) the face  amount of each  draft  complying  with any  Letter of
Credit  accepted by  NationsBank  on the maturity date of such draft,  or in the
event of a Default or Event of Default,  and any and all reasonable  expenses of
every kind incurred by NationsBank in connection  with the Letters of Credit and
in any event and without  demand to place in  possession of  NationsBank  (which
shall include Advances under the Revolving  Facility if permitted by Section 2.1
hereof)  sufficient  funds to pay all debts and  liabilities  arising  under any
Letter of Credit. Subject to the terms hereof, the Borrower's obligations to pay
NationsBank under this Section 2.12, and the right of NationsBank to receive the
same,  shall be  absolute  and  unconditional  and shall not be  affected by any
circumstance  whatsoever.  NationsBank  may charge any account the  Borrower may
have with it for any and all amounts  NationsBank pays under a Letter of Credit,
plus  commissions,  charges  and  expenses  as from  time to time  agreed  to by
NationsBank and the Borrower;  provided that to the extent  permitted by Section
2.1(b), amounts shall be paid pursuant to Advances under the Revolving Facility.
The Borrower agrees that NationsBank may, in its sole discretion, accept or pay,
as  complying  with the  terms of any  Letter  of  Credit,  any  drafts or other
documents  otherwise in order which may be signed or issued by an administrator,
executor, trustee in bankruptcy, debtor in possession,  assignee for the benefit
of   creditors,   liquidator,   receiver,   attorney  in  fact  or  other  legal
representative  of a party who is authorized under such Letter of Credit to draw
or issue any drafts or other  documents.  The Borrower agrees to pay NationsBank
interest on any amounts  not paid when due  hereunder  at the Base Rate plus two
percent (2%), or such lower rate as may be required by law.

                    (c) In  accordance  with the  provisions  of Section  2.1(b)
hereof,  NationsBank shall notify the Agent (and shall also notify the Borrower)
of any drawing  under any Letter of Credit issued for account of the Borrower as
promptly as practicable following the receipt by NationsBank of such drawing.

                    (d) Each Lender (other than NationsBank) shall automatically
acquire on the date of issuance  thereof,  a  Participation  in the liability of
NationsBank  in  respect  of each  Letter of  Credit in an amount  equal to such
Lender's Applicable Commitment  Percentage of such liability,  and to the extent
that the Borrower is obligated to pay NationsBank  under Section  2.12(a),  each
Lender (other than NationsBank)  thereby shall absolutely,  unconditionally  and
irrevocably assume, and shall be unconditionally obligated to pay to NationsBank
as hereinafter described,  its Applicable Commitment Percentage of the liability
of NationsBank  under such Letter of Credit.  On the fifth Business Day prior to
the Termination  Date, each Lender  (including  NationsBank in its capacity as a
Lender)  shall make a Base Rate Loan to the  Borrower by paying to the Agent for
the account of NationsBank at the Principal Office in Dollars and in immediately
available funds, an amount equal to its Applicable  Commitment Percentage of any
drawing under a Letter of Credit, all as described and pursuant to

                                       35

<PAGE>



Section 2.1(b), but only to the extent any Lender has not previously paid to the
Agent for the account of NationsBank such amount. With respect to drawings under
any of the Letters of Credit, each Lender, upon receipt from the Agent of notice
of a drawing in the manner  described in Section  2.1(b),  shall promptly pay to
the Agent for the account of NationsBank, prior to the applicable time set forth
in  Section  2.1(b),  its  Applicable  Commitment  Percentage  of such  drawing.
Simultaneously  with the making of each such payment by a Lender or NationsBank,
such Lender shall,  automatically  and without any further action on the part of
NationsBank or such Lender,  acquire a Participation  in an amount equal to such
payment  (excluding the portion  thereof  constituting  interest) in the related
Reimbursement  Obligation of the Borrower. The Reimbursement  Obligations of the
Borrower  shall be  immediately  due and  payable  whether by  Advances  made in
accordance  with Section 2.1(b) or otherwise.  Each Lender's  obligation to make
payment to the Agent for the account of  NationsBank  pursuant  to this  Section
2.12(d), and the right of NationsBank to receive the same, shall be absolute and
unconditional, shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever and shall be
made without any offset, abatement,  withholding or reduction whatsoever. If any
Lender is obligated to pay but does not pay amounts to the Agent for the account
of  NationsBank  in full upon receipt of such notice of a drawing as required by
this Section  2.12(d),  such Lender shall,  on demand,  pay to the Agent for the
account of  NationsBank  interest  on the unpaid  amount for each day during the
period commencing on the date of notice given to such Lender pursuant to Section
2.1(b)  until  such  Lender  pays such  amount to the Agent for the  account  of
NationsBank  in full at the interest rate per annum for  overnight  borrowing by
NationsBank from the Federal Reserve Bank.

                    (e) Promptly  following  the end of each  calendar  quarter,
NationsBank  shall  deliver to the Agent,  and the Agent  shall  deliver to each
Lender,  a notice  describing the aggregate  undrawn amount of Letters of Credit
and aggregate face amount of all drafts  accepted and  outstanding at the end of
such  quarter.  Upon the  request of any Lender  from time to time,  NationsBank
shall  deliver to the Agent,  and the Agent shall  deliver to such  Lender,  any
other information reasonably requested by such Lender with respect to the Letter
of Credit then outstanding.

                    (f) The  issuance  by  NationsBank  of any  Letter of Credit
shall be subject to the  conditions  that such Letter of Credit be in such form,
contain  such terms and support such  transactions  or  obligations  as shall be
reasonably   satisfactory  to  NationsBank  consistent  with  its  then  current
practices and procedures with respect to similar letters of credit.  All Letters
of Credit  shall be issued  pursuant to and  subject to the Uniform  Customs and
Practice for  Documentary  Creditors,  1993 revision,  International  Chamber of
Commerce  Publication  No.  500  and all  subsequent  amendments  and  revisions
thereto.  The Borrower shall have executed and delivered such other  instruments
and agreements relating to

                                       36

<PAGE>



such Letter of Credit as NationsBank shall have reasonably  requested consistent
with such practices and procedures.

                    (g)  Without   duplication  of  Section  10.12  hereof,  the
Borrower hereby  indemnifies and holds harmless  NationsBank,  each other Lender
and the  Agent  from  and  against  any  and all  claims  and  damages,  losses,
liabilities, costs or expenses which NationsBank, such other Lender or the Agent
may reasonably  incur (or which may be claimed against  NationsBank,  such other
Lender or the  Agent) by any  person  by  reason  of or in  connection  with the
issuance or transfer of or payment or failure to pay under any Letter of Credit;
provided that the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify  NationsBank,  any
other Lender or the Agent for any claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or
expenses  to the  extent,  but only to the  extent,  (i)  caused by the  willful
misconduct  or  negligence  of the party to be  indemnified,  (ii) caused by the
failure of NationsBank to pay under any Letter of Credit after the  presentation
to it of a request  strictly  complying  with the terms and  conditions  of such
Letter of Credit,  unless such  payment is  prohibited  by any law,  regulation,
court order or decree, or (iii) paid or payable by any Lender under Section 2.14
or Section 9.10 hereof and provided,  further, Borrower shall not be required to
indemnify  any  Lender  from and  against  any  such  claims,  damages,  losses,
liabilities,  costs or  expenses  to the extent  attributable  to such  Lender's
failure to perform its obligations hereunder.

                    (h)  Without  limiting  Borrower's  rights  as set  forth in
Section 2.12(g) above, the obligation of Borrower to immediately reimburse Agent
for  drawings  made  under the  Letter of  Credit in  accordance  with the terms
thereof shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be performed
strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Applications for
such Letters of Credit, under all circumstances whatsoever.

                    (i) The Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent for the benefit
of the  Lenders  a per  annum  Letter  of  Credit  fee  equal to the  applicable
Syndicated  Margin  in  effect at the time of  issuance  of each such  Letter of
Credit times the amount of outstanding Letter of Credit Borrowings. In addition,
the  Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent for its own  account an  issuance  fee
equal to  one-eighth  of one  percent  (1/8%)  per  annum  times  the  amount of
outstanding Letter of Credit Borrowings. Such fees shall be payable quarterly in
arrears  on the  last day of each  March  27,,  June,  September  and  December,
beginning, however, on the first such day to occur following the Closing Date.

                    (j) The Borrower  acknowledges that NationsBank as issuer of
the Letter of Credit will be required by applicable rules and regulations of the
Federal Reserve Board to maintain reserves for its liability to honor draws made
pursuant to a Letter of Credit notwithstanding the obligation of the Lenders for
a Participation in such liability. The Borrower agrees to promptly

                                       37

<PAGE>



reimburse  NationsBank  for all  additional  costs which it may hereafter  incur
solely by reason of its  acting as issuer of the  Letter of Credit and its being
required to reserve for such liability, it being understood by the Borrower that
other interest and fees payable under this Agreement do not include compensation
of NationsBank for such reserves.  NationsBank  shall furnish to the Borrower at
the time of its demand for payment of such additional  costs, the computation of
such additional cost which shall be conclusive  absent manifest error,  provided
that such computations are made on a reasonable basis.

                    (k) The Borrower shall pay to NationsBank administrative and
other fees, if any, in connection with the Letters of Credit in such amounts and
at such times as NationsBank and the Borrower shall agree from time to time.

         SECTION 2.13 Pro Rata Payments.  Except as otherwise  provided  herein,
(a) each payment on account of the  principal of and interest on the  Syndicated
Loans and fees (other than the Agent's fees payable  under  Section 9.11 hereof,
which shall be  retained by the Agent and the fees  payable to the Agent for its
own account  pursuant to Section 2.12(i) and to NationsBank  pursuant to Section
2.12(k) which shall be retained by the Agent or NationsBank, as the case may be)
described  in this  Agreement  shall be made to the Agent for the account of the
Lenders  pro rata based on their  Applicable  Commitment  Percentages,  (b) each
payment on account of principal of and interest on a Competitive  Bid Loan shall
be made to the Agent for the account of the Lender making such  Competitive  Bid
Loan,  and the principal  amount of  Competitive  Bid Loans shall be paid on the
last day of the Interest Period for such  Competitive Bid Loan, (c) all payments
to be made by the  Borrower for the account of each of the Lenders on account of
principal, interest and fees, shall be made without set-off or counterclaim, and
(d) the Agent will promptly (to the extent  received by the Agent by 12:00 noon,
Charlotte,  North Carolina time within the same Business Day, otherwise the next
Business Day if received after 12:00 noon) distribute  payments  received to the
Lenders.

         SECTION 2.14  Deficiency  Advances.  No Lender shall be responsible for
any default of any other Lender in respect to such other Lender's  obligation to
make any Loan  hereunder  nor shall the  Commitment  of any Lender  hereunder be
increased as a result of such default of any other Lender.  Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing,  in the event any Lender (a "failing Lender") shall
fail to advance funds to the Borrower as herein  provided,  the Agent may in its
discretion,  but shall not be obligated  to,  advance under the Note or Notes in
its  favor  as a Lender  all or any  portion  of such  amount  (the  "deficiency
advance")  and shall  thereafter  be entitled to  payments of  principal  of and
interest on such deficiency  advance in the same manner and at the same interest
rate or rates to which such  failing  Lender  would have been  entitled had such
failing Lender made such Advance under its Note or Notes;  provided  that,  upon
payment to the Agent from such failing Lender

                                       38

<PAGE>



of the entire  outstanding  amount of such  deficiency  advance,  together  with
interest  thereon,  from the most recent date or dates  interest was paid to the
Agent by the  Borrower on each Loan  comprising  the  deficiency  advance at the
interest  rate per annum for  overnight  borrowing by the Agent from the Federal
Reserve Bank,  then such payment shall be credited  against the Note or Notes of
the Agent in full payment of such  deficiency  advance and the Borrower shall be
deemed to have borrowed the amount of such deficiency  advance from such failing
Lender as of the most recent  date or dates,  as the case may be, upon which any
payments  of  interest  were made by the  Borrower  thereon.  Acceptance  by the
Borrower of a deficiency advance from the Agent shall in no way limit the rights
of the Borrower against a failing Lender.


                                       39

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE III
                                   -----------

                          INTEREST ON SYNDICATED LOANS
                          ----------------------------

         SECTION 3.1  Applicable  Interest  Rates.  The Borrower  shall have the
option to elect to have any  Syndicated  Loan Segment bear  interest at the Base
Rate or the  LIBOR-Based  Rate plus the applicable  Syndicated  Margin.  For any
period of time and for any Segment with  respect to which the Borrower  does not
elect another  interest rate, such Segment shall bear interest at the Base Rate.
The  Borrower's  right to elect a  LIBOR-Based  Rate  shall  be  subject  to the
following requirements:  (a) each Syndicated Loan Segment shall be in the amount
of  $5,000,000 or more and in an integral  multiple of  $1,000,000  and (b) each
LIBOR-Based Rate Segment shall have a maturity  selected by the Borrower of one,
two or three months;  provided,  however, that no LIBOR-Based Rate Segment shall
have a maturity date later than the Termination Date.

         SECTION  3.2  Procedure  for  Exercising  Interest  Rate  Options.  The
Borrower  may elect to have a particular  interest  rate apply to a Segment of a
Syndicated  Loan by  notifying  the Agent in writing  (which may be by facsimile
transmission) not later than 10:00 a.m.,  Charlotte,  North Carolina time, three
(3) Business Days prior to the effective date any LIBOR-Based  Rate is to become
applicable  or on the same  day on  which a  requested  Base  Rate is to  become
applicable.  Any notice of interest rate election hereunder shall be irrevocable
and shall be in the form  attached  hereto as  Exhibit D and shall set forth the
following:  (a) the amount of the Segment to which the  requested  interest rate
will  apply,  (b) the date on which  the  selected  interest  rate  will  become
applicable,  (c) whether the interest rate selected is the Base Rate or a LIBOR-
Based Rate,  and (d) if the interest rate selected is a  LIBOR-Based  Rate,  the
maturity  selected for the Interest Period. On the second Business Day preceding
the Business Day that a requested LIBOR- Based Rate is to become applicable, the
Agent  shall use its best  efforts to notify the  Borrower by  telephone  of the
Agent's estimate of the applicable  LIBOR-Based  Rate by 10:00 a.m.,  Charlotte,
North  Carolina  time,  or as  early  on  that  day as may be  practical  in the
circumstances.  The Agent  shall not be  required  to provide an estimate of the
LIBOR-Based  Rate on any day on which  dealings  in  deposits in Dollars are not
transacted in the London interbank  market. If the Borrower does not immediately
accept a  LIBOR-Based  Rate  quoted  by the  Agent,  the Agent  may,  in view of
changing market  conditions,  revise the quoted LIBOR-Based Rate at any time. No
LIBOR-Based  Rate shall be effective  until mutually agreed upon by the Borrower
and the Agent.  If the Agent and the Borrower  attempt to agree on a LIBOR-Based
Rate but fail so to agree,  or if there is any  uncertainty as to whether or not
the Agent and the Borrower have agreed upon a LIBOR-Based  Rate,  interest shall
accrue on the Segment for which a LIBOR-Based Rate has been selected at the then
applicable Base Rate.

         SECTION 3.3 Base Rate. Each Segment subject to the Base Rate shall bear
interest from the date the Base Rate becomes applicable thereto until payment in
full,  or until a  LIBOR-Based  Rate is  selected  by the  Borrower  and becomes
applicable thereto, on the

                                       40

<PAGE>



unpaid principal  balance of such Segment on an Actual/360  Basis. Any change in
the Base Rate shall take effect on the effective date of such change in the Base
Rate  designated  by the Agent,  without  notice to the Borrower and without any
further action by the Agent.

         SECTION  3.4 Fixed  Rate.  Each  LIBOR-Based  Rate  Segment  shall bear
interest from the date the LIBOR-Based Rate becomes applicable thereto until the
end of the applicable  Interest Period on the unpaid  principal  balance of such
LIBOR-Based Rate Segment at the LIBOR-Based Rate on an Actual/360 Basis plus the
applicable Syndicated Margin.

         SECTION 3.5  Changes in  Syndicated  Margin.  Any change in the rate of
interest  payable  with  respect  to LIBOR  Loans  because  of a  change  in the
Syndicated  Margin shall become  effective as of the day of receipt by the Agent
of the financial statement furnished to the Agent pursuant to Section 7.3(1) and
(2)  hereof  and the  Compliance  Certificate  required  by  Section  7.3(3)  to
accompany such financial  statement and the  determination  by the Agent,  based
upon such Compliance  Certificate,  that as a result of a change in the ratio of
Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Consolidated  Entities to Consolidated Cash
Flow there has been a change in the Syndicated Margin.


                                       41

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IV
                                   ----------

              TERMINATION OF LIBOR-BASED RATE AND YIELD PROTECTION
              ----------------------------------------------------

         SECTION 4.1 Suspension of Loans.

                    (a) If at any  time the  Agent  shall  reasonably  determine
(which determination, if reasonable, shall be final, conclusive and binding upon
all parties) that:

                              (i) by reason  of any  changes  arising  after the
                  Closing  Date  affecting  the  London   interbank   market  or
                  affecting  the  position  of any  Lender  or the Agent in such
                  markets, adequate and fair means do not exist for ascertaining
                  the  LIBOR-Based  Rate with  respect  to a LIBOR Loan or LIBOR
                  Market Loan; or

                             (ii) the  continuation  by any  Lender of any LIBOR
                  Loans or LIBOR  Market  Loans or the  funding  thereof  in the
                  London  interbank  market  would be  unlawful by reason of any
                  law, governmental rule, regulation, guidelines or order; or

                            (iii) the  continuation  by any  Lender of any LIBOR
                  Loans or LIBOR  Market  Loans or the  funding  thereof  in the
                  London  interbank market would be impracticable as a result of
                  a contingency  occurring after the date of this Agreement that
                  materially and adversely affects the London interbank market;

then,  and in any such  event,  the Agent  shall on such date  give  notice  (by
telephone and confirmed in writing) to the Borrower of such  determination.  The
obligation of any Lender to make or maintain  Fixed Rate Segments so affected or
to permit  interest  to be  computed  thereon at the  LIBOR-Based  Rate shall be
terminated, and interest shall thereafter be computed on the affected Segment or
Segments at the then applicable Base Rate.

                  (b) It is the  intention  of the parties  that the Fixed Rates
shall  accurately  reflect the cost to the Lender of maintaining  any Fixed Rate
Segment  during any period in which  interest  accrues  thereon at a Fixed Rate.
Accordingly:

                              (i) if by  reason  of any  change  after  the date
                  hereof in any applicable law or governmental rule,  regulation
                  or order (or any  interpretation  thereof  and  including  the
                  introduction of any new law or governmental  rule,  regulation
                  or  order),   including   any  change  in  the  LIBOR  Reserve
                  Requirement,  the cost to the Lender of maintaining  any Fixed
                  Rate  Segment  or  funding  the  same  by  means  of a  London
                  interbank  market time deposit shall increase,  the Fixed Rate
                  applicable  to such Fixed Rate  Segment  shall be  adjusted as
                  necessary  to  reflect  such  change  in cost  to the  Lender,
                  effective  as  of  the  date  on  which  such  change  in  any
                  applicable law, governmental rule, regulation or order becomes
                  effective.

                                       42

<PAGE>




                             (ii) If any Lender shall have  determined  that the
                  adoption  after the date of this  Agreement of any law,  rule,
                  regulation or guideline  regarding  capital  adequacy,  or any
                  change in any of the  foregoing  or in the  interpretation  or
                  administration  of any of the  foregoing  by any  Governmental
                  Authority,  central bank or comparable agency charged with the
                  interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any
                  Lender (or any lending  office of any Lender) or such Lender's
                  holding  company  with  any  request  or  directive  regarding
                  capital  adequacy  (whether or not having the force of law) of
                  any such authority,  central bank or comparable agency, has or
                  would have the effect of  reducing  the rate of return on such
                  Lender's  capital or on the capital of such  Lender's  holding
                  company,  as a consequence of the Lender's  obligations  under
                  this  Agreement or the Advances  made by such Lender  pursuant
                  hereto to a level  below that  which  such  Lender or any such
                  Lender's  holding  company  could have  achieved  but for such
                  adoption,  change or compliance (taking into consideration the
                  Lender's  guidelines  with respect to capital  adequacy) by an
                  amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then from time to
                  time the  Borrower  shall pay to the  Lender  such  additional
                  amount  or  amounts  as  will  compensate  the  Lender  or the
                  Lender's holding company for any such reduction suffered.

         SECTION 4.2 Compensation.  The Borrower shall compensate any Lender for
all reasonable losses,  expenses and liabilities (including any interest owed by
such  Lender to lenders on funds  borrowed  by such  Lender to make or carry any
Fixed Rate Segment and any loss  sustained by the Lender in connection  with the
re-employment  of such  funds),  that such  Lender may  sustain:  (a) if for any
reason  (other than a default by such Lender)  following  agreement  between the
Borrower and the Agent or the  Borrower and such Lender,  as the case may be, as
to the Fixed Rate  applicable  to a Fixed Rate  Segment  the  Borrower  fails to
accept such Fixed Rate Segment,  (b) as a consequence of any unauthorized action
taken or default by the Borrower in the repayment of any Fixed Rate Segment when
required  by the  terms of this  Agreement  or (c) with  respect  to any loss of
income  incurred  by a Lender  (as  determined  in a  reasonable  manner by such
Lender)  associated  with the payment of principal other than the last day of an
Interest  Period with  respect to any Fixed Rate Loan. A  certificate  as to the
amount of any additional  amounts payable pursuant to Section 4.2 (setting forth
in reasonable  detail the basis for requesting  such amounts)  submitted by such
Lender to the Borrower  shall be conclusive,  in the absence of manifest  error.
The  Borrower  shall  pay to such  Lender  the  amount  shown as due on any such
certificate delivered by such Lender within 30 days after the Borrower's receipt
of the same.

         SECTION 4.3 Taxes.  All payments by the  Borrower of principal  of, and
interest on, the Loans and all other  amounts  payable  hereunder  shall be made
free and clear of and without deduction for any present or future excise,  stamp
or franchise taxes or other taxes,  whatsoever  imposed by any taxing authority,
but excluding

                                       43

<PAGE>



franchise  taxes and taxes  imposed on or measured by any Lender's net income or
receipts (such non-excluded  items being called "Taxes").  In the event that any
withholding or deduction  from any payment to be made by the Borrower  hereunder
is required  in respect of any Taxes  pursuant to any  applicable  law,  rule or
regulation, then the Borrower will

                  (a) pay  directly to the  relevant  authority  the full amount
         required to be so withheld or deducted;

                  (b) promptly forward to the Agent an official receipt or other
         documentation satisfactory to the Agent evidencing such payment to such
         authority; and

                  (c)  pay to the  Agent  for the  account  of the  Lender  such
         additional  amount or amounts as is  necessary  to ensure  that the net
         amount actually received by each Lender will equal the full amount such
         Lender would have received had no such  withholding  or deduction  been
         required.

Moreover,  if any Taxes are  directly  asserted  against the Agent or any Lender
with respect to any payment received by the Agent or such Lender hereunder,  the
Agent or such Lender may pay such Taxes and the Borrower  will promptly pay such
additional  amounts  (including  any  penalties,  interest  or  expenses)  as is
necessary  in order that the net  amount  received  by the Agent or such  Lender
after the payment of such Taxes (including any Taxes on such additional  amount)
shall equal the amount the Agent or such Lender would have  received had no such
Taxes been asserted.  Upon the request of the Borrower or the Agent, each Lender
and each  participant  that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction  other
than the United States shall, prior to the due date of any payments hereunder or
under the Notes,  execute and deliver to the Borrower and the Agent, one or more
(as the Borrower or the Agent may  reasonably  request)  United States  Internal
Revenue  Service  Forms 4224 or Forms 1001 or such other forms or documents  (or
successor forms or documents), appropriately completed, as may be applicable (if
any are) to establish  the extent,  if any, to which a payment to such Lender or
participant is exempt from withholding or deduction of Taxes.

         If the  Borrower  fails to pay any  Taxes  when due to the  appropriate
taxing  authority  or  fails  to  remit to the  Agent,  for the  account  of the
respective Lender, the required amounts,  receipts or other required documentary
evidence,  the Borrower shall indemnify the Lenders for any  incremental  Taxes,
interest or penalties  that may become  payable by the Lender as a result of any
such failure. For purposes of this Section 4.3, a distribution  hereunder by the
Agent or any  Lender  to or for the  account  of any  Lenders  shall be deemed a
payment by the Borrower.

         If Taxes are  incorrectly  or illegally  paid or  assessed,  and if any
Lender or the Agent  contests the  assessment of such Taxes,  such Lender or the
Agent  shall  refund,  to the  extent of any refund  made to such  Lender or the
Agent,  any amounts paid by the  Borrower  under this Section in respect of such
Taxes.

                                       44

<PAGE>




         Without  prejudice  to the  survival  of any  other  agreements  of the
Borrower  hereunder or any other Loan  Document,  the agreements of the Borrower
contained  in this Section  shall  survive the payment in full of all its Credit
Obligations and the termination of all Commitments.

         To the extent any Lender  shall  become  liable for the  payment of any
Taxes hereunder and shall seek  reimbursement  therefor pursuant to this Section
4.3,  the  Borrower  shall be entitled,  upon the giving of five  Business  Days
notice  to the  Agent  and  such  Lender,  (i) to  replace  such  Lender  with a
substitute lender, and (ii) in connection with such substitution, prepay in full
the outstanding Credit Obligation of the Lender requesting reimbursement without
penalty or payment other than under Section 4.2 hereof.

                                       45

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE V
                                    ---------

                         REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
                         ------------------------------

         The  Borrower  and  each  Participating  Subsidiary  and  Participating
Partnership  jointly and  severally  represent  and warrant to the Agent and the
Lenders as follows:

         SECTION 5.1 Organization,  Powers, Existence, etc. (a) The Borrower and
each  Consolidated  Entity is duly organized or formed,  validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the state in which it is incorporated or formed,
(b) the Borrower and each Consolidated Entity has the power and authority to own
its properties  and assets and to carry on its business as now being  conducted,
(c) the Borrower and each Consolidated Entity has the power to execute,  deliver
and perform the Loan Documents to which it is a party,  and (d) the Borrower and
each Consolidated Entity is duly qualified to do business in each state in which
it is required to be so qualified.

         SECTION 5.2  Authorization of Borrowing,  etc. The execution,  delivery
and  performance  of the Loan  Documents  (a) have been duly  authorized  by all
requisite  action and (b) will not violate  any  Governmental  Requirement,  the
certificate of incorporation, bylaws or partnership agreement of the Borrower or
any  Consolidated  Entity,  or any indenture,  agreement or other  instrument to
which  the  Borrower  or any  Consolidated  Entity  is a party,  or by which the
Borrower or any Consolidated  Entity or any of their properties are bound, or be
in conflict with,  result in a breach of or constitute (with due notice or lapse
of time or  both) a  default  under,  any  such  indenture,  agreement  or other
instrument,  or result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of the
properties  or assets of the  Borrower  or any  Consolidated  Entity,  except as
required by the terms of this Agreement.

         SECTION 5.3  Liabilities.  The Borrower has  furnished to the Agent and
the Lenders a copy of the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and
the  Consolidated  Entities  dated as of December  31,  1994 and a statement  of
changes in  shareholders'  equity and the related  statements of income and cash
flow as of the end of Fiscal Year 1994. Such financial  statements were prepared
in conformity with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period involved, are
in  accordance  with the books and records of the Borrower and the  Consolidated
Entities, are correct and complete and present fairly the financial condition of
the  Borrower  and the  Consolidated  Entities as of the date of such  financial
statements,  and,  since  the date of such  financial  statements,  no  material
adverse  change  in the  financial  condition,  business  or  operations  of the
Borrower or any of the Consolidated Entities has occurred.  Neither the Borrower
nor any Consolidated Entity has any Liabilities, Guaranteed Obligations or other
obligations  or  liabilities,  direct or contingent,  in an aggregate  amount in
excess of $300,000  other than (a) the  Liabilities  reflected  in such  balance
sheet and the notes thereto or (b)  Liabilities  incurred in the ordinary course
of business.


                                       46

<PAGE>



         SECTION 5.4 Taxes. The Borrower and each Consolidated  Entity has filed
or caused to be filed all federal, state and local tax returns that are required
to be  filed,  and has  paid  all  taxes  as  shown  on said  returns  or on any
assessment  received by the  Borrower or any  Consolidated  Entity to the extent
that such taxes have become due.

         SECTION  5.5  Litigation.  There are no actions,  suits or  proceedings
pending  or,  to the best  knowledge  of the  Borrower,  threatened  against  or
affecting the Borrower,  any Consolidated  Entity or any Facility,  by or before
any Governmental Authority that involve any of the transactions  contemplated in
this  Agreement or the  possibility of any judgment or liability that may result
in a material  adverse  change in the  operations or financial  condition of the
Borrower and the Consolidated Entities, on a consolidated basis; and neither the
Borrower nor any Consolidated  Entity is in default with respect to any material
Governmental Requirement.

         SECTION 5.6  Agreements.  Neither  the  Borrower  nor any  Consolidated
Entity is in default in the performance, observance or fulfillment of any of the
obligations  contained in any  agreement or  instrument  to which it is a party,
which  default  could have a material  adverse  effect  upon the  operations  or
financial  condition  of  the  Borrower  and  the  Consolidated  Entities  on  a
consolidated basis.

         SECTION 5.7 Use of Proceeds. Neither the Borrower nor any Participating
Subsidiary or Participating  Partnership intends to use any part of the proceeds
of Advances or proceeds of drawings  under  Letters of Credit for the purpose of
purchasing  or  carrying  any Margin  Stock or  retiring  any debt  incurred  to
purchase  or  carry  any  Margin  Stock  or for any  other  purpose  that is not
expressly authorized by this Agreement.

         SECTION 5.8 ERISA  Requirement.  (i) The  execution and delivery of the
Loan Documents will not involve any prohibited transaction within the meaning of
ERISA,  (ii) the  Borrower  and  each  Consolidated  Entity  has  fulfilled  its
obligations  under the minimum funding standards imposed by ERISA and each is in
compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, and
(iii) no "Reportable Event," as defined in Section 4043(b) of Title IV of ERISA,
has occurred  with respect to any plan  maintained by the Borrower or any of its
Consolidated Entities.

         SECTION 5.9 Subsidiaries. The Borrower has no direct or indirect equity
ownership in any person other than (a) Controlled Partnerships, Subsidiaries and
Consolidated  Entities and (b) those  ownership  interests  listed in Exhibit L.
None of the  Subsidiaries or Controlled  Partnerships has any direct or indirect
equity ownership in any other person except other  Consolidated  Entities except
as set forth in  subparagraph  (b) in the  preceding  sentence.  The  Borrower's
ownership  interest in each  Subsidiary and  Controlled  Partnership is free and
clear of all Liens, warrants, options, rights to purchase and other interests of
any  person  except for rights of first  refusal  that apply to certain  limited
partnership interests whose value is not material in amount and rights of first

                                       47

<PAGE>



refusal given to certain limited partners of HEALTHSOUTH  Rehabilitation  Center
of Charlotte Limited  Partnership and HEALTHSOUTH  Rehabilitation  Center of San
Francisco  Limited  Partnership  covering  the  Borrower's  general  partnership
interests  therein.  All  capital  stock  of  the  Subsidiaries  has  been  duly
authorized and validly issued and is fully paid and  non-assessable.  There have
been  delivered  and  pledged to the Lender all  certificates  representing  all
capital stock in all Subsidiaries.  All now-existing Subsidiaries and Controlled
Partnerships are listed in Exhibit M hereto.

         SECTION  5.10  Principal  Place of  Business.  The  principal  place of
business and chief  executive  office of the Borrower is at its address shown in
Section  10.2 and will not be changed from such  address  unless,  prior to such
change,  the Borrower shall have notified the Agent of the proposed change,  and
in no event will the Borrower's  principal  place of business or chief executive
office be located outside the State of Alabama.

         SECTION 5.11  Environmental  Laws.  The Borrower and each  Consolidated
Entity are in material compliance with all applicable  federal,  state and local
laws and  regulations  relating  to air,  water,  soil and  other  environmental
quality and all material laws relating to the handling and disposal of hazardous
waste materials.

         SECTION 5.12 Disclosure. No financial statement,  document, certificate
or other  written  communication  furnished to the Agent or the Lenders by or on
behalf  of the  Borrower  or any  Consolidated  Entity  or to the  extent  not a
Consolidated Entity any Participating Subsidiary or Participating Partnership in
connection  with any Loan Document  contains any untrue  statement of a material
fact or  omits  to  state a  material  fact  necessary  to make  the  statements
contained  herein  or  therein  not  misleading.  There is no fact  known to the
Borrower  that  materially  adversely  affects the  business or condition of the
Borrower or any  Material  Group that has not been  disclosed  herein or in such
financial statements.

         SECTION 5.13 Licenses.  All material  certificates  of need,  licenses,
permits,  accreditations and approvals required by all Governmental  Authorities
necessary in order for each  Facility to be operated  for its  intended  purpose
have been obtained and are in full force and effect.

         SECTION 5.14 Title to Properties.  The Borrower has good and marketable
title to all its properties  and assets  reflected on the balance sheet referred
to in Section  5.3  except for those  matters  shown on such  balance  sheet and
except for such properties and assets as have been disposed of since the date of
said balance sheet as no longer used or useful in the conduct of its business or
as have been disposed of in the ordinary  course of the business and except that
the property of HEALTHSOUTH  Doctors' Hospital,  Inc. is held subject to a right
of first refusal  benefitting  the Dr. John T.  Macdonald  Foundation.  All such
properties  and  assets  are free and clear of all  Liens,  except as  otherwise
permitted or required by the provisions of the Loan Documents.


                                       48

<PAGE>



         SECTION 5.15 Status of Loans. The Credit Obligations  constitute Senior
Indebtedness   under  the   indentures   pursuant  to  which  the   Subordinated
Indebtedness  has been issued and are senior in right of payment and security to
all other Indebtedness of Borrower and its Consolidated  Entities other than (x)
Indebtedness  described  in  Section  7.8(5)(B)(D),  (E)  and  (H)  as to  which
Indebtedness, other than that which is secured which may rank senior in right of
security  with  respect  to  the  applicable   security  therefor,   the  Credit
Obligations  are pari  passu in right of  payment  and (y) the  Surgical  Health
Subordinated  Indebtedness  until such time as Surgical Health shall deliver its
Guaranty.  The Pledge Agreements and the delivery of the Collateral to the Agent
will  create for the benefit of the  Lenders a valid  first  priority  perfected
security interest in the Collateral.

                                       49

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VI

                          GENERAL CONDITIONS OF LENDING
                          -----------------------------

         Each Lender's  obligation to make,  continue or convert each Advance or
issue  additional  Letters  of Credit  hereunder  is  subject  to the  following
conditions precedent:

         SECTION 6.1 Representations and Warranties. On the date of each Advance
hereunder  and on the date the  Borrower  presents  to the Agent a  Request  for
Advance or Interest  Rate  Election  form or  Competitive  Bid Quote  Request or
Application,  the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement and
in all other  Loan  Documents  shall be true and  correct on and as of such date
with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made
on the date of the Advance or on the date the  Borrower  presents to the Agent a
Request for Advance or Interest  Rate  Election  form or  Competitive  Bid Quote
Request  or   Application,   as  the  case  may  be.  Each  such   warranty  and
representation  shall be  deemed  to be  continuing  in  effect  so long as this
Agreement  remains in effect.  The  presentation by the Borrower of each Request
for  Advance  or  Interest  Rate  Election,  Competitive  Bid Quote  Request  or
Application  shall constitute a  representation  and warranty by the Borrower to
the Lender that no material  adverse  change in the  financial  condition of the
Borrower and the Consolidated Entities, on a consolidated basis, as reflected in
the financial  statements delivered to the Agent and Lenders pursuant to Section
5.3 has occurred since the date of such financial statements.

         SECTION 6.2 No Default.  On the date of each  Advance and issuance of a
Letter of Credit  hereunder,  the Borrower  and all Material  Groups shall be in
compliance  with all the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement on its
or their part to be observed  or  performed,  and no Event of Default,  or event
that upon notice or lapse of time or both would  constitute an Event of Default,
shall have occurred and be continuing.

         SECTION 6.3 Supporting Documents.

                  (a) The  Agent,  on behalf  of the  Lenders,  shall  have also
received on the date of execution of this Agreement (i) a copy of resolutions of
the Board of Directors of the Borrower, certified as in full force and effect on
such date by the Secretary of the Borrower,  authorizing the execution, delivery
and performance of the Loan Documents and authorizing designated officers of the
Borrower to execute and deliver the Loan Documents on behalf of the Borrower and
to execute  and  deliver to the Agent  Request  for  Advance  or  Interest  Rate
Election  or  Competitive  Bid  Quote  Request  forms and  Applications;  (ii) a
certificate of the Secretary of the Borrower,  dated such date,  certifying that
(A) an  attached  copy of the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  and bylaws of the
Borrower  is true and  correct  as of such  date,  (B) that the  Certificate  of
Incorporation and Bylaws of the Borrower have not been amended since the date of
the  last  amendment  attached  thereto  and (C)  the  incumbency  and  specimen
signatures of the designated  officers referred to in clause (i) above; (iii) an
Opinion of Counsel to the

                                       50

<PAGE>



Borrower in the form required by the Agent; (iv) duly executed Pledge Agreements
by  the  Borrower,   the   Participating   Subsidiaries  and  the  Participating
Partnerships  to the extent  applicable,  together with all stock powers,  stock
certificates and financing statements related thereto; (v) evidence satisfactory
to the Agent of the receipt of all necessary  approvals for the  acquisition  of
NovaCare  Rehabilitation  Hospital Division (provided,  however, that so long as
Borrower or one of its  Consolidated  Entities shall have entered into a binding
agreement to manage a Facility  acquired from NovaCare  Rehabilitation  Hospital
Division,  Borrower  shall  have  a  period  of up to 180  days  to  obtain  all
governmental  approvals  for transfer of such  Facility),  (vi) such  additional
supporting  documents as the Agent may  reasonably  request;  and (vii) all fees
payable to the Agent and the Lenders.

                  (b) The  Agent,  on behalf  of the  Lenders,  shall  also have
received  on or before the date on which a  Subsidiary  becomes a  Participating
Subsidiary (on or before the Closing Date in the case of each Subsidiary  listed
in Exhibit G hereto) (i) a copy of  resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  and
shareholders  of such  Subsidiary (if necessary)  certified as in full force and
effect on the date thereof by the Secretary of such Subsidiary, authorizing such
Subsidiary's  execution,  delivery and  performance  of, and the  assumption  of
liability  under,  the Loan Documents and all other  agreements and  instruments
that this Agreement  contemplates  will be executed,  delivered and performed by
such Subsidiary;  (ii) a copy of the Certificate of Incorporation or Articles of
Incorporation,  as the case may be, and Bylaws of such Subsidiary,  certified as
true and correct on and as of the date on which Loan  Documents are executed and
delivered by the Borrower  and such  Subsidiary;  (iii) an Opinion of Counsel to
such  Subsidiary  in a form  acceptable  to the  Agent as to the  execution  and
delivery by such  Subsidiary of the Loan  Documents  and other  matters  related
thereto;  (iv) fully  executed  copies of all Loan Documents that this Agreement
contemplates  will be  executed  or  delivered  (or  both)  by  such  Subsidiary
(including  a fully  executed  Subsidiary  Guaranty  Agreement);  and  (v)  such
additional  supporting  documents  as the Agent or its  counsel  may  reasonably
request.

                  (c) The  Agent,  on behalf  of the  Lenders,  shall  also have
received  on or  before  the date on which a  Controlled  Partnership  becomes a
Participating  Partnership  (on or before the  Closing  Date in the case of each
Controlled Partnership listed in Exhibit G hereto) (i) a copy of the partnership
agreement under which such Controlled Partnership was formed,  certified as true
and  correct  on and as of the date of which Loan  Documents  are  executed  and
delivered by the Borrower and such  Controlled  Partnership;  (ii) an Opinion of
Counsel to such  Controlled  Partnership in a form acceptable to the Agent as to
the execution and delivery by such Controlled  Partnership of the Loan Documents
and other  matters  related  thereto;  (iii) fully  executed  copies of all Loan
Documents  that this  Agreement  contemplates  will be executed or delivered (or
both) by such  Controlled  Partnership  (including a fully executed  Partnership
Guaranty Agreement);  and (iv) such additional supporting documents as the Agent
or its counsel may reasonably request.

                                       51

<PAGE>




         (d) The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, shall also have received on or
prior to the date of the initial  Advance  under this  Agreement,  (i)  evidence
satisfactory   to  the  Agent  of  the   Acquisition  by  the  Borrower  or  its
Participating  Subsidiaries,  or both, of the NovaCare  Rehabilitation  Hospital
Division, (ii) stock certificates representing all of the issued and outstanding
capital stock of each Subsidiary  organized to acquire any portion of the assets
of  NovaCare  Rehabilitation  Hospital  Division,  (iii) a Guaranty of each such
Subsidiary,  and (iv) such other  documentation,  including  but not limited to,
opinions, resolutions and certificates, as the Agent shall request.

         SECTION  6.4 No  Adverse  Change.  A  further  condition  to  both  the
execution of this Agreement and any further Advance  hereunder is that there has
been no material  adverse change in the condition,  business or prospects of the
Borrower or any of the  Consolidated  Entities  since  December  31,  1994,  the
absence of an order or injunction restraining either the acquisition of NovaCare
Rehabilitation  Hospital Division or Surgical Health Corporation and the absence
of any pending or threatened  litigation  which would have a materially  adverse
effect on the ability of the Borrower and the  Consolidated  Entities to perform
its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

         SECTION 6.5 Effective  Date.  Neither the Agent nor any Lender shall be
obligated to make any Advance under this Agreement  until the Effective Date nor
shall this Agreement be deemed effective until the Effective Date.  Furthermore,
all  obligations  of the  Agent  and the  Lenders  under  this  Agreement  shall
terminate on June 1, 1995 if either (i) the Agent has not  received  those items
described in Section 6.3 or (ii) the Effective Date has not occurred.  The First
Restated  Agreement  shall continue in full force and effect until the Effective
Date.


                                       52

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE VII

                        GENERAL COVENANTS OF THE BORROWER
                        ---------------------------------

         From the date on which this  Agreement  is delivered  until  payment in
full of the Credit  Obligations  and the  termination in writing of the Lenders'
obligation  to  extend  credit  under  this  Agreement,  the  Borrower  and each
Participating Subsidiary and Participating  Partnership,  jointly and severally,
covenant and agree that:

         SECTION 7.1 Existence,  Properties,  etc. The Borrower shall, and shall
cause  each  Consolidated  Entity  to,  (a) do or cause  to be done  all  things
necessary  to preserve and keep in full force and effect its  existence,  rights
and franchises and comply with all  Governmental  Requirements  applicable to it
and (b) at all times  maintain,  preserve and protect all  franchises  and trade
names and  preserve  all of its  property  used or useful in the  conduct of its
business and keep the same in good repair, working order and condition, and from
time to time make,  or cause to be made,  all  needful  and proper  repairs  and
improvements thereto (normal wear and tear excepted).

         SECTION 7.2 Payment of  Indebtedness,  Taxes,  etc. The Borrower shall,
and shall  cause  each  Consolidated  Entity to,  (a) pay its  indebtedness  and
obligations  in accordance  with normal terms and (b) pay and discharge or cause
to be paid and discharged  promptly all taxes,  assessments and other charges or
levies  of  Governmental  Authorities  imposed  upon it or upon its  income  and
profits or upon any of its  properties  before the same shall become in default;
provided,  however, that the Borrower and the Consolidated Entities shall not be
required  to pay and  discharge  or  cause to be paid  and  discharged  any such
indebtedness,  obligation, tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim so long as the
validity  thereof  shall  be  duly  pursued  and  contested  in  good  faith  by
appropriate  proceedings  and the Borrower and the  Consolidated  Entities shall
maintain   adequate   reserves  for  such  taxes,   indebtedness,   obligations,
assessments, charges, levies or claims during such proceedings.

         SECTION 7.3  Financial  Statements,  Reports,  etc. The Borrower  shall
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Agent and each Lender:

                  (1) Not  later  than 50 days  after  the end of each  calendar
         quarter,  a balance  sheet and a statement  of revenues and expenses of
         the Borrower and its  Consolidated  Entities on a consolidated and on a
         consolidating  basis  (provided  Borrower  shall  report the results of
         operations  for each  specialty  medical center on a separate basis and
         the results of operations for each of the following  business  segments
         on a  separate  aggregate  basis:  outpatient  rehabilitation  centers,
         inpatient  rehabilitation  hospitals,  outpatient  surgery  centers and
         others (to  include  but not  limited  to  diagnostic  centers))  and a
         statement of cash flow of the Borrower and its Consolidated Entities on
         a consolidated basis for such

                                       53

<PAGE>



         calendar  quarter and for the period  beginning on the first day of the
         fiscal  year and ending on the last day of such  calendar  quarter  (in
         sufficient  detail to indicate  the  Borrower's  and each  Consolidated
         Entity's  compliance  with the  financial  covenants  set forth in this
         Article VII),  together with  statements  in  comparative  form for the
         corresponding  periods  in the  preceding  fiscal  year  together  with
         calculations supporting the same store performance as summarized in the
         Borrower's Form 10-Q for the corresponding period, and certified by the
         president or chief financial officer of the Borrower.

                  (2) Not later than 100 days after the end of each fiscal year,
         financial  statements  (including  a  balance  sheet,  a  statement  of
         revenues and expenses,  a statement of changes in shareholders'  equity
         and a  statement  of cash flow) of the  Borrower  and its  Consolidated
         Entities  on a  consolidated  and on a  consolidating  basis  (provided
         Borrower  shall  report the results of  operations  for each  specialty
         medical  center on a separate  basis and the results of operations  for
         each of the following  business segments on a separate aggregate basis:
         outpatient rehabilitation centers,  inpatient rehabilitation hospitals,
         outpatient  surgery  centers  and others (to include but not limited to
         diagnostic  centers))  for such  fiscal year (in  sufficient  detail to
         indicate the Borrower's and each Consolidated  Entity's compliance with
         the financial  covenants set forth in this Article VII),  together with
         statements in comparative  form for the preceding  fiscal year together
         with  calculations  supporting the same store performance as summarized
         in  the  Borrower's  Form  10-K  for  the  corresponding   period,  and
         accompanied by an opinion of certified public accountants acceptable to
         the Agent,  which  opinion  shall state in effect  that such  financial
         statements  (A)  were  audited  using   generally   accepted   auditing
         standards,  (B) were prepared in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
         accounting  principles  applied on a consistent  basis, and (C) present
         fairly  the  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  of the
         Borrower and its Consolidated Entities for the periods covered.

                  (3)  Together  with  the  financial   statements  required  by
         paragraphs (1) and (2) above a compliance  certificate duly executed by
         the chief executive officer or the president or chief financial officer
         of the Borrower in the form of Exhibit I attached  hereto  ("Compliance
         Certificate").

                  (4)  Promptly  upon  receipt  thereof,  copies of all reports,
         management letters and other documents submitted to the Borrower or any
         Consolidated  Entity by independent  accountants in connection with any
         annual  or  interim   audit  of  the  books  of  the  Borrower  or  any
         Consolidated Entity made by such accountants.

                  (5)  Contemporaneously  with the  distribution  thereof to the
         Borrower's or any Consolidated Entity's stockholders or partners or the
         filing thereof with the Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case
         may be, copies of all

                                       54

<PAGE>



         statements, reports, notices and filings distributed by the Borrower or
         any  Consolidated  Entity to its stockholders or partners or filed with
         the Securities and Exchange Commission  (including reports on SEC Forms
         10-K, 10-Q and 8-K).

                  (6) Promptly after the Borrower knows or has reason to know of
         the  occurrence of any  "reportable  event" under Section 4043 of ERISA
         applicable to the Borrower or any Consolidated Entity, a certificate of
         the president or chief financial  officer of the Borrower setting forth
         the  details as to such  "reportable  event"  and the  action  that the
         Borrower or the Consolidated Entity has taken or will take with respect
         thereto, and promptly after the filing or receiving thereof,  copies of
         all reports and notices that the Borrower and each Consolidated  Entity
         files  under  ERISA with the  Internal  Revenue  Service or the Pension
         Benefit Guaranty Corporation or the United States Department of Labor.

                  (7)  Promptly  after the  Borrower or any of its  Consolidated
         Entities  becomes  aware of the  commencement  thereof,  notice  of any
         investigation,  action,  suit or  proceeding  before  any  Governmental
         Authority  involving  the  condemnation  or  taking  under the power of
         eminent  domain of any of its property or the  revocation or suspension
         of any  permit,  license,  certificate  of need or  other  Governmental
         Requirement applicable to any Facility.

                  (8) Within 10 days of the  receipt by the  Borrower  or any of
         its Consolidated  Entities,  copies of all material deficiency notices,
         compliance  orders  or  adverse  reports  issued  by  any  Governmental
         Authority  or  accreditation   commission   having   jurisdiction  over
         licensing,   accreditation  or  operation  of  a  Facility  or  by  any
         Governmental  Authority  or private  insurance  company  pursuant  to a
         provider  agreement,  which,  if not promptly  complied  with or cured,
         could  result  in  the   suspension   or  forfeiture  of  any  license,
         certification or  accreditation  necessary in order for the Facility to
         carry on its  business  as then  conducted  or the  termination  of any
         material insurance or reimbursement program available to the Facility.

                  (9) Such  other  information  regarding  any  Facility  or the
         financial  condition or operations of the Borrower or its  Consolidated
         Entities as the Agent shall reasonably  request from time to time or at
         any time.

         SECTION 7.4 Litigation Notice.  The Borrower shall,  promptly after the
same shall have become known to any officer of the Borrower, notify the Agent in
writing of any action,  suit or  proceeding  at law or in equity or by or before
any  Governmental  Authority  that,  if adversely  determined,  might impair the
ability of the Borrower or any Material Group to perform its  obligations  under
this  Agreement or any other Loan  Document or might  materially  and  adversely
affect the business or condition, financial or otherwise, of the Borrower or any
Material Group.


                                       55

<PAGE>



         SECTION 7.5 Default Notice.  The Borrower shall promptly give notice in
writing to the Agent of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default.

         SECTION  7.6 Further  Assurances.  The  Borrower  shall at its cost and
expense, upon the request of the Agent, duly execute and deliver, or cause to be
duly executed and delivered,  to the Agent such further  instruments  and do and
cause to be done such further acts as may be  reasonably  necessary or proper in
the  opinion  of the  Agent or its  counsel  to carry out more  effectively  the
provisions and purposes of the Loan Documents.

         SECTION 7.7 Insurance.  The Borrower and each Consolidated Entity shall
at all times  maintain  in force,  and pay all  premiums  and costs  related to,
insurance  coverages  comparable to the coverages reviewed by the Agent prior to
the  Closing  Date a summary of which  coverage is set forth in Exhibit J hereto
and any other coverages required under applicable Governmental Requirements. The
Borrower shall deliver to the Agent annually on or before the  anniversary  date
of this Agreement, and at such other time or times as the Agent may request (but
not more often than monthly),  a certificate of the president or chief financial
officer of the Borrower  setting out in such detail as the Agent may  reasonably
require a description of all insurance coverages  maintained by the Borrower and
each  Consolidated  Entity.  The  Agent  shall  have no  obligation  to give the
Borrower or any Consolidated  Entity notice of any notification  received by the
Agent with  respect to any  insurance  policies or take any steps to protect the
Borrower's or any Consolidated Entity's interests under such policies.

         SECTION 7.8  Covenants Regarding Financial Condition.

                  (a)      The Borrower covenants and agrees that:

                           (1) Minimum Net Worth.  Consolidated  Net Worth shall
                  not be less than $416,000,000 plus (A) 75% of Consolidated Net
                  Income (if positive and including for purposes of this Section
                  7.8(a)(1) only any  extraordinary  gain),  on an ongoing basis
                  for each  fiscal  quarter  beginning  with the fiscal  quarter
                  ending March 27, 31, 1995,  plus (B) the  aggregate  amount of
                  all increases,  if any, in its capital accounts resulting from
                  the  issuance  of  Capital  Stock or  conversion  of debt into
                  Capital  Stock  or other  securities  properly  classified  as
                  equity  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting
                  principles,  or from the sale or other disposition of treasury
                  shares,  from the date of this  Agreement  through the date of
                  determination plus (c), without  duplication,  any addition to
                  Consolidated    Stockholders'   Equity   resulting   from   an
                  Acquisition  after the Closing  Date which shall be  accounted
                  for on a pooling-of-interest basis.

                           (2) Fixed Charge  Coverage  Ratio.  The  Consolidated
                  Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio shall not at any time be less than
                  1.10 to 1.00.


                                       56

<PAGE>



                           (3)  Senior   Indebtedness  to   Consolidated   Total
                  Capital.  The ratio of  Senior  Indebtedness  to  Consolidated
                  Total  Capital  shall be at all times prior to January 1, 1996
                  less than .55 to 1.00,  from January 1, 1996 through  December
                  31,  1996  less than .50 to 1.00 and at all times on and after
                  January 1, 1997 less than .45 to 1.00.

                           (4) Indebtedness to Consolidated Cash Flow. The ratio
                  of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Consolidated  Entities
                  to  Consolidated  Cash  Flow  shall at all  times  during  the
                  periods  set  forth  below be less  than the  ratio  set forth
                  opposite such period:

                                                       Ratio of
                                              ------------------------------
                                                                Consolidated
                           Period             Indebtedness  to    Cash Flow
                           ------             ------------      ------------

                  Closing Date through            4.50            1.00
                    December 31, 1995
                  January 1, 1996 through         4.00            1.00
                    December 31, 1996
                  January 1, 1997 and             3.50            1.00
                    Thereafter

                           (5)  Indebtedness.   The  Borrower  and  Consolidated
                  Entities on a consolidated  basis will not incur, or otherwise
                  become liable with respect to, any Indebtedness other than (A)
                  the Credit Obligations;  (B) Indebtedness described in Exhibit
                  K which Indebtedness shall not be modified or amended; (C) the
                  Senior  Subordinated  Notes and the  Convertible  Subordinated
                  Debentures;  (D) up to $50,000,000 of Indebtedness,  including
                  Indebtedness   incurred   to  purchase   property,   plant  or
                  equipment;  (E) Guaranteed Obligations permitted under Section
                  7.8(a)(6); (F) Subordinated  Indebtedness of the Borrower, the
                  proceeds of which are used to permanently reduce the principal
                  portion of the Senior  Subordinated  Notes or the  Convertible
                  Subordinated   Debentures   so  long   as  such   Subordinated
                  Indebtedness  is (i) unsecured,  (ii) bears interest at a rate
                  of  15%  or  less  per  annum,   (iii)   contains   covenants,
                  restrictions, terms of subordination and redemption provisions
                  no less  favorable  to the  Lenders  than those  contained  in
                  Indentures  pursuant to which the Senior Subordinated Notes or
                  Convertible Subordinated Debentures,  as the case may be, were
                  issued,  as such  Indentures  exist on the Closing Date,  (iv)
                  prohibits  payment  of  principal  whether  by its terms or by
                  prepayment prior to the earlier of 100 days next following the
                  Termination  Date or November 1, 2000, and (v) does not result
                  in an increase in the amount of outstanding Indebtedness,  (G)
                  upon the  acquisition  of  Surgical  Health  Corporation,  the
                  Surgical  Health   Subordinated   Indebtedness   and  (H)  the
                  Headquarters Obligations.


                                       57

<PAGE>



                           (6)   Guarantees.   Borrower  and  the   Consolidated
                  Entities on a consolidated basis will not incur any Guaranteed
                  Obligations (whether by directly  guaranteeing  obligations of
                  another person or by agreement to purchase the indebtedness of
                  any  other  person,  or  entering  into an  agreement  for the
                  furnishing  of funds to any other person  through the purchase
                  of goods,  supplies or  services or by way of stock  purchase,
                  contribution,  advance  or loan for the  purpose  of paying or
                  discharging   the   indebtedness   of  any  other   person  or
                  otherwise),  in an aggregate  amount in excess of $50,000,000,
                  except for (A) the  endorsement  of negotiable  instruments in
                  the   ordinary   course  of  business  for   collection;   (B)
                  obligations  arising by reason of the  Borrower's  status as a
                  general partner of a Controlled  Partnership;  (C) obligations
                  to advance funds to Subsidiaries and Controlled  Partnerships,
                  but only so long as the note or notes or  accounts  receivable
                  evidencing  the advance of such funds is assigned to the Agent
                  as security  for the Credit  Obligations;  (D) the  guarantees
                  arising under the Guaranty Agreements; (E) the guarantee of up
                  to $22,000,000 of Indebtedness  of Vanderbilt,  (F) guarantees
                  of  Indebtedness  incurred to pay the principal  amount of the
                  Credit  Obligations,  provided  that,  concurrently  with  the
                  incurrence of such Guaranteed Obligation, the Borrower and the
                  Agent agree in writing to reduce the credit  available  to the
                  Borrower under this Agreement by an amount equal to the amount
                  of such  Guaranteed  Obligations and the Borrower pays any fee
                  required to be paid in connection  with such reduction and (G)
                  guarantees of the Headquarters Obligations.

                           (7) Investments and Loans. Borrower will not and will
                  not permit any Consolidated Entity, directly or indirectly, to
                  purchase or otherwise acquire any stock, security,  obligation
                  or evidence of indebtedness of, make any capital  contribution
                  to,  own any equity  interest  in, or make any loan or advance
                  to, any other person; provided, however, that the Borrower and
                  such Consolidated  Entities may (A) continue to hold all stock
                  of  and  own   partnership   interests  in  the  persons  that
                  constitute  Consolidated  Entities  on the Closing  Date;  (B)
                  acquire stock or partnership  interests in, and assets of, any
                  new  Consolidated  Entity acquired at a Cost of Acquisition of
                  up to $50,000,000;  (C) make Permitted  Investments;  (D) make
                  investments  in an  aggregate  amount  during the term of this
                  Agreement   not   exceeding   $50,000,000   in   corporations,
                  partnerships   or  joint   ventures  who  do  not   constitute
                  Consolidated  Entities,  (E) subject to continuing  compliance
                  with all of the other  covenants and  conditions  contained in
                  this  Agreement,  make any  Acquisition  of a person who shall
                  become a Consolidated Entity the primary form of consideration
                  of which is the  Common  Stock  of  Borrower  with the Cost of
                  Acquisition not to exceed  $150,000,000,  and such acquisition
                  to be  accounted  for as a pooling of  interests,  (F) acquire
                  Surgical Health Corporation for a

                                       58

<PAGE>



                  Cost of  Acquisition  of  approximately  $240,000,000  and (G)
                  acquire  Surgical  Care   Affiliates,   Inc.  for  a  Cost  of
                  Acquisition of approximately  $1,400,000,000 provided (i) such
                  acquisition  is accounted for as a pooling of interests,  (ii)
                  there shall be delivered  to the Agent all of the  outstanding
                  capital stock of Surgical  Care  Affiliates,  Inc.,  and (iii)
                  Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc. or its successor shall become a
                  Participating  Subsidiary and shall have furnished the Agent a
                  Guaranty Agreement pursuant to Section 2.5(a).

                           (8)   Disposition   of  Assets.   Borrower   and  the
                  Consolidated Entities on a consolidated basis will not without
                  the consent of the Required  Lenders  (which consent shall not
                  be unreasonably withheld),  sell, lease, transfer or otherwise
                  dispose  of in excess  of 10% of their  total  properties  and
                  assets over the term of this Agreement.

                           (9)   Consolidation  or  Merger.   Borrower  and  its
                  Consolidated  Entities may merge or  consolidate  with another
                  person only if (i) in the case of a merger or consolidation of
                  the  Borrower,  the  Borrower is the  continuing  or surviving
                  entity,  (ii)  in  the  case  of  a  merger  or  consolidation
                  involving a Consolidated  Entity,  the continuing or surviving
                  entity is  majority-owned  by the Borrower (with such majority
                  ownership  constituting  a  controlling  interest),  and (iii)
                  before  and  after  giving  effect to the  proposed  merger or
                  consolidation,  no  Default or Event of  Default  shall  exist
                  under  this  Agreement;  provided  that  in  the  case  of any
                  consolidation  or  merger  with a  person  which  (x) is not a
                  Consolidated  Entity  either  before or after giving effect to
                  such merger or consolidation  and (y) the total assets of such
                  person  exceed  $50,000,000,  the Required  Lenders shall have
                  consented thereto.

                           (10) Liens.  Borrower  will not,  and will not permit
                  any Consolidated Entity to, incur, create, assume or permit to
                  exist any Lien upon any of its accounts  receivable,  contract
                  rights,  chattel  paper,  inventory,  equipment,  instruments,
                  general  intangibles or other personal or real property of any
                  character, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than
                  (i) Liens that constitute Permitted  Encumbrances,  (ii) Liens
                  existing  as of the date  hereof  and  described  on Exhibit N
                  hereof and (iii) Liens  securing  Indebtedness  incurred under
                  Section  7.8(a)(5)(D)  so long as the Lien extends only to the
                  asset acquired with such Indebtedness.

                           (11) Dividends and  Distributions.  Borrower will not
                  permit any Consolidated  Entity to be or become subject to any
                  restrictions on the ability of such Consolidated Entity to pay
                  dividends or to make partnership distributions.


                                       59

<PAGE>



                           (12)   Acquisitions.   Prior  to  entering  into  any
                  agreement to acquire any person or Facility the estimated Cost
                  of  Acquisition  of which  exceeds  $50,000,000,  the Borrower
                  shall provide to the Agent evidence satisfactory to the Agent,
                  (i) that the person or  Facility to be acquired is in the same
                  line of business  presently  engaged in by the Borrower or its
                  Consolidated Entities,  (ii) that the person or Facility to be
                  acquired  does not  oppose the  Acquisition,  and (iii) if the
                  Cost  of  Acquisition   exceeds  $50,000,000  (other  than  an
                  Acquisition under Section 7.8(a)(7)(E)),  the Required Lenders
                  shall have consented thereto.

                           (13)  Restricted  Payments.  Borrower  will  not make
                  Restricted   Payments  except  Borrower  may  (i)  redeem  the
                  Surgical   Subordinated   Indebtedness,   (ii)   repay  up  to
                  $10,000,000 of  Subordinated  Indebtedness in any Fiscal Year,
                  and (iii) make other Restricted Payments in any Fiscal Year so
                  long as  Borrower  shall  deliver to the Agent prior to making
                  any other such  Restricted  Payment a  Compliance  Certificate
                  demonstrating that on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
                  such payment no Default or Event of Default exists.

                           (b) Except as  otherwise  expressly  provided in this
         Section 7.8, (i) the Borrower  shall also cause and require each of its
         Consolidated  Entities to observe and perform each of the covenants and
         agreements  of  this  section  to be  observed  and  performed  by  the
         Borrower,   whether  or  not  a  specific  reference  is  made  to  the
         Consolidated  Entities in each such covenant  (other than the financial
         covenants  set forth in paragraphs  (1) through (4) of  subsection  (a)
         above,  which apply to the Borrower and the Consolidated  Entities on a
         consolidated  basis), and (ii) all computations  required in connection
         with  such  financial  covenants  and  the  limitations  set  forth  in
         paragraphs  (5) through (11) of subsection  (a) above shall be made for
         the   Borrower  and  its   Consolidated   Entities  on  a  combined  or
         consolidated  basis, in accordance with generally  accepted  accounting
         principles, after elimination of intercompany items.

         SECTION 7.9 Continuation of Current Business.  Neither the Borrower nor
any Consolidated  Entity will (i) engage in any business other than the business
now being  conducted by it and other  businesses  directly  related to providing
rehabilitation  services (including outpatient surgery,  diagnostic services and
management  of physician  practices) or  orthopedic  surgery  related acute care
similar  in  operation  (but not in scope)  to the  HEALTHSOUTH  Medical  Center
Facility or (ii) acquire or attempt to acquire any person who is opposed to such
acquisition.

         SECTION  7.10  Management  Contracts.  Neither  the  Borrower  nor  any
Consolidated  Entity  will  enter into any  agreement  whereby  the  management,
supervision  or control of its business or any Facility shall be delegated to or
placed in any persons other than its governing  body and officers,  the Borrower
or a Consolidated Entity,

                                       60

<PAGE>



except  that (i)  management  of the  Facility  owned by  Vanderbilt  Stallworth
Rehabilitation Hospital, L.P. is vested in part in a Governance Committee and in
part  in a  Subsidiary  of  the  Borrower  pursuant  to the  applicable  limited
partnership  agreement and a management agreement and (ii) the Facility known as
Nashville  REHAB HOSPITAL  located in Nashville,  Tennessee may be managed by an
independent body until such time as such Facility is sold.

         SECTION 7.11 Cooperation; Inspection of Properties. The Borrower shall,
and shall  cause the  Consolidated  Entities  to,  permit the  Lenders and their
representatives  to  inspect  the  Borrower's  and  the  Consolidated  Entities'
properties and assets,  and to inspect,  review and audit the Borrower's and the
Consolidated Entities' books and records from time to time and at any time.

         SECTION  7.12 Use of Proceeds.  The Borrower  shall use the proceeds of
Advances  exclusively  to  repay  short-term  Indebtedness  to  NationsBank,  to
purchase the equity and assume the net working  capital  obligation  of NovaCare
Rehabilitation  Hospital  Division for a total Cost of Acquisition not to exceed
$235,000,000,  to  refinance  the 11.5%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2004 of
Surgical  Health  Corporation,  to  provide  funding  for  the  acquisition  and
development of Facilities and to provide  working  capital to the Borrower,  the
Participating Subsidiaries and the Participating Partnerships.

         SECTION 7.13 Limit on Investment in HEALTHSOUTH of Birmingham, Inc. The
Borrower will not cause or permit its aggregate direct and indirect  investment,
whether by stock purchase,  capital  contribution,  advance,  loan, guarantee or
otherwise, in HEALTHSOUTH of Birmingham, Inc. to exceed at any time $500,000.

         SECTION 7.14 Additional  Consolidated Entities. On the last day of each
fiscal  quarter of the  Borrower (or such earlier time as the Agent may request)
the Borrower will cause each Consolidated  Entity that is hereafter  acquired or
created to become a  Participating  Subsidiary or  Participating  Partnership by
execution of a Guaranty Agreement and all other documents  necessary to cause it
to become jointly and severally  liable for the Credit  Obligations  (subject to
the  limitations  provided in the  Guaranty  Agreement)  and the Borrower or the
Participating Subsidiary or the Participating Partnership, if applicable,  shall
execute a Pledge Agreement as more particularly  described in Section 2.6 herein
and shall  deliver or cause to be  delivered  all  financing  statements,  stock
certificates  and duly  executed  stock powers  necessary to perfect the Agent's
security interest granted under such Pledge Agreement.

         SECTION 7.15 ERISA.  With respect to all employee pension benefit plans
maintained by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, the Borrower shall not:


                                       61

<PAGE>



             (i) terminate any of such employee  pension  benefit plans so as to
         incur  any  liability  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation
         established pursuant to ERISA;

             (ii) allow or suffer to exist any prohibited  transaction involving
         any of  such  employee  pension  benefit  plans  or any  trust  created
         thereunder which would subject the Borrower or a Subsidiary to a tax or
         penalty or other  liability on  prohibited  transactions  imposed under
         Internal Revenue Code Section 4975 or ERISA;

             (iii) fail to pay to any such  employee  pension  benefit  plan any
         contribution which it is obligated to pay under the terms of such plan;

             (iv) allow or suffer to exist any accumulated  funding  deficiency,
         whether  or not  waived,  with  respect  to any such  employee  pension
         benefit plan;

             (v) allow or suffer to exist any  occurrence of a reportable  event
         or any other  event or  condition,  which  presents a material  risk of
         termination  by the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation of any such
         employee  pension  benefit plan that is a Single  Employer Plan,  which
         termination  could  result  in any  liability  to the  Pension  Benefit
         Guaranty Corporation; or

             (vi)  incur  any   withdrawal   liability   with   respect  to  any
         Multi-employer Plan.

         SECTION 7.16 Priority.  The Borrower and its  Subsidiaries  will at all
times  (i)  cause the Agent to have a duly  perfected  first  priority  security
interest in the Collateral and (ii) cause the Credit Obligations to be senior in
right of payment to all other Indebtedness of the Borrower, and its Consolidated
Entities, except as otherwise described in Section 5.15 hereof.

                                       62

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                         EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
                         ------------------------------

         SECTION 8.1 Events of Default. The following shall constitute Events of
Default under this Agreement:

                  (a)  the  Borrower  or  any  Participating  Subsidiary  or any
Participating Partnership shall fail to pay when due any principal payable under
the terms of any Note or any  Reimbursement  Obligation  or (ii) three  Business
Days of the date when due any  interest or fees  payable  under the terms of any
Note or any amount payable under this Agreement,  any Guaranty  Agreement or any
other of the other Credit  Obligations  or any other amount owed to the Agent or
Lenders under or in connection with the Loan Documents; or

                  (b) The  Borrower or any Material  Group shall  default in the
performance or observance of any other  provision of this Agreement  (other than
the  provisions  of Article VII hereof),  except as covered by clause (a) above,
and shall not cure such default  within  thirty days after the first to occur of
(i) the date the Agent or  Lenders  gives  written or  telephonic  notice of the
default  to the  Borrower  or (ii) the date the  Borrower  otherwise  has notice
thereof; or

                  (c)  the  Borrower  or  any  Participating  Subsidiary  or any
Participating  Partnership or any Material Group shall default in the observance
or performance of any provision in Article VII hereof; or

                  (d)  the   Agent   shall   determine   that   any   statement,
certification,  representation  or warranty  contained  herein, or in any of the
other Loan Documents or in any report, financial statement, certificate or other
instrument  delivered to the Agent or any Lender by or on behalf of the Borrower
or any Participating Subsidiary or any Participating  Partnership was misleading
or untrue in any material respect at the time it was made; or

                  (e)  default   shall  be  made  (i)  in  the  payment  of  any
Indebtedness  (other  than  the  Credit  Obligations)  of  the  Borrower  or any
Consolidated  Entity  when  due  or  (ii)  in  the  performance,  observance  or
fulfillment  of any term or covenant  contained in any  agreement or  instrument
under or pursuant to which any such Indebtedness may have been issued,  created,
assumed,  guaranteed or secured by Borrower or any Consolidated  Entity,  if the
effect of such default is to accelerate the maturity of such  Indebtedness or to
permit the holder thereof to cause such  Indebtedness to become due prior to its
stated  maturity,  and such default  shall not be cured within 10 days after the
occurrence of such default, and the amount of the Indebtedness  involved exceeds
$3,000,000; or

                  (f) the Borrower or any  Material  Group shall fail to pay its
or their debts generally as they come due, or a receiver, trustee, liquidator or
other custodian shall be appointed for the Borrower or any Material Group or for
any of the  property  of the  Borrower  or any  Material  Group or a petition in
bankruptcy, or

                                       63

<PAGE>



under any  insolvency  law,  shall be filed by or against  the  Borrower  or any
Material Group or the Borrower or any Material Group shall apply for the benefit
of, or take  advantage  of,  any law for  relief of  debtors,  or enter  into an
arrangement  or  composition  with,  or make an  assignment  for the benefit of,
creditors; or

                  (g) final  judgment  for the payment of money in excess of any
aggregate of $50,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower or any Participating
Subsidiary or any Participating  Partnership or any Material Group, and the same
shall remain  undischarged  for a period of 30 days during which execution shall
not be effectively stayed; or

                  (h) an event of default, as therein defined, shall occur under
any other Loan Document; or

                  (i)  if  any  of  the  Guaranty   Agreements,   Notes,  Pledge
Agreements or LC Account  Agreement shall be deemed  unenforceable by a court of
competent jurisdiction or shall no longer be effective; or

                  (j) if any person or group of persons acting  together who are
not as at the Closing  Date  owners of one  percent  (1%) or more of the Capital
Stock of the Borrower  having  voting  rights  shall own directly or  indirectly
fifteen percent (15%) or more of the Capital Stock of the Borrower having voting
rights; or

                  (k) if (i)  the  Borrower  or any  Consolidated  Entity  shall
engage in any prohibited  transaction (as described in Section 7.15(ii) hereof),
which is not subject to a statutory or administrative  exemption,  involving any
employee pension benefit plan of the Borrower or any Consolidated  Entity,  (ii)
any accumulated  funding deficiency (as referred to in Section 7.15(iv) hereof),
whether or not waived,  shall exist with  respect to any Single  Employer  Plan,
(iii) a reportable  event (as referred to in Section 7.15(v) hereof) (other than
a reportable  event for which the statutory  notice  requirement  to the Pension
Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  has been waived by regulation)  shall occur with
respect to, or  proceedings  shall  commence to have a trustee  appointed,  or a
trustee shall be appointed to administer  or to terminate,  any Single  Employer
Plan, which reportable event or institution or proceedings is, in the reasonable
opinion of the Required  Lenders,  likely to result in the  termination  of such
Single Employer Plan for purposes of Title IV of ERISA,  and in the case of such
a reportable event, the continuance of such reportable event shall be unremedied
for sixty (60) days after notice of such  reportable  event  pursuant to Section
4043(a),  (c) or (d) of ERISA is  given,  as the  case may be,  (iv) any  Single
Employer  Plan  shall  terminate  for  purposes  of Title IV of ERISA,  and such
termination  results in a material liability of the Borrower or any Consolidated
Entity to such Single Employer Plan or the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation,
(v) the Borrower or any Subsidiary shall withdraw from a Multi-employer Plan for
purposes  of Title IV of ERISA,  and,  as a result of any such  withdrawal,  the
Borrower or any  Consolidated  Entity shall incur  withdrawal  liability to such
Multi-employer Plan, or (vi) any other event or condition shall occur or exist;

                                       64

<PAGE>



and in each case in clauses (i) through (vi) of this Section 8.1(k),  such event
or condition,  together with all other such events or conditions,  if any, could
subject the  Borrower or any  Consolidated  Entity to any tax,  penalty or other
liabilities in excess of $100,000,  and in each such case the event or condition
is not remedied to the  satisfaction of the Required  Lenders within ninety (90)
days after the  earlier of (i) receipt of notice of such event or  condition  by
the  Authorized  Representative  from the  Agent  or (ii) the date the  Borrower
becomes aware of such event or condition;

then, and in any such event and at any time thereafter, if such Event of Default
shall then be continuing,

                           (A) either or both of the  following  actions  may be
                  taken: (i) the Agent may, and at the direction of the Required
                  Lenders  shall,  declare any obligation of the Lenders to make
                  further Loans or issue Letters of Credit terminated, whereupon
                  the  obligation  of each  Lender  to  make  further  Loans  or
                  NationsBank  to  issue  Letters  of  Credit,  hereunder  shall
                  terminate  immediately,  and  (ii)  the  Agent  shall  at  the
                  direction of the Required Lenders, at their option, declare by
                  notice to the Borrower any or all of the Credit Obligations to
                  be immediately  due and payable,  and the same,  including all
                  interest  accrued  thereon  and all other  obligations  of the
                  Borrower to the Lenders,  shall forthwith  become  immediately
                  due and payable without presentment,  demand,  protest, notice
                  or  other  formality  of any  kind,  all of which  are  hereby
                  expressly  waived,   anything   contained  herein  or  in  any
                  instrument  evidencing the Credit  Obligations to the contrary
                  notwithstanding;  provided,  however, that notwithstanding the
                  above,  if there shall occur an Event of Default  under clause
                  (f)  above,  then  the  obligation  of  the  Lenders  to  lend
                  hereunder shall automatically terminate and any and all of the
                  Credit  Obligations  shall  be  immediately  due  and  payable
                  without  the  necessity  of any  action  by the  Agent  or the
                  Required Lenders or notice to the Agent or the Lenders;

                           (B) Borrower shall immediately  deposit cash with the
                  Agent in an  amount  equal to the  amount  of any  Letters  of
                  Credit remaining undrawn or unpaid, as collateral security for
                  the  repayment of any future  drawings or payments  under such
                  Letters of Credit,  and Borrower shall  forthwith  deposit and
                  pay  such  amounts  and  such  amounts  shall be held by Agent
                  pursuant to the terms of the LC Account Agreement; and

                           (C) the Agent,  on behalf of the Lenders,  shall have
                  all of the following rights and remedies in addition to all of
                  the rights and  remedies of a secured  party under the Uniform
                  Commercial  Code in respect of the Collateral and otherwise be
                  available  under the Loan  Documents  or under any  applicable
                  law: the Agent may at any time and from time to time,  with or
                  without judicial process or

                                       65

<PAGE>



                  the aid and  assistance  of others and without  incurring  any
                  liability to the  Borrower,  upon ten (10) days' notice to the
                  Borrower  sell or  otherwise  dispose  of any  Collateral,  at
                  public or private sale or proceedings or otherwise,  by one or
                  more  contracts,  in one or  more  parcels,  at  the  same  or
                  different times,  with or without having the Collateral at the
                  place of sale or other  disposition,  for cash and/or  credit,
                  and upon any terms,  at such  place(s) and time(s) and to such
                  person(s) as the Agent deems best;  if any  Collateral is sold
                  by the Agent  upon  credit or for future  delivery,  the Agent
                  shall not be liable for the  failure of the  purchaser  to pay
                  for  same  and  in  such  event  the  Agent  may  resell  such
                  Collateral in accordance  with the provisions  hereof provided
                  the Borrower  shall be given  credit for proceeds  received by
                  reason  of such  sale;  the  Agent or any  Lender  may buy any
                  Collateral at any public sale and, the Agent or any Lender may
                  buy such  Collateral  at private  sale so long as such sale is
                  made in a commercially  reasonable manner and in each case may
                  make payment  therefor by any means.  Except to the extent the
                  Agent  shall have failed to take  action  required  under this
                  Agreement,  no  Lenders  shall  be  entitled  to  enforce  the
                  provisions   of   this   subsection   (C)   of   Section   8.1
                  independently.

         SECTION  8.2 Agent to Act.  In case any one or more  Events of  Default
shall  occur and be  continuing,  the Agent  may,  and at the  direction  of the
Required Lenders shall,  proceed to protect and enforce their rights or remedies
either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both,  whether for the specific
performance of any covenant, agreement or other provision contained herein or in
any other Loan  Document,  or to enforce the payment of the  Obligations  or any
other legal or equitable right or remedy.

         SECTION 8.3 Cumulative Rights. No right or remedy herein conferred upon
the Lenders, the Agent and the Borrower is intended to be exclusive of any other
rights or remedies  contained  herein or in any other Loan  Document,  and every
such right or remedy shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other
such right or remedy contained  herein and therein or now or hereafter  existing
at law or in equity or by statute, or otherwise.

         SECTION 8.4 No Waiver.  No course of dealing  between the  Borrower and
any Lender or the Agent or any failure or delay on the part of any  Lender,  the
Agent or the  Borrower  in  exercising  any rights or remedies  hereunder  shall
operate as a waiver of any rights or remedies hereunder and no single or partial
exercise  of any  rights or  remedies  hereunder  shall  operate  as a waiver or
preclude the  exercise of any other rights or remedies  hereunder or of the same
right or remedy on a future occasion.

         SECTION 8.5 Default.  The Agent and the Lenders  shall have no right to
accelerate  any of the Loans  upon,  or to  institute  any action or  proceeding
before any court to realize upon  Collateral  as a result of, the  occurrence of
any Default  which  shall not also  constitute  an Event of  Default;  provided,
however, nothing

                                       66

<PAGE>



contained in this sentence shall in any respect  impair or adversely  affect the
right,  power and  authority of the Agent and the Lenders (i) to take any action
expressly  required or permitted to be taken under the Loan  Documents  upon the
occurrence  of any Default (and  including  any action or  proceeding  which the
Agent may determine to be necessary or  appropriate  in  furtherance of any such
expressly authorized action) and (ii) to take any action provided under the Loan
Documents  or  otherwise  available  by  statute,  at law or in equity  upon the
occurrence of any Default.

         SECTION 8.6 Allocation of Proceeds. If an Event of Default has occurred
and is continuing,  and the maturity of the Notes has been accelerated  pursuant
to this Article VIII, all payments received by the Agent hereunder in respect of
any  principal  of or interest on the Credit  Obligations  or any other  amounts
payable by the Borrower hereunder shall be applied by the Agent in the following
order:

                   (i)  amounts due to the  Lenders  pursuant  to Sections  2.10
         hereof;

                   (ii)  amounts  due to the Agent and  NationsBank  pursuant to
         Section 9.11 and Section 2.12(i) and (k) hereof;

                   (iii) payments of interest,  to be applied in accordance with
         Section 2.13 hereof;

                   (iv) payments of principal,  to be applied in accordance with
         Section 2.13 hereof;

                   (v) payment of cash amounts to the Agent  pursuant to Section
         8.1(B) hereof; and

                   (vi) payments of all other amounts due under this  Agreement,
         if any, to be applied in  accordance  with each Lender's pro rata share
         of all principal due to the Lenders.


                                       67

<PAGE>



                                   ARTICLE IX

                                    THE AGENT
                                    ---------

         SECTION 9.1  Appointment.  Each Lender  (including  NationsBank  in its
capacity as issuer of the Letters of Credit) hereby  irrevocably  designates and
appoints NationsBank as the Agent of the Lenders under this Agreement,  and each
of the Lenders hereby irrevocably  authorizes  NationsBank as the Agent for such
Lender, to take such action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement
and the other  Loan  Documents  and to  exercise  such  powers as are  expressly
delegated to the Agent by the terms of this Agreement,  together with such other
powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Agent shall not have any duties
or  responsibilities,  except those expressly set forth herein, or any fiduciary
relationship  with any of the  Lenders,  and no  implied  covenants,  functions,
responsibilities,  duties,  obligations or  liabilities  shall be read into this
Agreement or otherwise exist against the Agent.

         SECTION 9.2 Attorneys-in-fact.  The Agent may execute any of its duties
under this  Agreement  by or through  agents or  attorneys-in-fact  and shall be
entitled to advice of counsel  concerning all matters pertaining to such duties.
The  Agent  shall  not be  responsible  for  the  gross  negligence  or  willful
misconduct  of any agents or  attorneys-in-fact  selected by it with  reasonable
care.

         SECTION 9.3  Limitation on Liability.  Neither the Agent nor any of its
officers,  directors,  employees, agents or attorneys-in-fact shall be liable to
the Lenders for any action  lawfully  taken or omitted to be taken by it or them
under or in  connection  with this  Agreement  except for its or their own gross
negligence or willful  misconduct.  Neither the Agent nor any of its  affiliates
shall be  responsible  in any  manner to any of the  Lenders  for any  recitals,
statements,  representations  or  warranties  made by the  Borrower,  any of its
Controlled  Entities  or  Controlled  Partnerships,  or any  officer  or partner
thereof contained in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents, or in
any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for
in or received by the Agent under or in  connection  with this  Agreement or for
the value, validity, effectiveness,  genuineness,  enforceability or sufficiency
of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents,  or for any failure of the
Borrower to perform its obligations thereunder. The Agent shall not be under any
obligation to any of the Lenders to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance
or performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Agreement or
any of the other Loan  Documents  on the part of the  Borrower or to inspect the
properties,  books or records of the  Borrower  or its  Controlled  Entities  or
Controlled Partnerships.

         SECTION 9.4 Reliance. The Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be
fully protected in relying, upon any Note, writing, resolution,  notice, consent
certificate,  affidavit, letter, cablegram, telegram, telecopy or telex message,
statement, order or

                                       68

<PAGE>



other document or  conversation  believed by it to be genuine and correct and to
have been signed,  sent or made by the proper  person or Persons and upon advice
and statements of legal counsel (including,  without limitation,  counsel to the
Borrower),  independent accountants and other experts selected by the Agent. The
Agent may deem and treat  the  payee of any Note as the  owner  thereof  for all
purposes  unless an  Assignment  and  Acceptance  shall have been filed with and
accepted by the Agent. The Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing
to take any action under this Agreement  unless it shall first receive advice or
concurrence of the Lenders or the Required Lenders as provided in this Agreement
or it shall first be indemnified to its  satisfaction by the Lenders against any
and all liability and expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or
continuing  to take any  such  action.  The  Agent  shall in all  cases be fully
protected  in acting,  or in  refraining  from acting,  under this  Agreement in
accordance  with a request of the  Required  Lenders,  and such  request and any
action  taken or failure to act pursuant  thereto  shall be binding upon all the
Lenders and all present and future holders of the Notes.

         SECTION  9.5 Notice of  Default.  The Agent shall not be deemed to have
knowledge  or  notice  of the  occurrence  of any  Default  or Event of  Default
hereunder unless the Agent has received notice from a Lender, or the Borrower or
any of the Subsidiaries referring to this Agreement,  describing such Default or
Event of Default and stating that such notice is a "notice of  default".  In the
event that the Agent  receives  such a notice,  the Agent  shall  promptly  give
notice thereof to the Lenders.  The Agent shall take such action with respect to
such Default or Event of Default as shall be reasonably directed by the Required
Lenders;  provided  that,  unless and until the Agent shall have  received  such
directions,  the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action,  or
refrain  from taking such  action,  with  respect to such Event of Default as it
shall deem advisable in the best interests of the Lenders.

         SECTION 9.6 No Representations. Each Lender expressly acknowledges that
neither  the Agent nor any of its  affiliates  has made any  representations  or
warranties  to it and that no act by the Agent  hereafter  taken,  including any
review of the affairs of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated Entities, shall
be deemed to  constitute  any  representation  or  warranty  by the Agent to any
Lender.  Each  Lender  represents  to the Agent that it has,  independently  and
without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents
and  information  as it has deemed  appropriate,  made its own  appraisal of and
investigation into the financial condition,  creditworthiness,  affairs,  status
and nature of the Borrower and Controlled Partnerships and made its own decision
to  enter  into  this  Agreement.  Each  Lender  also  represents  that it will,
independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based
on such  documents and  information  as it shall deem  appropriate  at the time,
continue to make its own credit analysis,  appraisals and decisions in taking or
not taking  action under this  Agreement  and to make such  investigation  as it
deems  necessary  to inform  itself as to the status and  affairs,  financial or
otherwise, of the Borrower and its Consolidated Entities and

                                       69

<PAGE>



Controlled  Partnerships.  Except  for  notices,  reports  and  other  documents
expressly  required to be furnished to the Lenders by the Agent  hereunder,  the
Agent shall not have any duty or  responsibility  to provide any Lender with any
credit or other  information  concerning  the  affairs,  financial  condition or
business of the  Borrower or any of its  Consolidated  Entities  and  Controlled
Partnerships  which  may come  into the  possession  of the  Agent or any of its
affiliates.

         SECTION 9.7  Indemnification.  The Lenders agree to indemnify the Agent
in its  capacity  as such  (to the  extent  required  to be  reimbursed  but not
reimbursed  by the  Borrower  or any of its  Consolidated  Entities  and without
limiting any obligations of the Borrower or any of its Consolidated  Entities so
to do), ratably  according to the respective  principal amount of the Notes held
by them at the time of the event with respect to which  indemnity is sought (or,
if no Notes  are  outstanding,  ratably  in  accordance  with  their  respective
Applicable  Commitment  Percentages  as then in effect) from and against any and
all liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages, penalties,  actions, judgments,
suits,  costs,  expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which
may at any time (including  without limitation at any time following the payment
of the Note) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Agent in any way
relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other document  contemplated
by or referred to herein or the transactions  contemplated  hereby or any action
taken or omitted by the Agent under or in connection  with any of the foregoing;
provided  that no Lender  shall be liable for the payment of any portion of such
liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits,
costs, expenses or disbursements  resulting from the Agent's gross negligence or
willful misconduct.  The agreements in this subsection shall survive the payment
of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

         SECTION 9.8  Lender.  The Agent and its  affiliates  may make loans to,
accept  deposits  from and  generally  engage in any kind of  business  with the
Borrower and its Consolidated Entities and Controlled  Partnerships as though it
were not the Agent  hereunder.  With  respect to its Loans made or renewed by it
and any Note issued to it, the Agent shall have the same rights and powers under
this Agreement as any Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the
Agent, and the terms "Lender" and "Lenders" shall,  unless the context otherwise
indicates, include the Agent in its individual capacity.

         SECTION 9.9 Resignation.  If the Agent shall resign as Agent under this
Agreement,  then the  Required  Lenders may  appoint a  successor  Agent for the
Lenders, which successor shall be approved by the Borrower, which approval shall
not be unreasonably  withheld,  which shall be a commercial bank organized under
the laws of the United States or any state  thereof,  having a combined  surplus
and capital of not less than $500,000,000,  whereupon such successor Agent shall
succeed to the rights, powers and duties of the former Agent and the obligations
of the former  Agent  shall be  terminated  and  canceled,  without any other or
further act or deed on the part

                                       70

<PAGE>



of such former Agent or any of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however,
that the  former  Agent's  resignation  shall not  become  effective  until such
successor  Agent has been  appointed  and has  succeeded of record to all right,
title and interest of the former Agent in the Collateral;  provided, further, if
the Required  Lenders  cannot agree as to a successor  Agent within  ninety (90)
days after such  resignation,  the Agent shall appoint a successor Agent and the
parties hereto agree to execute whatever  documents are necessary to effect such
action under this  Agreement  or any other  document  executed  pursuant to this
Agreement;  provided, however in such event all provisions of this Agreement and
the Loan  Documents,  shall remain in full force and effect.  After any retiring
Agent's resignation  hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Article IX shall
inure to its benefit as to any actions  taken or omitted to be taken by it while
it was Agent under this Agreement.

         SECTION 9.10 Sharing of Payments,  etc.  Each Lender  agrees that if it
shall,  through the exercise of a right of banker's lien, set-off,  counterclaim
or otherwise,  obtain payment with respect to its Credit Obligations (other than
any payment pursuant to Article IV) which results in its receiving more than its
pro rata  share of the  aggregate  payments  with  respect  to all of the Credit
Obligations  (other than any  payment  pursuant  to Article  IV),  then (A) such
Lender shall be deemed to have simultaneously purchased from the other Lenders a
share in their Credit  Obligations so that the amount of the Credit  Obligations
held by each of the  Lenders  shall be pro rata and (B) such  other  adjustments
shall be made from time to time as shall be equitable to insure that the Lenders
share such  payments  ratably;  provided,  however,  that for  purposes  of this
Section  9.10 the term "pro rata" shall be  determined  with respect to both the
Commitment of each Lender and to the Revolving  Facility  after  subtraction  in
each case of amounts,  if any, by which any such Lender has not funded its share
of the outstanding Loans and Reimbursement Obligations. If all or any portion of
any such excess  payment is thereafter  recovered from the Lender which received
the same,  the purchase  provided in this Section 9.10 shall be rescinded to the
extent of such recovery,  without interest.  The Borrower  expressly consents to
the foregoing  arrangements  and agrees that each Lender so purchasing a portion
of the other Lenders' Obligations may exercise all rights of payment (including,
without limitation,  all rights of set-off,  banker's lien or counterclaim) with
respect to such  portion as fully as if such  Lender  were the direct  holder of
such portion.

         SECTION  9.11 Fees.  The Borrower  agrees to pay to the Agent,  for its
individual  account,  in advance a quarterly Agent's fee in such amount as shall
be agreed to from time to time.

         SECTION  9.12  Independent  Agreements.  The  provisions  contained  in
Sections 9.1 through 9.8 and 9.10 (other than the last sentence thereof) of this
Article IX constitute  independent  obligations  and agreements of the Agent and
the  Lenders  and the  Borrower  shall not be deemed a party  thereto  nor bound
thereby.  Borrower  does  acknowledge  the  rights of  Lenders  and Agent  under
Sections 9.9, 9.11 and the last sentence of Section 9.10 hereof.

                                       71

<PAGE>



                                    ARTICLE X

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

         SECTION 10.1 Assignments and Participations.
                      
                  (a) At any time after the Closing  Date each Lender may,  with
the prior  consent of the Agent and the  Borrower,  which  consent  shall not be
unreasonably withheld, assign to one or more banks or financial institutions all
or a portion of its  rights and  obligations  under this  Agreement  (including,
without  limitation,  all or a  portion  of the  Notes  payable  to its  order);
provided,  that (i) each  such  assignment  shall  be of a  constant,  and not a
varying,  percentage of all of the  assigning  Lender's  rights and  obligations
(including  Loans  and  Participations)  under  this  Agreement  (ii)  for  each
assignment  involving the issuance and transfer of Notes,  the assigning  Lender
shall execute an Assignment and Acceptance and the Borrower  hereby  consents to
execute  replacement  Notes to give effect to the assignment,  (iii) the minimum
Commitment  which  shall  be  assigned  is (x)  $5,000,000,  in the  case  of an
assignment  by  one  existing  Lender  to  another  existing  Lender,   and  (y)
$10,000,000  in all  other  cases,  and in  multiples  of  $1,000,000  in excess
thereof,  (together  with which the  assigning  Lender's  applicable  portion of
Participations  and the Letter of Credit  Commitment shall also be assigned) and
(iv) such assignee shall have an office located in the United States.  Upon such
execution,  delivery, approval and acceptance, from and after the effective date
specified in each Assignment and Acceptance,  (x) the assignee  thereunder shall
be a party  hereto and, to the extent that rights and  obligations  hereunder or
under  such  Notes have been  assigned  or  negotiated  to it  pursuant  to such
Assignment and Acceptance have the rights and obligations of a Lender  hereunder
(including,  in respect of the  Collateral,  all the rights and obligations of a
Lender,  as  fully as if such  assignee  had  been  named  as a  Lender  in this
Agreement) and a holder of such Notes and (y) the assignor  thereunder shall, to
the extent that rights and  obligations  hereunder or under such Notes have been
assigned  or  negotiated  by it  pursuant  to such  Assignment  and  Acceptance,
relinquish  its rights and be released  from its future  obligations  under this
Agreement.  No  assignee  shall have the right to further  assign its rights and
obligations  pursuant to this Section  10.1.  Any Lender who makes an assignment
shall pay to the Agent a  one-time  administrative  fee of  $3,000.00  which fee
shall not be reimbursed by Borrower.

                  (b) By executing and delivering an Assignment and  Acceptance,
the Lender assignor  thereunder and the assignee thereunder confirm to and agree
with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) the assignment made
under  such  Assignment  and  Acceptance  is  made  under  such  Assignment  and
Acceptance without recourse;  (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation
or  warranty  and  assumes  no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  financial
condition of the Borrower or any Controlled Entity or Controlled  Partnership or
the  performance  or  observance  by the  Borrower or any  Controlled  Entity or
Controlled  Partnership of any of its obligations under any Loan Document or any
other instrument or document furnished pursuant hereto;

                                       72

<PAGE>



(iii) such  assignee  confirms  that it has  received a copy of this  Agreement,
together with copies of the financial  statements  delivered pursuant to Section
7.3 and such other Loan Documents and other  documents and information as it has
deemed  appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis and decision to enter into
such  Assignment  and  Acceptance;  (iv) such assignee will,  independently  and
without  reliance upon the Agent,  such assigning Lender or any other Lender and
based on such  documents and  information  as it shall deem  appropriate  at the
time,  continue to make its own credit  decisions in taking or not taking action
under this  Agreement;  (v) such assignee  appoints and  authorizes the Agent to
take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise  such powers  under this
Agreement,  the Note and the other Loan  Documents as are delegated to the Agent
by the terms hereof and  thereof,  together  with such powers as are  reasonably
incidental  thereto;  and (vi) such  assignee  agrees  that it will  perform  in
accordance  with their terms all of the  obligations  which by the terms of this
Agreement  are  required to be  performed by it as a Lender and a holder of such
Note.

                  (c) The Agent shall maintain at its address referred to herein
a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to and accepted by it.

                  (d) Upon its receipt of an Assignment and Acceptance  executed
by an assigning Lender, the Agent shall give prompt notice thereof to Borrower.

                  (e) Each Lender may sell  participations  to one or more banks
or other  entities  as to all or a portion of its rights and  obligations  under
this  Agreement;  provided,  that  (i)  such  Lender's  obligations  under  this
Agreement  shall  remain  unchanged,   (ii)  such  Lender  shall  remain  solely
responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations,
(iii) such  Lender  shall  remain  the holder of any Notes  issued to it for the
purpose of this Agreement, (iv) such participations shall be in a minimum amount
of  $5,000,000  and in  multiples of  $1,000,000  in excess  thereof,  and shall
include an allocable portion of such Lender's  Participation,  and (v) Borrower,
the Agent and the other Lenders shall  continue to deal solely and directly with
such Lender in connection with such Lender's  rights and obligations  under this
Agreement  and  with  regard  to any and all  payments  to be  made  under  this
Agreement;  provided,  that the participation agreement between a Lender and its
participants  may provide  that such  Lender  will  obtain the  approval of such
participant  prior to such  Lender's  agreeing to any amendment or waiver of any
provisions of this  Agreement  which would (A) extend the maturity of the Notes,
(B) reduce the interest  rate  hereunder,  (C) increase  the  Commitment  of the
Lender granting the  participation or (D) release all or any substantial part of
the Collateral  other than in accordance  with the terms of the Loan  Documents,
and (vi) the sale of any such  participations  which require  Borrower to file a
registration statement with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission
or under the securities regulations or laws of any state shall not be permitted.

                  (f) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 10.1 to the
contrary, any Lender may assign all or any portion of its

                                       73

<PAGE>



interest in Loans to its  Affiliates  without  approval of the Agent or Borrower
upon payment of the  administrative  fee described in Section 10.1(a) above, and
all or any portion of its interest in Loans to the Federal  Reserve Bank without
approval of the Agent or Borrower and without payment of any fees.

         SECTION 10.2 Notices.  Any notice shall be conclusively  deemed to have
been received by any party hereto and be effective on the day on which delivered
to such party (against receipt  therefor) at the address set forth below or such
other  address as such party shall  specify to the other parties in writing (or,
in the case of telephonic notice or notice by telecopy, telegram or telex (where
the  receipt of such  message is  verified  by return)  expressly  provided  for
hereunder, when received at such telephone, telecopy or telex number as may from
time to time be  specified  in  written  or verbal  notice to the other  parties
hereto or otherwise  received),  or if sent  prepaid by certified or  registered
mail return  receipt  requested on the third Business Day after the day on which
mailed, addressed to such party at said address:

                  (a)      if to the Borrower or a Participating  Partnership or
         a Participating Subsidiary at:

                           Two Perimeter Park South
                           Suite 224W
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35243
                           Attention:  Richard M. Scrushy

                           with a copy to:

                           Chief Financial Officer
                           HealthSouth Corporation
                           Suite 224W
                           Two Perimeter Park South
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35243

                           and with a copy to:

                           Treasurer
                           HealthSouth Corporation
                           Suite 224W
                           Two Perimeter Park South
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35243

                           and with a copy to:

                           J. Brooke Johnston, Jr.
                           Haskell Slaughter Young
                           1200 AmSouth-Harbert Plaza
                           1901 6th Avenue North
                           Birmingham, Alabama 35203


                                       74

<PAGE>


                  (b)      if to the Agent at:

                           One Independence Center
                           15th Floor
                           101 North Tryon Street
                           Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
                           Attention:  Agency Services

                           With a copy to:

                           600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                           21st Floor
                           Atlanta, Georgia 30308-2212
                           Attention:  Corporate Banking

                  (c)      if to  NationsBank  in its  capacity as issuer of the
         Letters of Credit:

                           NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas)
                           One Independence Center, 15th Floor
                           101 North Tryon Street
                           Charlotte, North Carolina 28255
                           Attention:  Letter of Credit Department

                  (d)      if to the Lenders:

                           At the  addresses  set forth on the  signature  pages
                           hereof or on the  signature  page of each  Assignment
                           and Acceptance.

         SECTION  10.3 No Waiver.  No failure or delay on the part of the Agent,
any Lender or the  Borrower  in the  exercise of any right,  power or  privilege
hereunder  shall  operate as a waiver of any such right,  power or privilege nor
shall any such failure or delay preclude any other or further exercise  thereof.
The rights and remedies  herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by law.

         SECTION 10.4 Setoff. The Borrower,  each  Participating  Subsidiary and
each Participating Partnership, agrees that the Agent and each Lender shall have
a lien for all the Credit  Obligations  of the  Borrower  upon all  deposits  or
deposit  accounts,  of any kind,  or any  interest  in any  deposits  or deposit
accounts thereof, now or hereafter pledged,  mortgaged,  transferred or assigned
to the Agent or such Lender or  otherwise  in the  possession  or control of the
Agent or such  Lender  (other  than for  safekeeping)  for any  purpose  for the
account or benefit  of the  Borrower,  each  Participating  Subsidiary  and each
Participating  Partnership,  and including any balance of any deposit account or
of  any  credit  of  the  Borrower,  each  Participating   Subsidiary  and  each
Participating  Partnership,  with the Agent or such Lender, whether now existing
or hereafter  established,  hereby  authorizing the Agent and each Lender at any
time or times  from and after the  occurrence  of a Default  or Event of Default
with or without  prior notice to apply such balances or any part thereof to such
of the Credit  Obligations  of the  Borrower to the Lenders then past due and in
such amounts as

                                       75

<PAGE>



they may elect, and whether or not the collateral or the responsibility of other
persons primarily,  secondarily or otherwise liable may be deemed adequate.  For
the purposes of this paragraph,  all remittances and property shall be deemed to
be in the  possession of the Agent or such Lender as soon as the same may be put
in transit to it by mail or carrier or by other bailee.

         SECTION 10.5 Survival. All covenants,  agreements,  representations and
warranties  made herein shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and
the  expiration  of the Letters of Credit and the  execution and delivery to the
Lenders of this  Agreement  and the Notes and shall  continue  in full force and
effect so long as any of the Credit Obligations remain outstanding or any Lender
has any Commitment  hereunder.  Whenever in this  Agreement,  any of the parties
hereto is referred to, such reference  shall be deemed to include the successors
and permitted assigns of such party and all covenants, provisions and agreements
by or on behalf of the Borrower  which are  contained in this  Agreement and the
Notes shall inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted  assigns of the
Lenders or any of them and any rights of the Borrower  hereunder  shall inure to
the benefit of  successors  and  assigns of  Borrower to the extent  Lenders may
consent to succession or assignment.

         SECTION 10.6 Expenses.  The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the
Agent for all its  reasonable  and  customary  out-of-pocket  costs and expenses
incurred in connection with the  preparation,  negotiation and execution of, and
any amendment, supplement or modification to, this Agreement or any of the other
Loan Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby,  including,  without limitation,  the reasonable and customary fees and
disbursements of counsel to the Agent, (b) to pay or reimburse the Agent for all
its reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement or
preservation of any rights under this Agreement,  including without  limitation,
the reasonable fees and  disbursements of their counsel,  (c) to pay,  indemnify
and hold the Agent  harmless  from any and all recording and filing fees and any
and all  liabilities  with respect to, or resulting from any failure of Borrower
to pay or delay of Borrower in paying,  documentary,  stamp, excise, withholding
and other  similar  taxes,  if any,  which may be  payable or  determined  to be
payable in connection with the execution and delivery of, or consummation of any
amendment,  supplement or modification  of, or any waiver or consent under or in
respect of, this  Agreement,  and (d) from and after the occurrence of any Event
of Default to pay,  indemnify,  and hold the Agent harmless from and against any
and all other liabilities,  obligations,  losses, damages,  penalties,  actions,
judgments,  suits,  costs,  expenses  or  disbursements  of any  kind or  nature
whatsoever with respect to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance and
administration  of this Agreement or in any respect relating to the transactions
contemplated  hereby  or  thereby,   (all  the  foregoing,   collectively,   the
"indemnified  liabilities");  provided, however, that the Borrower shall have no
obligation  hereunder with respect to indemnified  liabilities  arising from (i)
the willful misconduct or negligence of the party seeking indemnification,  (ii)
legal proceedings commenced against

                                       76

<PAGE>



the Agent or any Lender by any security  holder or creditor  thereof arising out
of and based upon rights afforded any such security holder or creditor solely in
its capacity as such, (iii) any taxes imposed upon the Agent or any Lender other
than the documentary,  stamp, excise, withholding and similar taxes described in
clause (c) above or any tax resulting from any change  described in Section 4.1,
which tax would be payable to Lenders by Borrower pursuant to Article IV hereof,
(iv)  taxes  imposed  as a result  of a  transfer  or  assignment  of any  Note,
participation  or assignment  of a portion of its rights,  (v) any taxes imposed
upon any  transferee  of any Note,  or (vi) or by reason of the  failure  of the
Agent or any Lender to perform its or their  obligations  under this  Agreement.
The agreements in this subsection  shall survive  repayment of the Notes and all
other Credit Obligations hereunder.

         SECTION 10.7  Amendments.  No amendment,  modification or waiver of any
provision of this  Agreement or any of the Loan  Documents and no consent by the
Lenders to any  departure  therefrom by the Borrower  shall be effective  unless
such  amendment,  modification  or waiver  shall be in writing and signed by the
Agent and the Borrower, but only upon having received the written consent of the
Required  Lenders,  and the same shall then be effective only for the period and
on the conditions and for the specific  instances and purposes specified in such
writing; provided, however, that, no such amendment, modification or waiver

                  (i) which changes,  extends or waives any provision of Section
         2.10,  Section  2.12(i),  Section  9.10,  this  Section 10.7 or Section
         10.15,  the amount of or the due date of any scheduled  installment  or
         other payment of or the rate of interest or other amounts payable on or
         with  respect to any  Credit  Obligation,  changes  the  definition  of
         Required  Lenders,  which  increases or extends the  Commitment  of any
         Lender or which  increases  or extends  the  Termination  Date or which
         waives  any  condition  to the  making of any Loan  shall be  effective
         unless in writing and signed by each of the Lenders; provided, however,
         the Required  Lenders may in their sole discretion waive any Default or
         Event of Default  (other than any Event of Default under Section 8.1(a)
         as to which only the Lender  which is the payee of a Note may waive the
         failure to make a payment of principal or interest due on such Note and
         Section  8.1(f)  as to which  all  Lenders  must  waive  such  Event of
         Default);

             (ii) which  releases  Collateral  or any  Guarantor  (other than in
         accordance  with the terms of the Loan  Documents)  shall be  effective
         unless with the written consent of each of the Lenders; or

            (iii)  which   affects  the  rights,   privileges,   immunities   or
         indemnities  of the Agent,  shall be  effective  unless in writing  and
         signed by the Agent.

Notwithstanding  any provision of the other Loan  Documents to the contrary,  as
between the Agent and the  Lenders,  execution  by the Agent shall not be deemed
conclusive evidence that the Agent has

                                       77

<PAGE>



obtained the written  consent of the  Required  Lenders;  however,  the Borrower
shall be entitled to rely on the  signature of the Agent as evidence of consent.
No notice to or demand on the Borrower in any case shall entitle the Borrower to
any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances,  except
as  provided  by law or as  otherwise  expressly  provided  herein.  No delay or
omission on any Lender's,  the Agent's or the Borrower's  part in exercising any
right,  remedy or option  shall  operate as a waiver of such or any other right,
remedy or option or of any Default or Event of Default.

         SECTION 10.8 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number
of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an
original,  and it shall not be necessary  in making  proof of this  Agreement to
produce or account for more than one such fully-executed counterpart.

         SECTION 10.9 Waivers by Borrower.  In any  litigation in any court with
respect to, in connection with, or arising out of this Agreement, the Loans, any
of the  Notes,  any of the other  Loan  Documents,  the  Collateral,  the Credit
Obligations, or any instrument or document delivered pursuant to this Agreement,
or the validity, protection, interpretation,  collection or enforcement thereof,
or any other claim or dispute  howsoever  arising  between the  Borrower and the
Lenders or the Agent,  the Borrower and each Lender and the Agent hereby  waive,
to the  extent  permitted  by law,  trial  by jury in  connection  with any such
litigation.

         The Borrower,  the Agent and the Lenders believe that, inasmuch as this
Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been entered into and
consummated  outside  the  State  of  Alabama,   such  transactions   constitute
transactions  in interstate  commerce,  so that neither the Agent nor any of the
Lenders is required, solely by entering into this Agreement and consummating the
transactions  contemplated  hereby,  to  qualify  to do  business  as a  foreign
corporation within the State of Alabama. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however,
the Borrower hereby  irrevocably waives all rights that it may have to raise, in
any action  brought by any of the  Lenders or the Agent to enforce the rights of
the Lenders and the Agent hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, or
the  obligations of the Borrower  hereunder or thereunder,  any defense which is
based  upon the  failure  of any of the  Lenders  or the Agent to  qualify to do
business as a foreign  corporation in the State of Alabama,  including,  but not
limited to, any defenses based upon ss. 232 of the Alabama Constitution of 1901,
ss.  10-2A-247  of the Code of  Alabama  (1975)  or ss.  40-14-4  of the Code of
Alabama (1975), or any successor provision to any thereof.  The foregoing waiver
is made knowingly and voluntarily and is a material inducement for the Agent and
the Lenders to enter into the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any
of the other Loan Documents.

         SECTION 10.10 Termination.  The termination of this Agreement shall not
affect any rights of the Borrower, the Lenders or the Agent or any obligation of
the Borrower,  the Lenders or the Agent,  arising prior to the effective date of
such termination, and the provisions hereof shall continue to be fully operative
until all

                                       78

<PAGE>



transactions  entered into or rights  created or  obligations  incurred prior to
such  termination  have been fully disposed of,  concluded or liquidated and the
Credit  Obligations  arising  prior  to or  after  such  termination  have  been
irrevocably  paid in full. The security  interests,  liens and rights granted to
the Agent for the  benefit  of the  Lenders  hereunder  and under the other Loan
Documents  shall  continue  in  full  force  and  effect,   notwithstanding  the
termination of this  Agreement,  until all of the Credit  Obligations  have been
paid in full after the  termination  hereof or the  Borrower has  furnished  the
Lenders and the Agent with an indemnification satisfactory to the Agent and each
Lender with respect thereto. All representations, warranties, covenants, waivers
and agreements  contained herein shall survive  termination hereof until payment
in  full  of  the  Credit   Obligations   unless   otherwise   provided  herein.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if after  receipt of any payment of all or any
part of the  Obligations,  any Lender is for any reason  compelled  to surrender
such  payment to any Person  because such  payment is  determined  to be void or
voidable as a preference,  impermissible  setoff,  a diversion of trust funds or
for any other  reason,  this  Agreement  shall  continue  in full  force and the
Borrower shall be liable to, and shall  indemnify and hold such Lender  harmless
for,  the amount of such payment  surrendered  until such Lender shall have been
finally and irrevocably  paid in full. The provisions of the foregoing  sentence
shall be and remain effective notwithstanding any contrary action which may have
been taken by the Lenders in reliance upon such  payment,  and any such contrary
action so taken shall be without  prejudice  to the  Lenders'  rights under this
Agreement and shall be deemed to have been  conditioned upon such payment having
become final and irrevocable.

         SECTION 10.11  Governing  Law. All documents  executed  pursuant to the
transactions contemplated herein, including,  without limitation, this Agreement
and each of the Loan Documents  shall be deemed to be contracts made under,  and
for all purposes  shall be construed in accordance  with,  the internal laws and
judicial  decisions of the State of North  Carolina;  provided that this Section
10.11 shall not affect the applicability of, and  interpretation or construction
of appropriate  terms and provisions  under the Uniform  Commercial  Code of any
jurisdiction which govern the security  interests in any of the Collateral.  The
Borrower hereby submits to the  jurisdiction  and venue of the state and federal
courts of North  Carolina for the purposes of  resolving  disputes  hereunder or
arising  out of the  transaction  contemplated  hereby  or for the  purposes  of
collection.

         SECTION 10.12  Indemnification.  In  consideration of the execution and
delivery of this Agreement by the Agent and each Lender and the extension of the
Commitments,  and  so  long  as the  Agent  and  Lenders  have  fulfilled  their
obligations hereunder, the Borrower hereby indemnifies, exonerates and holds the
Agent  and  each  Lender  and  each of  their  respective  officers,  directors,
employees and agents (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") free and harmless
from and against any and all actions,  causes of action,  claims, suits, losses,
costs,  liabilities and damages,  and expenses incurred in connection  therewith
(irrespective of whether any such Indemnified Party is a party to the action for
which

                                       79

<PAGE>



indemnification  hereunder is sought),  including reasonable attorneys' fees and
disbursements  (collectively,  the "Indemnified  Liabilities"),  incurred by the
Indemnified  Parties  or any of them as a  result  of,  or  arising  out of,  or
relating to any of the following:

                  (a) any transaction  financed or to be financed in whole or in
         part,  directly  or  indirectly,  with  the  proceeds  of any  Loan  or
         supported by any Letter of Credit;

                  (b) the entering into and  performance  of this  Agreement and
         any other Loan Document by any of the Indemnified Parties;

                  (c)  provided  Lenders  have  no  ownership  interest  in real
         property of  Borrower,  any  investigation,  litigation  or  proceeding
         related to any environmental cleanup, audit, compliance or other matter
         relating to the  protection  of the  environment  or the release by the
         Borrower  or any of its  Participating  Subsidiaries  or  Participating
         Partnerships of any hazardous waste material; or

                  (d)  provided  Lenders  have  no  ownership  interest  in real
         property of Borrower, the presence on or under, or the escape, seepage,
         leakage, spillage, discharge,  emission,  discharging or releases from,
         any real property  owned or operated by the Borrower or any  Subsidiary
         or  Controlled  Partnership  thereof of any  hazardous  waste  material
         (including any losses, liabilities,  damages, injuries, costs, expenses
         or claims asserted or arising under any environmental laws), regardless
         of whether  caused by, or within the control  of, the  Borrower or such
         Participating Subsidiary or Participating Partnerships,

except  for any  such  Indemnified  Liabilities  arising  for the  account  of a
particular  Indemnified  Party by reason  of the  relevant  Indemnified  Party's
negligence  or willful  misconduct,  and if and to the extent that the foregoing
undertaking may be unenforceable  for any reason,  the Borrower hereby agrees to
make the maximum  contribution  to the payment and  satisfaction  of each of the
Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law.

         SECTION 10.13 Agreement Controls.  In the event that any term of any of
the Loan  Documents  other than this  Agreement  conflicts with any term of this
Agreement, the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall control.

         SECTION  10.14  Integration.  This  Agreement  and the  Loan  Documents
represent the final agreement between the parties and may not be contradicted by
evidence  of  prior,  contemporaneous,  or  subsequent  oral  agreements  of the
parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements between the parties.

         SECTION 10.15  Successors and Assigns.  This Agreement shall be binding
upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties  hereto and their  respective
successors and assigns;  provided,  however, that the Borrower may not assign or
transfer its rights or

                                       80

<PAGE>



obligations  hereunder  without the prior  written  consent of the Agent and all
Lenders.  The Agent  and the  Lenders  may  assign or  transfer  their  interest
hereunder but only as provided herein.

         SECTION 10.16  Severability.  If any provision of this agreement or the
other Loan  Documents  shall be determined to be illegal or invalid as to one or
more of the parties  hereto,  then such  provision  shall  remain in effect with
respect to all parties, if any, as to whom such provision is neither illegal nor
invalid, and in any event all other provisions hereof shall remain effective and
binding on the parties hereto.

         SECTION 10.17 Usury Savings Clause. Notwithstanding any other provision
herein,  the aggregate  interest rate charged under any of the Notes,  including
all  charges or fees in  connection  therewith  deemed in the nature of interest
under North Carolina law, shall not exceed the Highest Lawful Rate (as such term
is defined  below).  If the rate of interest  (determined  without regard to the
preceeding sentence) under this Agreement at any time exceeds the Highest Lawful
Rate (as defined  below),  the  outstanding  amount of the Loans made  hereunder
shall  bear  interest  at the  Highest  Lawful  Rate  until the total  amount of
interest due hereunder  equals the amount of interest  which would have been due
hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this Agreement had at all
times been in effect.  In addition,  if when the Loans made hereunder are repaid
in full the total  interest  due  hereunder  (taking  into  account the increase
provided for above) is less than the total  amount of interest  which would have
been due  hereunder if the stated rates of interest set forth in this  Agreement
had at all times  been in  effect,  then to the  extent  permitted  by law,  the
Borrower  shall pay to the Agent an amount equal to the  difference  between the
amount of the  interest  paid and the amount of  interest  which would have been
paid if the Highest Lawful Rate had at all times been in effect. Notwithstanding
the  foregoing,  it is the  intention of the Lenders and the Borrower to conform
strictly to any applicable usury laws. Accordingly, if any Lender contracts for,
charges, or receives any consideration  which constitutes  interest in excess of
the Highest Lawful Rate,  then any such excess shall be cancelled  automatically
and,  if  previously  paid,  shall at such  Lender's  option be  applied  to the
outstanding  amount of the Loans made  hereunder or be refunded to the Borrower.
As used in this  paragraph,  the term  "Highest  Lawful  Rate" means the maximum
lawful  interest  rate,  if any,  that at any  time or from  time to time may be
contracted  for,  charged,  or received under the laws applicable to such Lender
which are  presently  in effect  or, to the extent  allowed  by law,  under such
applicable  laws  which  may  hereafter  be in effect  and which  allow a higher
maximum nonusurious interest rate than applicable laws now allow.

                                       81

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the parties hereto have caused this instrument to
be made,  executed and delivered by their duly authorized officers as of the day
and year first above written.

                                            HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION
WITNESS:

- -----------------------
                                            By:_______________________________
_______________________                        Name:  Michael D. Martin
                                               Title: Senior Vice President and
                                                      Treasurer


                                       82

<PAGE>



                                     NATIONSBANK N.A. (CAROLINAS),
                                     as Agent for the Lenders



                                     By:________________________________
                                        Name:  Douglas E. Coltharp
                                        Title: Senior Vice President


COMMITMENT:                          NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS)
$80,000,000


                                     By:________________________________
                                         Name:  Douglas E. Coltharp
                                         Title: Senior Vice President

                                           Lending Office:
                                             100 South Tryon Street
                                             Charlotte, North Carolina 28255

                                           Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                             NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas)
                                             Charlotte, North Carolina
                                             ABA #053000196
                                             Reference: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
                                             Attention: Agency Services




                                       83

<PAGE>


COMMITMENT:                          THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
$70,000,000

                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:______________________________
                                     Title:_____________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        The Bank of Nova Scotia
                                        Atlanta Agency
                                        600 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                        Suite 2700
                                        Atlanta, Georgia  30308

                                        Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                          The Bank of Nova Scotia
                                          New York Agency, for further
                                            credit to BNS-Atlanta Agency
                                          New York, New York
                                          ABA # 026002532
                                          Account # 0606634
                                          Attention:  Houston-Atlanta Team
                                          Reference:  HEALTHSOUTH


                                       84

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           AMSOUTH BANK, N.A.
$20,000,000

                                      By:________________________________
                                      Name:______________________________
                                      Title:  Senior Vice President

                                        Lending Office:
                                        AmSouth Bank, N.A.
                                        1900 5th Avenue
                                        Birmingham, Alabama

                                        Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                          AmSouth Bank, N.A.
                                          Birmingham, Alabama
                                          ABA #062000019
                                          Reference: Acct # 50214327
                                                     HEALTHSOUTH
                                          Attention: Lisa Mann

                                       85

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                             NATIONAL CITY BANK, KENTUCKY
$40,000,000

                                        By:________________________________
                                        Name:______________________________
                                        Title: Senior Vice President

                                           Lending Office:
                                           101 S. Fifth Street, 8th Floor
                                           Louisville, Kentucky  40202

                                           Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                             National City Bank, Kentucky
                                             Louisville, Kentucky
                                             ABA # 0830-0005-6
                                             Reference:  HEALTHSOUTH
                                             Attention:  Sandy Walker

                                       86

<PAGE>

COMMITMENT:                            FIRST UNION NATIONAL BANK OF
$70,000,000                            NORTH CAROLINA


                                       By:________________________________
                                       Name:______________________________
                                       Title: Vice President

                                          Lending Office:
                                          One First Union Plaza
                                          Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0735

                                          Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                            First National Union Bank of
                                            North Carolina
                                            Charlotte, North Carolina
                                            ABA # 053000219
                                            Acct # 465906 0001802
                                            Reference:  HEALTHSOUTH
                                            Attention:  Sue Patterson

                                       87

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           WACHOVIA BANK OF GEORGIA, N.A.
$70,000,000

                                      By:________________________________
                                      Name:______________________________
                                      Title:  Vice President

                                         Lending Office:
                                         Wachovia Bank of Georgia
                                         191 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                         Atlanta, Georgia  30303

                                         Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                           Wachovia Bank of Georgia
                                           Atlanta, Georgia
                                           ABA #061000010
                                           Acct # 18-800-621
                                           Attention: Becky Creel


                                       88

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                       PNC BANK, KENTUCKY, INC.
$40,000,000

                                  By:________________________________
                                  Name:______________________________
                                  Title:_____________________________

                                    Lending Office:
                                    PNC Bank, Kentucky, Inc.
                                    500 West Jefferson Street
                                    Louisville, Kentucky  40202

                                    Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                      PNC Bank, Kentucky, Inc.
                                      Louisville, Kentucky
                                      ABA #083-000-108
                                      Account #3000990597
                                      Reference: HEALTHSOUTH
                                      Attention: Margie Pate


                                       89

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                      THE DAIWA BANK, LIMITED
$20,000,000

                                 By:________________________________
                                 Name:______________________________
                                 Title:_____________________________


                                 By:________________________________
                                 Name:______________________________
                                 Title:_____________________________
                                   Lending Office:
                                   Daiwa Bank, Chicago Branch
                                   Chicago, Illinois

                                   Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                     The Daiwa Bank, Limited
                                     Chicago Branch
                                     Chicago, Illinois
                                     ABA #071006075
                                     Reference: HealthSouth
                                     Attention: Maria Martinez

                                       90

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                  THE BANK OF TOKYO, LTD.,
$40,000,000                  Atlanta Agency


                             By:________________________________
                             Name:  Rodney J. Carson
                             Title: Vice President & Manager

                               Lending Office:
                               The Bank of Tokyo, Ltd.
                               New York, New York

                               Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                 The Bank of Tokyo, Ltd.
                                 New York, New York
                                 ABA   #0260-0963-2  
                                 For further credit:
                                   AC 30001680
                                   The Bank of Tokyo, Ltd.
                                   Atlanta Agency
                                   Attention:  Glynnis Slaten


                                       91

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          MELLON BANK, N.A.
$40,000,000

                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:______________________________
                                     Title:_____________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        Mellon Bank, N.A.
                                        Two Mellon Bank Center
                                        Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259

                                        Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                          Mellon Bank, N.A.
                                          Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15259
                                          ABA # 043000261
                                          Acct # 990873800
                                          Reference:  HEALTHSOUTH
                                          Attention:  Loan Administrator
                                                      Terpsie Katsafanas


                                       92

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                        HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK
$20,000,000

                                   By:________________________________
                                   Title:_____________________________

                                     Lending Office:
                                     313 Carondelet Street
                                     New Orleans, Louisiana  70130

                                     Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                       Hibernia National Bank
                                       P. O. Box 61540
                                       New Orleans, Louisiana  70161
                                       ABA # 065000090
                                       Acct # 0520-36615
                                              National Accounts
                                       Reference: HEALTHSOUTH
                                       Attention: Hal Hopson


                                       93

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          THE BANK OF CALIFORNIA, N.A.
$20,000,000

                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:______________________________
                                     Title:_____________________________

                                       Lending Office:
                                       Los Angeles, California  90071

                                       Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                          The Bank of California, N.A.
                                          San Francisco, California
                                          ABA # 121000015
                                          Acct # 001-060-235
                                          Reference: HEALTHSOUTH
                                          Attention: Hisako Sakamoto


                                       94

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          COOPERATIVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-
$40,000,000                          BOERENLEENBANK, B.A.
                                     "RaboBank Nederland, New York Branch"


                                     By:________________________________
                                     Name:______________________________
                                     Title:_____________________________

                                       Lending Office:
                                       New York, New York  10167

                                       Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                          Bank of New York
                                          New York, New York
                                          ABA # 021000018
                                          For the Account of RaboBank
                                          Acct # 8026002533
                                          Reference: HEALTHSOUTH
                                          Attention: Corporate Services


                                       95

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           SHAWMUT BANK CONNECTICUT, N.A.
$20,000,000

                                      By:________________________________
                                      Name:______________________________
                                      Title:_____________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        Shawmut Bank Connecticut, N.A.
                                        Hartford, Connecticut

                                        Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                          Shawmut Bank Connecticut, N.A.
                                          Hartford, Connecticut
                                          ABA # 011900445
                                          Acct # 00-6612-7761
                                          Reference: HEALTHSOUTH
                                          Attention: Sandy Sousa


                                       96

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                         TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS), INC.
$70,000,000 
                                    By:______________________________
                                    Name:____________________________
                                    Title:___________________________

                                       Lending Office:
                                       The Toronto-Dominion Bank
                                       909 Fannin Street, 17th Floor
                                       Houston, Texas  77010

                                     Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                       The Toronto-Dominion Bank
                                       ABA # 0260003243
                                       Favor: TD Houston
                                              Acct # 2159251
                                       Reference: HEALTHSOUTH
                                       Attention: Lisa Allison


                                       97

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                         WELLS FARGO BANK, N.A.
$40,000,000
                                    By:______________________________
                                    Name:____________________________
                                    Title:___________________________

                                      Lending Office:
                                      420 Montgomery Street, 9th Floor
                                      San Francisco, California  94163

                                    Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                      Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.
                                      San Francisco, California

                                      ABA # 121000248
                                      BNF = Corporate Loan Operations
                                      OBI = HEALTHSOUTH Corporation


                                       98

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                         FIRST AMERICAN NATIONAL BANK
$20,000,000
                                    By:_____________________________
                                    Name:___________________________
                                    Title:__________________________
 
                                       Lending Office:
                                       300 Union Street, 2nd Floor
                                       Nashville, Tennessee  37237-0203

                                    Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                       First American National Bank
                                       300 Union Street, 2nd Floor
                                       Nashville, Tennessee  37237-0203

                                    ABA # 064-000-017
                                    Wire Transfer Clearing Account
                                       # 090-125-6
                                    Attention: Frenisa D. Joy
                                               Commercial Loan Operations


                                       99

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          FLEET BANK OF MASSACHUSETTS, N.A.
$20,000,000
                                     By:_____________________________
                                     Name:___________________________
                                     Title:__________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        75 State Street
                                        Boston, Massachusetts  02109

                                      Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                        Fleet Bank of Massachusetts, N.A.

                                      ABA # 011-000-138
                                      Account # 1510351
                                      For credit to: Commercial Loan Services
                                                     Attention: Agent Bank
                                                                Department


                                       100

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           ABN AMRO BANK N.V.
$20,000,000
                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________

                                         Lending Office:
                                         One Ravinia Drive, Suite 1200
                                         Atlanta, Georgia  30346

                                      Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                         Federal Reserve Bank, NY, NY
                                         Favor of: ABN*AMRO New York

                                      ABA # 0260-09580
                                      Further credit to: ABN*AMRO Atlanta
                                      Account # 651-0-010197-41


                                       101

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           DEUTSCHE BANK AG, New York Branch
$20,000,000                           and/or Cayman Islands Branch

                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________


                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________

                                         Lending Office:
                                         31 West 52nd Street
                                         New York, New York  10019

                                      Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                         Deutsche Bank AG
                                         New York, New York  10019
                                         ABA # 026003780
                                         Favor: Deutsche Bank AG,
                                                New York Branch
                                         Attention: Noble Samuel - CF-OPS


                                       102

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           LTCB TRUST COMPANY
$40,000,000
                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________

                                         Lending Office:
                                         165 Broadway
                                         New York, New York  10006

                                      Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                         Funds transferred to:
                                           Bankers Trust Company

                                         ABA # 021001033
                                         Name of Account: LTCB Trust Company
                                         Account # 04-203-606


                                       103

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          THE BOATMENS NATIONAL BANK OF
$20,000,000                          ST. LOUIS

                                     By:_____________________________
                                     Name:___________________________
                                     Title:__________________________

                                       Lending Office:
                                       P. O. Box 236
                                       St. Louis, Missouri  63166

                                     Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                       The Boatman's National Bank of
                                         St. Louis
                                       St. Louis, Missouri  63166
                                       ABA # 081000032
                                       Account # 101409997409
                                       Attention: Commercial Loan Service


                                       104

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          THE SANWA BANK LIMITED, ATLANTA
$20,000,000                          AGENCY

                                     By:_____________________________
                                     Name:___________________________
                                     Title:__________________________

                                       Lending Office:
                                       133 Peachtree Street, N.E.
                                       Suite 4750
                                       Atlanta, Georgia 30303

                                     Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                       The Sanwa Bank Limited
                                       New York, New York

                                       ABA # 026009823
                                       Account # 999669
                                       For the Account of Atlanta
                                       Reference:  HEALTHSOUTH


                                       105

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           CREDITANSTALT CORPORATE FINANCE, INC.
$20,000,000

                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________


                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        245 Park Avenue
                                        New York, New York 10167

                                      Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                        Chemical Bank
                                        New York, New York
                                        Account:  Critanstalt New York
                                        ABA # 021000128
                                        Account # 544-7-73095
                                        Attention: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation


                                       106

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           DRESDNER BANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH
$20,000,000                           AND GRAND CAYMAN BRANCH

                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        75 Wall Street
                                        New York, New York  10005

                                      Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                        Chase Manhattan Bank
                                        (Favor of Dresdner Bank AG)
                                        ABA # 021000021
                                        Account # 920-1-059079
                                        Reference:  HEALTHSOUTH


                                       107

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                           FUJI BANK
$20,000,000

                                      By:_____________________________
                                      Name:___________________________
                                      Title:__________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        ________________________
                                        ________________________

                                      Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                        ________________________
                                        ________________________
                                        ________________________
                                        ABA # _________________
                                        Account # ________________
                                        Attention: ___________________


                                       108

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          NIPPON CREDIT BANK
$20,000,000
                                     By:_____________________________
                                     Name: Bernardo E. Correa-Henschke
                                     Title:__________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        550 S. Hope Street, Suite 2500
                                        Los Angeles, California  90071

                                     Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                        Bank of America, San Francisco
                                        1850 Gateway Boulevard, 8th Floor
                                        Concord, California  94520

                                     ABA # 1210-0035-8
                                     Account # 62908-31126
                                     Account Name: The Nippon Credit Bank,
                                                   Ltd., Los Angeles

                                     Attention:  Loan Administration


                                       109

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          THE INDUSTRIAL BANK OF JAPAN, LIMITED
$40,000,000

                                     By:_____________________________
                                     Name:___________________________
                                     Title:__________________________

                                       Lending Office:
                                       New York Branch
                                       245 Park Avenue
                                       New York, New York  10169

                                     Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                       Fed Wire Industrial Bank of
                                         Japan Limited New York Branch
                                       ABA # 026008345
                                       Reference: HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
                                       Attention: Credit Administration


                                       110

<PAGE>



COMMITMENT:                          THE SUMITOMO BANK, LIMITED
$20,000,000

                                     By:_____________________________
                                     Name:___________________________
                                     Title:__________________________

                                        Lending Office:
                                        ________________________
                                        ________________________

                                     Wire Transfer Instructions:
                                        ________________________
                                        ________________________
                                        ________________________
                                        ABA # _________________
                                        Account # ________________
                                        Attention: ___________________


                                       111

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         EXHIBIT A

                                                                                                            Applicable
            Lender                                                                                    Commitment Percentage
            ------                                                                                    ---------------------

<S>                                                                                                               <C>
NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas)                                                                                     8%

The Bank of Nova Scotia                                                                                           7

First Union National Bank                                                                                         7
   of North Carolina

Mellon Bank, N.A.                                                                                                 4

National City Bank, Kentucky                                                                                      4

PNC Bank, Kentucky, Inc.                                                                                          4

Wachovia Bank of Georgia, N.A.                                                                                    7

Toronto Dominion (Texas), Inc.                                                                                    7

AmSouth Bank of Alabama                                                                                           2

The Bank of California, N.A.                                                                                      2

The Bank of Tokyo, Ltd., Atlanta Agency                                                                           4

The Daiwa Bank, Limited                                                                                           2

Hibernia National Bank                                                                                            2

Cooperative Centrale Raiffeisen-                                                                                  4
  Boerenleenbank, B.A.
  "RaboBank Nederland, New York Branch"

Shawmut Bank Connecticut, N.A.                                                                                    2

Wells Fargo Bank, N.A.                                                                                            4

First American National Bank                                                                                      2

Fleet Bank of Massachusetts, N.A.                                                                                 2

ABN AMRO Bank N.V.                                                                                                2

Deutsche Bank AG, New York Branch and/or

  Cayman Islands Branch                                                                                           2

LTCB Trust Company                                                                                                4

The Boatmens National Bank of St. Louis                                                                           2

                                                            112

<PAGE>




                                                                                                            Applicable
Lender                                                                                                Commitment Percentage
- ------                                                                                                ----------------------

The Sanwa Bank Limited, Atlanta Agency                                                                            2%

Creditanstalt Corporate Finance, Inc.                                                                             2

Fuji Bank                                                                                                         2

Nippon Credit Bank, Ltd.,                                                                                         2
  Los Angeles Agency

Dresdner Bank AG, New York Branch
  and Grand Cayman Branch                                                                                         2

The Sumitomo Bank, Limited                                                                                        2

The Industrial Bank of Japan, Limited                                                                             4
                                                                                                                ---

                                                                                                                100%
</TABLE>


                                                            113

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT B

                        FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

                        DATED _________________, 19______

         Reference is made to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as
of April 11, 1995 (the "Agreement")  among HEALTHSOUTH  CORPORATION,  a Delaware
corporation  ("Borrower"),  the  Lenders  (as  defined  in  the  Agreement)  and
NATIONSBANK,  N.A.  (CAROLINAS)  as  Agent  for the  Lenders  ("Agent").  Unless
otherwise  defined  herein,  terms defined in the Agreement are used herein with
the same meanings.

         ___________________________________________________________________(the
"Assignor") and ________________________ (the "Assignee") agree as follows:

         1. The  Assignor  hereby  sells and  assigns to the  Assignee,  and the
Assignee hereby  purchases and assumes from the Assignor,  WITHOUT  RECOURSE,  a
_______%1  interest in and to all of the Assignor's rights and obligations under
the Agreement as of the Effective Date (as defined  below),  including,  without
limitation,  such percentage  interest in the Loan owing to, and  Participations
held by, the Assignor on the Effective Date, and the Notes held by the Assignor.

         2. The  Assignor  (i)  represents  and  warrants  that,  as of the date
hereof,  the  aggregate  outstanding  principal  amount of the Loans owing to it
(without  giving  effect  to  assignments  thereof  which  have  not yet  become
effective) is $________ and the aggregate  principal amount of Letters of Credit
in which it is deemed to have a Participation  under the Agreement is $________;
(ii)  represents and warrants that it is the legal and  beneficial  owner of the
interest being assigned by it hereunder and that such interest is free and clear
of any adverse claim;  (iii) makes no  representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility  with respect to any  statements,  warranties or  representations
made in or in connection  with the Agreement or any of the Loan Documents or the
execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value
of the  Agreement  or any of the  Loan  Documents  or any  other  instrument  or
document  furnished  pursuant thereto;  (iv) makes no representation or warranty
and  assumes no  responsibility  with  respect  to the  financial  condition  of
Borrower or the  performance or observance by Borrower of any of its obligations
under the  Agreement  or any of the Loan  Documents or any other  instrument  or
document  furnished  pursuant  thereto and (v) attaches the Notes referred to in
paragraph 1 above and requests that the Agent exchange such Note for new Note(s)
as follows: A Syndicated Note, dated _____________, 19__ in the principal amount
of $________________,  and Competitive Bid Note, dated __________, 19__ --------
1 Specify percentage in no more than 8 decimal points.

                                       114

<PAGE>



in the principal amount of $__________ payable to the order of the Assignor, and
a Syndicated  Note,  dated  ____________________________  19__, in the principal
amount of $_________________ and Competitive Bid Note, dated __________, 19__ in
the principal amount of $__________ payable to the order of the Assignee.

         3.  The  Assignee  (i)  confirms  that  it has  received  a copy of the
Agreement,  together  with  copies of the  financial  statements  referred to in
Section 7.3 thereof and such other  documents and  information  as it has deemed
appropriate  to make its own credit  analysis  and  decision  to enter into this
Assignment and Acceptance;  (ii) agrees that it will,  independently and without
reliance  upon the Agent,  the  Assignor,  or any other Lender and based on such
documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,  continue to
make  its own  credit  decisions  in  taking  or not  taking  action  under  the
Agreement;  (iii)  appoints and authorizes the Agent to take such actions on its
behalf and to exercise such powers under the Loan  Documents as are delegated to
the Agent by the terms  thereof,  together  with such  powers as are  reasonably
incidental  thereto;  (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance  with their
terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Agreement are required to
be  performed  by the Lender;  and (v)  specifies as its address for notices the
office set forth beneath its name on the signature pages hereof.

         4. The  effective  date for this  Assignment  and  Acceptance  shall be
_____________________________ (the "Effective Date"). Following the execution of
this Assignment and Acceptance, it will be delivered to the Agent for acceptance
and recording by the Agent.

         5. Upon such  acceptance and recording,  as of the Effective  Date, (i)
the Assignee  shall be a party to the Agreement  and, to the extent  provided in
this  Assignment  and  Acceptance,  have the rights and  obligations of a Lender
thereunder  and under the Loan  Documents  and (ii) the Assignor  shall,  to the
extent provided in this Assignment and Acceptance,  relinquish its rights and be
released from its obligations under the Agreement.

         6. Upon such  acceptance  and  recording,  from and after the Effective
Date, the Agent shall make all payments under the Agreement and Notes in respect
of the interest assigned hereby (including,  without limitation, all payments of
principal, interest, unused fees and letter of credit fees with respect thereto)
to  the  Assignee.   The  Assignor  and  Assignee  shall  make  all  appropriate
adjustments  in payments  under the Agreement and the Notes for periods prior to
the Effective Date directly between themselves.


                                       115

<PAGE>



         7. This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with, the laws of the State of North Carolina.

                                 [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

                                 By:____________________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:

                                 Notice Address:________________________________
                                                ________________________________
                                                ________________________________

                                 After the Effective Date
                                 Outstanding Revolving Loans:$__________________


                                 [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

                                 By:____________________________________________
                                     Name:
                                     Title:


                                 Notice Address:________________________________
                                                ________________________________
                                                ________________________________

                                 After the Effective Date
                                 Outstanding Revolving Loans:$__________________



                          Accepted this __________ day of ___________, 19_______

                          NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS)


                          By:___________________________________________________
                              Name:
                              Title:

Consented to:

HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

By:____________________________
   Name:
   Title:

                                       116

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT C-1

                         PARTNERSHIP GUARANTY AGREEMENT
                         ------------------------------


         THIS PARTNERSHIP  GUARANTY AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into
by and between  NATIONSBANK,  N.A. (CAROLINAS) , a national banking association,
as Agent (the "Agent"), and the other undersigned entity (the "Guarantor") as of
April 11, 1995.

                                    Recitals
                                    --------

         A. HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation (formerly named HEALTHSOUTH  Rehabilitation
Corporation),  a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"),  the Agent and the other
lenders party thereto (the "Original  Lenders")  entered into a Credit Agreement
dated as of November 20, 1992 (such credit agreement as amended by Amendment No.
1 dated August 13, 1993 and  Amendment  No. 2 dated  December  30,  1993,  being
referred to as the "Original  Agreement") pursuant to which the Original Lenders
agreed  to make  loans  and  cause to be  issued  letters  of  credit  all in an
aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $390,000,000.

         B. At the  request of the  Borrower,  by Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement dated June 7, 1994 (the "First Restated Agreement") the Borrower,  the
Agent and certain of the  Original  Lenders  together  with  additional  lenders
(collectively  the  "Existing   Lenders")  amended  and  restated  the  Original
Agreement,  thereby increasing the amount of the credit facility to $550,000,000
and changing certain  provisions of the Original  Agreement and resulting in the
addition of certain Participating Subsidiaries.

         C. The  Borrower has  requested  that the First  Restated  Agreement be
amended  and  restated in its  entirety  in order to increase  the amount of the
credit facility,  to change certain of the provisions  contained  therein and to
increase  the number of  lenders  participating  therein,  and the Agent and the
respective  lenders are willing to make such changes by amending  and  restating
the First  Restated  Agreement  as set forth in the Second  Amended and Restated
Credit  Agreement of even date herewith,  among the Borrower,  the Agent and the
lenders party thereto (the  "Lenders")  (such Second Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement,  as  amended,  modified  or  supplemented  from  time to time,  being
referred  to  as  the  "Credit  Agreement").  Capitalized  terms  used  in  this
Agreement,  unless otherwise defined herein,  have the meanings assigned to them
in the Credit Agreement.

         D. The Borrower is either  directly or through one of its  Subsidiaries
the  General  Partner of the  Guarantor,  and  proceeds  of Loans made under the
Credit Agreement have been advanced to and used by the Guarantor.


                                       117

<PAGE>



         E. The Guarantor will  materially  benefit from the Loans to be made to
the Borrower  and  Participating  Subsidiaries  and  Participating  Partnerships
pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

         F.  The  Guarantor  desires,  pursuant  to  Section  2.5 of the  Credit
Agreement,  to guarantee,  jointly and severally,  with the other  Participating
Subsidiaries and Participating Partnerships, the Credit Agreement, the Notes and
the other Credit  Obligations and to take all other action necessary to become a
Participating Partnership, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

                                    Agreement
                                    ---------

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  recitals and the
mutual  agreements  herein set forth,  and to induce the Lenders to continue the
credit  extended  under the First  Restated  Agreement and to extend  additional
credit  under  the  Credit  Agreement,  and  in  further  consideration  of  the
substantial material benefit to accrue to the Guarantor from credit extended and
to be extended by the Lenders  under the Credit  Agreement,  the parties  hereto
agree as follows:

         1. The Guarantor does hereby,  absolutely and unconditionally,  jointly
and severally,  for the benefit of the Agent and each of the Lenders,  guarantee
and  become  surety  for the full  and  timely  payment  when  due  (whether  by
acceleration or otherwise)  (including  amounts which,  but for the operation of
the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any successor
statute) would become due) for each of the Credit Obligations, whether direct or
indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent,  liquidated or unliquidated,
now  or  hereafter  existing,   extended,   renewed,  replaced,   refinanced  or
restructured,  whether or not from time to time  decreased or  extinguished  and
later increased,  created or incurred;  provided,  however, that the Guarantor's
liability with respect to the Credit  Obligations  shall be limited to an amount
equal to its Partnership Liabilities.

         2. This is a guaranty of payment and not merely of  collection.  In the
event of any  default  by the  Borrower  or any  other  obligor  in  payment  or
otherwise on any of the Credit  Obligations,  the Guarantor  will pay all or any
portion of the Credit  Obligations  due or thereafter  becoming due,  whether by
acceleration or otherwise,  without offset of any kind  whatsoever,  without the
Agent or any Lender first being required to make demand upon the Borrower or any
other  obligor or pursue any of its rights  against  the  Borrower  or any other
obligor,   or  against  any  other   person,   including   other   Participating
Subsidiaries,  Participating  Partnerships  and  guarantors;  and without  being
required to liquidate  or realize on any  collateral  security.  In any right of
action  accruing  to the Agent or any  Lender,  the Agent or such Lender (as the
case may be) may elect to proceed  against (a) the  Guarantor  together with the
Borrower  or  any  other  obligor,   Participating   Subsidiary,   Participating
Partnership or guarantor;

                                       118

<PAGE>



(b)  the  Guarantor  and  the  Borrower  or  any  other  obligor,  Participating
Subsidiary,  Participating  Partnership  or guarantor  individually;  or (c) the
Guarantor only without having first commenced any action against the Borrower or
any  other  obligor,  Participating  Subsidiary,  Participating  Partnership  or
guarantor.

         3. The  Guarantor  hereby  unconditionally  waives with respect to this
Agreement: (a) notice of acceptance of this Agreement by the Agent or any Lender
and  any  notice  of  the  incurring  by the  Borrower  or  any  other  obligor,
Participating  Subsidiary,  Participating Partnership or guarantor of any Credit
Obligation; (b) presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment,  demand, protest,
notice of protest and notice of dishonor or default to any party  including  the
Borrower,  the  Guarantor  or  any  other  obligor,   Participating  Subsidiary,
Participating  Partnership  or  guarantor;  (c) all other  notices  to which the
Borrower,  the  Guarantor  or  any  other  obligor,   Participating  Subsidiary,
Participating  Partnership or guarantor may be entitled but which may legally be
waived;  (d)  demand  for  payments  as a  condition  of  liability  under  this
Agreement;  (e) any  disability  of the  Borrower  or any other  obligor  or any
defense  available to the Borrower or any other  obligor,  including  absence or
cessation of the  Borrower's  or any other  obligor's  liability  for any reason
whatsoever;  (f) any defense or circumstances which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable  discharge of a guarantor or surety; and (g) all rights under
any state or federal statute dealing with or affecting the rights of creditors.

         4. The Guarantor  acknowledges that it has had full and complete access
to the underlying papers relating to the Credit Obligations and all other papers
executed by any person in connection with the Credit  Obligations,  has reviewed
them and is  fully  aware of the  meaning  and  effect  of their  contents.  The
Guarantor  is fully  informed of all  circumstances  that bear upon the risks of
executing  this  Agreement  and  which a  diligent  inquiry  would  reveal.  The
Guarantor has adequate  means to obtain from the Borrower on a continuing  basis
information  concerning the Borrower's  financial condition and is not depending
on the Agent or Lenders to provide such information,  now or in the future.  The
Guarantor  agrees  that  neither  the  Agent  nor the  Lenders  shall  have  any
obligation to advise or notify the  Guarantor or to provide the  Guarantor  with
any data or  information.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement is not a
condition  precedent  (and the Agent and the Lenders have not in any way implied
that the execution of this  Agreement is a condition  precedent) to the Lenders'
making,  extending or modifying any loan or any other financial accommodation to
or for the Guarantor otherwise than under the Credit Agreement.

         5. The Guarantor hereby specifically  acknowledges and agrees,  without
limiting the generality of the other  provisions of this Agreement,  to be bound
by the terms and conditions specified in Section 2.5(b) of the Credit Agreement.

                                       119

<PAGE>




         6.  The  Guarantor  hereby  agrees  that  its  guaranty  of the  Credit
Obligations  is  joint  and  several,  continuing,  absolute  and  unconditional
(subject to the proviso of Section 1 above).  Without limiting the generality of
the  foregoing,  the  Guarantor's  obligations  and liability  hereunder and its
guaranty  of the Notes  and any  other  Loan  Document  shall  not be  released,
discharged,  impaired,  modified or in any way affected by (a) the invalidity or
unenforceability  of any Loan  Document,  (b) the  failure  of the  Agent or the
Lenders to give the  Guarantor a copy of any notice given to the Borrower or any
other obligor, Participating Subsidiary, Participating Partnership or guarantor,
(c) any  modification,  amendment or supplement of any  obligation,  covenant or
agreement  contained  in any  Loan  Document,  (d) any  compromise,  settlement,
release or  termination  of any  obligation,  covenant or  agreement in any Loan
Document, (e) any waiver of payment, performance or observance by or in favor of
the  Borrower  or any other  obligor,  Participating  Subsidiary,  Participating
Partnership or guarantor of any obligation, covenant or agreement under any Loan
Document, (f) any consent, extension, indulgence or other action or inaction, or
any exercise or non-exercise  of any right,  remedy or privilege with respect to
any Loan  Document,  (g) the extension of time for payment or performance of any
Credit Obligations,  (h) the release or discharge of the Lenders' claims against
any  collateral  now or at  any  time  hereafter  securing  any  of  the  Credit
Obligations, the Borrower or any other Participating Subsidiary or Participating
Partnership  by operation of law or otherwise or (i) any other matter that might
otherwise be raised in avoidance of, or in defense against an action to enforce,
the  obligations  of the Guarantor  under this  Agreement or its guaranty of any
Credit Obligations.

         7.  The   Guarantor   hereby   repeats  and   reaffirms   each  of  the
representations  and warranties  contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement,
to the  extent  they are  applicable  to a  Participating  Partnership;  and the
Guarantor  hereby  represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that all
such representations and warranties are true with respect to the Guarantor.

         8. The Guarantor covenants and agrees with the Agent and each Lender as
follows:

                  (a) The  Guarantor  will comply  with all of the  obligations,
         requirements and restrictions in the covenants contained in Article VII
         of the  Credit  Agreement,  to the  extent  they  are  applicable  to a
         Participating Partnership.

                  (b) The Guarantor  hereby  irrevocably  waives with respect to
         this  Agreement  any  legal  or  equitable  right to  recover  from the
         Borrower   or  any   other   obligor,   Participating   Subsidiary   or
         Participating  Partnership or guarantor,  including without limitation,
         any right of subrogation,  indemnity,  reimbursement or contribution or
         any other right of the Guarantor as a

                                       120

<PAGE>



         creditor  of  the   Borrower  or  any  other   obligor,   Participating
         Subsidiary, Participating Partnership or guarantor.

                  (c)  The  Guarantor  further  waives  any  rights  that  might
         otherwise be  available  to Guarantor  pursuant to ss. 26-4 through ss.
         26-7 of the North Carolina General Statutes.

          9. The Guarantor irrevocably (a) acknowledges that this Agreement will
be accepted by the Agent and Lenders and performed by the Guarantor in the State
of North  Carolina  (which  is the  state in which the  Agent's  main  office is
located); (b) submits to the jurisdiction of each state or federal court sitting
in North  Carolina  (collectively,  the  "Courts")  over  any  suit,  action  or
proceeding  arising  out of or  relating  to this  Agreement  (individually,  an
"Agreement  Action");  (c) waives,  to the fullest extent  permitted by law, any
obligation  or defense that the  Guarantor  may now or  hereafter  have based on
improper venue,  lack of personal  jurisdiction,  inconvenience  of forum or any
similar matter in any Agreement Action brought in any of the Courts;  (d) agrees
that final  judgment in any Agreement  Action brought in any of the Courts shall
be  conclusive  and binding upon the  Guarantor and may be enforced in any other
court to the jurisdiction of which the Guarantor is subject, by a suit upon such
judgment;  (e)  designates  Michael D.  Martin,  or any  successor  Treasurer of
HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, whose address is HEALTHSOUTH Corporation, Two Perimeter
Park South, Suite 224W, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, as the Guarantor's authorized
agent to accept and acknowledge on the Guarantor's behalf service of any and all
process  that may be served in any  Agreement  Action in any of the Courts;  (f)
agrees,  if such agent  shall  cease so to act,  irrevocably  to  designate  and
appoint  without  delay  another  such  agent in the  State  of  North  Carolina
satisfactory  to the  Agent;  (g)  consents  to the  service  of  process on the
Guarantor in any Agreement Action by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered
or certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to (i) the Guarantor at the  Guarantor's
address  designated  in or pursuant to Section  10.2 of the Credit  Agreement or
(ii) the agent for  service of process  appointed  by the  Guarantor  under this
Section 9; (h) agrees that service in either manner specified in clause (g) next
above shall in every  respect be effective  and binding on the  Guarantor to the
same extent as though such  service of process  were served on the  Guarantor in
person by a person duly  authorized to serve such  process;  and (i) AGREES THAT
THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION,  EVEN IF FOUND NOT TO BE STRICTLY ENFORCEABLE BY
ANY COURT,  SHALL  CONSTITUTE "FAIR WARNING" TO THE GUARANTOR THAT THE EXECUTION
OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY SUBJECT THE GUARANTOR TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF
THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA WITH RESPECT TO ANY AGREEMENT  ACTIONS,  AND THAT IT
IS  FORESEEABLE  BY THE  GUARANTOR  THAT THE  GUARANTOR  MAY BE SUBJECTED TO THE
JURISDICTION  OF THE  COURTS OF THE STATE OF NORTH  CAROLINA  AND MAY BE SUED IN
THAT STATE IN ANY  AGREEMENT  ACTIONS.  Nothing in this Section 9 shall limit or
restrict the Agent's or any Lender's  right to serve process or bring  Agreement
Actions in manners and in courts otherwise as herein provided.

                                       121

<PAGE>

          10.  The  Guarantor  agrees  that it is, and for all  purposes  of the
Credit Agreement and the Note shall be, a Participating Partnership.

          11.  (a) THE  GUARANTY  PURSUANT  TO THIS  AGREEMENT  IS A  CONTINUING
GUARANTY  AND SHALL  CONTINUE  IN FULL FORCE AND  EFFECT  UNTIL SUCH TIME AS ALL
OBLIGATIONS  SHALL HAVE BEEN PAID IN FULL AND THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL BE
UNDER NO FURTHER  OBLIGATION  TO LEND OR ADVANCE  FUNDS TO THE  BORROWER  OR ANY
OTHER PERSON CONSTITUTING CREDIT OBLIGATIONS OR TO ISSUE LETTERS OF CREDIT.

         (b) If claim is ever made upon the Agent or any Lender for repayment or
recovery  of any amount or amounts  received  in payment or on account of any of
the Credit Obligations (including without limitation any claim that such payment
constitutes  or  constituted  a  preference  or   preferential   transfer  under
bankruptcy  or other law or a  fraudulent  conveyance,  or any other claim under
bankruptcy or other law) and the Agent or such Lender repays all or part of said
amount  by  reason  of (a)  any  judgment,  decree  or  order  of any  court  or
administrative  body having jurisdiction over such payee or any of its property,
or (b) any  settlement or compromise of any such claim  effected by the Agent or
any Lender with any such claimant (including the original obligor),  then and in
such  event  the  Guarantor  agrees  that  any  such  judgment,  decree,  order,
settlement  or  compromise  shall  be  binding  upon  it,   notwithstanding  any
revocation hereof or the cancellation of any Note or other instrument evidencing
any Credit Obligation or any security  therefor,  and the Guarantor shall be and
remain liable to the Agent and the Lenders for the amount so repaid or recovered
to the same extent as if such amount had never  originally  been received by the
Agent or any Lender.  Nothing contained in this Section 11(b) shall be deemed to
require any  Participating  Partnership  to pay more than an amount equal to its
Partnership Liabilities.

         (c) When taking  action under this  Agreement,  the Agent will have the
same level of responsibility and the same protections as set forth in the Credit
Agreement for the Agent's actions thereunder.

          12. This Agreement shall bind the  Guarantor's  successors and assigns
and shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable  by, the Agent and each of
the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may only
be waived,  modified or amended by a written  instrument signed by the Agent and
the party against which the enforcement  thereof is sought. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL
IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NORTH  CAROLINA.  If any term of this Agreement shall be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in force and effect.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original,  but all of which shall  constitute one agreement.  This Agreement and
the other Loan  Documents  constitute  the entire  agreement of the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof

                                       122

<PAGE>



and  supersede any  inconsistent  agreement  with respect to the subject  matter
hereof and thereof.

          13. TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED BY LAW, THE GUARANTOR  HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND  INTENTIONALLY  WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY
WITH  RESPECT TO ANY  LITIGATION  BASED  HEREON,  OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN
CONNECTION  WITH,  THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT,  OR ANY COURSE OF
CONDUCT,  COURSE OF DEALING,  STATEMENT  (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF
THE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE GUARANTOR.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT
TO THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER  MAKING THE LOANS  AVAILABLE  TO THE  BORROWER  AND
PARTICIPATING PARTNERSHIPS AND PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES.

          14.  Additional  Waiver.  The  Guarantor  and the Agent  believe that,
inasmuch as this Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been
entered into and  consummated  outside the State of Alabama,  such  transactions
constitute  transactions in interstate  commerce,  so that neither the Agent nor
any of the Lenders is  required,  solely by  entering  into this  Agreement  and
consummating the transactions  contemplated hereby, to qualify to do business as
a  foreign  corporation  within  the  State  of  Alabama.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  however,  the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives all rights that it
may have to raise,  in any action  brought by any of the Lenders or the Agent to
enforce the rights of the Lenders and the Agent hereunder, or the obligations of
the Guarantor  hereunder,  any defense which is based upon the failure of any of
the Lenders or the Agent to qualify to do business as a foreign  corporation  in
the State of Alabama, including, but not limited to, any defenses based upon ss.
232 of the Alabama  Constitution  of 1901, ss.  10-2A-247 of the Code of Alabama
(1975) or ss. 40-14-4 of the Code of Alabama (1975), or any successor  provision
to any thereof.  The foregoing waiver is made knowingly and voluntarily and is a
material inducement for the Agent and the Lenders to enter into the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed by the Guarantor
on the date first written above.

                                             [NAME OF PARTNERSHIP]
ATTEST:

By:______________________                     By:___________________________
Name:____________________                     Name:_________________________
Title:___________________                     Title:________________________

                                              NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS)

                                              By:______________________ 
                                              Name:____________________
                                              Title:___________________


                                       123

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT C-2

                          SUBSIDIARY GUARANTY AGREEMENT
                          -----------------------------


         THIS SUBSIDIARY  GUARANTY  AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is entered into
by and between NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS), a national banking association, as
Agent (the "Agent"),  and the other  undersigned  entity (the "Guarantor") as of
______________________ , 1995.

                                    Recitals
                                    --------

         A. HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation (formerly named HEALTHSOUTH  Rehabilitation
Corporation),  a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"),  the Agent and the other
lenders party thereto (the "Original  Lenders)  entered into a Credit  Agreement
dated as of November 20, 1992 (such credit  agreement as amended or supplemented
by Amendment No. 1 dated August 13, 1993, and Amendment No. 2 dated December 30,
1993,  being  referred  to as the  "Original  Agreement")  pursuant to which the
Original  Lenders  agreed to make loans and cause to be issued letters of credit
all in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed $390,000,000.

         B. At the  request of the  Borrower,  by Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement dated June 7, 1994 (The "First Restated Agreement") the Borrower,  the
Agent and certain of the  Original  Lenders  together  with  additional  lenders
(collectively  the  "Existing   Lenders")  amended  and  restated  the  Original
Agreement,  thereby increasing the amount of the credit facility to $550,000,000
and changing certain  provisions of the Original  Agreement and resulting in the
addition of certain Participating Subsidiaries.

         C. The  Borrower has  requested  that the First  Restated  Agreement be
amended  and  restated in its  entirety  in order to increase  the amount of the
credit facility,  to change certain of the provisions  contained  therein and to
increase  the number of  lenders  participating  therein,  and the Agent and the
respective  lenders are willing to make such changes by amending  and  restating
the First  Restated  Agreement  as set forth in the Second  Amended and Restated
Credit  Agreement of even date herewith,  among the Borrower,  the Agent and the
lenders party thereto (the  "Lenders")  (such Second Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement,  as  amended,  modified  or  supplemented  from  time to time,  being
referred  to  as  the  "Credit  Agreement").  Capitalized  terms  used  in  this
Agreement,  unless otherwise defined herein,  have the meanings assigned to them
in the Credit Agreement.

          D. The  Guarantor is a  Subsidiary  of the  Borrower,  and proceeds of
Loans made  under the Credit  Agreement  have been  advanced  to and used by the
Guarantor.


                                       124

<PAGE>



          E. The Guarantor will materially  benefit from the Loans to be made to
the Borrower  and  Participating  Subsidiaries  and  Participating  Partnerships
pursuant to the Credit Agreement.

          F. The  Guarantor  desires,  pursuant  to Section  [2.5] of the Credit
Agreement,  to guarantee,  jointly and severally,  with the other  Participating
Subsidiaries and Participating Partnerships, the Credit Agreement, the Notes and
the other Credit  Obligations and to take all other action necessary to become a
Participating Subsidiary, as defined in the Credit Agreement.

                                    Agreement
                                    ---------

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing  recitals and the
mutual  agreements  herein set forth,  and to induce the Lenders to continue the
credit  extended under the First  Restated  Agreement and to extend credit under
the Credit Agreement and in further  consideration  of the substantial  material
benefit to accrue to the  Guarantor  from credit  extended and to be extended by
the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

         1. The Guarantor does hereby,  absolutely and unconditionally,  jointly
and severally,  for the benefit of the Agent and each of the Lenders,  guarantee
and  become  surety  for the full  and  timely  payment  when  due  (whether  by
acceleration or otherwise)  (including  amounts which,  but for the operation of
the automatic stay under Section 362(a) of the Bankruptcy Code (or any successor
statute) would become due) for each of the Credit Obligations, whether direct or
indirect, joint or several, absolute or contingent,  liquidated or unliquidated,
now  or  hereafter  existing,   extended,   renewed,  replaced,   refinanced  or
restructured,  whether or not from time to time  decreased or  extinguished  and
later increased,  created or incurred;  provided,  however, that the Guarantor's
liability with respect to the Credit  Obligations  shall be limited to an amount
equal to the  greater of (i) 95% of the  Guarantor's  Net Worth (as  hereinafter
defined)  from  time to time;  or (ii)  the  amount  that in a legal  proceeding
brought  within the  applicable  limitations  period is determined by the final,
non-appealable  order of a court  having  jurisdiction  over the  issue  and the
applicable  parties to be the amount of value given by the Lenders,  or received
by the Guarantor,  in exchange for the  obligations of the Guarantor  under this
Agreement.  As used in this Section 1, "Net Worth" shall mean (x) the fair value
of the property of the  Guarantor  from time to time (taking into  consideration
the value, if any, of rights of subrogation,  contribution and indemnity), minus
(y) the total  liabilities of the Guarantor  (including  contingent  liabilities
[discounted  in  appropriate  instances],   but  excluding  liabilities  of  the
Guarantor under this Agreement) from time to time.

          2. This is a guaranty of payment and not merely of collection.  In the
event of any  default  by the  Borrower  or any  other  obligor  in  payment  or
otherwise on any of the Credit

                                       125

<PAGE>



Obligations, the Guarantor will pay all or any portion of the Credit Obligations
due or thereafter  becoming due,  whether by acceleration or otherwise,  without
offset of any kind  whatsoever,  without  the Agent or any  Lender  first  being
required to make demand upon the Borrower or any other  obligor or pursue any of
its rights  against  the  Borrower  or any other  obligor,  or against any other
Person, including other Participating  Subsidiaries,  Participating Partnerships
and  guarantors;  and  without  being  required to  liquidate  or realize on any
collateral security. In any right of action accruing to the Agent or any Lender,
the Agent or such  Lender (as the case may be) may elect to proceed  against (a)
the  Guarantor  together with the Borrower or any other  obligor,  Participating
Subsidiary,  Participating  Partnership or guarantor;  (b) the Guarantor and the
Borrower  or  any  other  obligor,   Participating   Subsidiary,   Participating
Partnership or guarantor individually;  or (c) the Guarantor only without having
first   commenced  any  action  against  the  Borrower  or  any  other  obligor,
Participating Subsidiary, Participating Partnership or guarantor.

         3. The  Guarantor  hereby  unconditionally  waives with respect to this
Agreement: (a) notice of acceptance of this Agreement by the Agent or any Lender
and  any  notice  of  the  incurring  by the  Borrower  or  any  other  obligor,
Participating  Subsidiary,  Participating Partnership or guarantor of any Credit
Obligation; (b) presentment for payment, notice of nonpayment,  demand, protest,
notice of protest and notice of dishonor or default to any party  including  the
Borrower,  the  Guarantor  or  any  other  obligor,   Participating  Subsidiary,
Participating  Partnership  or  guarantor;  (c) all other  notices  to which the
Borrower,  the  Guarantor  or  any  other  obligor,   Participating  Subsidiary,
Participating  Partnership or guarantor may be entitled but which may legally be
waived;  (d)  demand  for  payments  as a  condition  of  liability  under  this
Agreement;  (e) any  disability  of the  Borrower  or any other  obligor  or any
defense  available to the Borrower or any other  obligor,  including  absence or
cessation of the  Borrower's  or any other  obligor's  liability  for any reason
whatsoever;  (f) any defense or circumstances which might otherwise constitute a
legal or equitable  discharge of a guarantor or surety; and (g) all rights under
any state or federal statute dealing with or affecting the rights of creditors.

         4. The Guarantor  acknowledges that it has had full and complete access
to the underlying papers relating to the Credit Obligations and all other papers
executed by any person in connection with the Credit  Obligations,  has reviewed
them and is  fully  aware of the  meaning  and  effect  of their  contents.  The
Guarantor  is fully  informed of all  circumstances  that bear upon the risks of
executing  this  Agreement  and  which a  diligent  inquiry  would  reveal.  The
Guarantor has adequate  means to obtain from the Borrower on a continuing  basis
information  concerning the Borrower's  financial condition and is not depending
on the Agent or Lenders to provide such information,  now or in the future.  The
Guarantor agrees that neither the Agent nor the Lenders shall have

                                       126

<PAGE>



any  obligation  to advise or notify the  Guarantor or to provide the  Guarantor
with any data or  information.  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement is
not a condition  precedent  (and the Agent and the  Lenders  have not in any way
implied that the  execution of this  Agreement is a condition  precedent) to the
Lenders'  making,  extending  or  modifying  any  loan  or any  other  financial
accommodation to or for the Guarantor otherwise than under the Credit Agreement.

         5. The Guarantor hereby specifically  acknowledges and agrees,  without
limiting the generality of the other  provisions of this Agreement,  to be bound
by the terms and conditions specified in Section 2.5(b) of the Credit Agreement.

         6.  The  Guarantor  hereby  agrees  that  its  guaranty  of the  Credit
Obligations  is  joint  and  several,  continuing,  absolute  and  unconditional
(subject to the proviso of Section 1 above).  Without limiting the generality of
the  foregoing,  the  Guarantor's  obligations  and liability  hereunder and its
guaranty  of the Notes  and any  other  Loan  Document  shall  not be  released,
discharged,  impaired,  modified or in any way affected by (a) the invalidity or
unenforceability  of any Loan  Document  , (b) the  failure  of the Agent or the
Lenders to give the  Guarantor a copy of any notice given to the Borrower or any
other obligor, Participating Subsidiary, Participating Partnership or guarantor,
(c) any  modification,  amendment or supplement of any  obligation,  covenant or
agreement  contained  in any Loan  Document  , (d) any  compromise,  settlement,
release or  termination  of any  obligation,  covenant or  agreement in any Loan
Document , (e) any waiver of payment,  performance  or observance by or in favor
of the Borrower or any other obligor,  Participating  Subsidiary , Participating
Partnership or guarantor of any obligation, covenant or agreement under any Loan
Document , (f) any consent,  extension,  indulgence or other action or inaction,
or any exercise or non-exercise  of any right,  remedy or privilege with respect
to any Loan Document , (g) the extension of time for payment or  performance  of
any Credit  Obligations,  (h) the release or discharge  of the  Lenders'  claims
against any collateral  now or at any time hereafter  securing any of the Credit
Obligations, the Borrower or any other Participating Subsidiary or Participating
Partnership  by operation of law or otherwise or (i) any other matter that might
otherwise be raised in avoidance of, or in defense against an action to enforce,
the  obligations  of the Guarantor  under this  Agreement or its guaranty of any
Credit Obligations .

         7.  The   Guarantor   hereby   repeats  and   reaffirms   each  of  the
representations  and warranties  contained in Article V of the Credit Agreement,
to the  extent  they are  applicable  to a  Participating  Partnership;  and the
Guarantor  hereby  represents and warrants to the Agent and the Lenders that all
such representations and warranties are true with respect to the Guarantor.


                                       127

<PAGE>



         8. The Guarantor covenants and agrees with the Agent and each Lender as
follows:

                  (a) The  Guarantor  will comply  with all of the  obligations,
         requirements and restrictions in the covenants  contained in the Credit
         Agreement,  including  Article VII and Section 10.4, to the extent they
         are applicable to a Participating Subsidiary.

                  (b) The Guarantor  hereby  irrevocably  waives with respect to
         this  Agreement  any  legal  or  equitable  right to  recover  from the
         Borrower or any other obligor, Participating Subsidiary,  Participating
         Partnership or guarantor,  including without  limitation,  any right of
         subrogation,  indemnity,  reimbursement  or  contribution  or any other
         rights of the  Guarantor  as a creditor  of the  Borrower  or any other
         obligor,   Participating   Subsidiary,   Participating  Partnership  or
         guarantor.

                  (c)  The  Guarantor  further  waives  any  rights  that  might
         otherwise be  available  to Guarantor  pursuant to ss. 26-4 through ss.
         26-7 of the North Carolina General Statutes.

         9. The Guarantor  irrevocably (a) acknowledges that this Agreement will
be accepted by the Agent and Lenders and performed by the Guarantor in the State
of North  Carolina  (which  is the  state in which the  Agent's  main  office is
located); (b) submits to the jurisdiction of each state or federal court sitting
in North  Carolina  (collectively,  the  "Courts")  over  any  suit,  action  or
proceeding  arising  out of or  relating  to this  Agreement  (individually,  an
"Agreement  Action");  (c) waives,  to the fullest extent  permitted by law, any
obligation  or defense that the  Guarantor  may now or  hereafter  have based on
improper venue,  lack of personal  jurisdiction,  inconvenience  of forum or any
similar matter in any Agreement Action brought in any of the Courts;  (d) agrees
that final  judgment in any Agreement  Action brought in any of the Courts shall
be  conclusive  and binding upon the  Guarantor and may be enforced in any other
court to the jurisdiction of which the Guarantor is subject, by a suit upon such
judgment;  (e)  designates  Michael D.  Martin,  or any  successor  Treasurer of
HEALTHSOUTH Corporation whose address is HEALTHSOUTH Corporation,  Two Perimeter
Park South, Suite 224W, Birmingham, Alabama 35243, as the Guarantor's authorized
agent to accept and acknowledge on the Guarantor's behalf service of any and all
process  that may be served in any  Agreement  Action in any of the Courts;  (f)
agrees,  if such agent  shall  cease so to act,  irrevocably  to  designate  and
appoint  without  delay  another  such  agent in the  State  of  North  Carolina
satisfactory  to the  Agent;  (g)  consents  to the  service  of  process on the
Guarantor in any Agreement Action by the mailing of a copy thereof by registered
or certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  to (i) the Guarantor at the  Guarantor's
address  designated  in or pursuant to Section  10.2 of the Credit  Agreement or
(ii) the agent for  service of process  appointed  by the  Guarantor  under this
Section 9; (h) agrees that service in either manner specified in

                                       128

<PAGE>



clause (g) next above  shall in every  respect be  effective  and binding on the
Guarantor  to the same extent as though such  service of process  were served on
the Guarantor in person by a person duly  authorized to serve such process;  and
(i) AGREES THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION, EVEN IF FOUND NOT TO BE STRICTLY
ENFORCEABLE BY ANY COURT,  SHALL CONSTITUTE "FAIR WARNING" TO THE GUARANTOR THAT
THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY SUBJECT THE GUARANTOR TO THE JURISDICTION OF
THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA WITH RESPECT TO ANY AGREEMENT ACTIONS,
AND THAT IT IS  FORESEEABLE BY THE GUARANTOR THAT THE GUARANTOR MAY BE SUBJECTED
TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA AND MAY BE SUED
IN THAT STATE IN ANY AGREEMENT ACTIONS. Nothing in this Section 9 shall limit or
restrict the Agent's or any Lender's  right to serve process or bring  Agreement
Actions in manners and in courts otherwise as herein provided.

         10. The Guarantor agrees that it is, and for all purposes of the Credit
Agreement and the Note shall be, a Participating Subsidiary.

         11.  (a) THE  GUARANTY  PURSUANT  TO  THIS  AGREEMENT  IS A  CONTINUING
GUARANTY  AND SHALL  CONTINUE  IN FULL FORCE AND  EFFECT  UNTIL SUCH TIME AS ALL
OBLIGATIONS  SHALL HAVE BEEN PAID IN FULL AND THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER SHALL BE
UNDER NO FURTHER  OBLIGATION  TO LEND OR ADVANCE  FUNDS TO THE  BORROWER  OR ANY
OTHER PERSON CONSTITUTING CREDIT OBLIGATIONS.

                  (b) If claim is ever  made upon the  Agent or any  Lender  for
repayment or recovery of any amount or amounts received in payment or on account
of any of the Credit  Obligations  (including  without limitation any claim that
such payment  constitutes or constituted a preference or  preferential  transfer
under  bankruptcy  or other law or a fraudulent  conveyance,  or any other claim
under  bankruptcy  or other law) and the Agent or such Lender repays all or part
of said  amount by reason of (a) any  judgment,  decree or order of any court or
administrative  body having jurisdiction over such payee or any of its property,
or (b) any  settlement or compromise of any such claim  effected by the Agent or
any Lender with any such claimant (including the original obligor),  then and in
such  event  each  Guarantor  agrees  that any  such  judgment,  decree,  order,
settlement  or  compromise  shall  be  binding  upon  it,   notwithstanding  any
revocation hereof or the cancellation of any Note or other instrument evidencing
any Credit Obligation or any security therefor,  and each Guarantor shall be and
remain liable to the Agent and the Lenders for the amount so repaid or recovered
to the same extent as if such amount had never  originally  been received by the
Agent or any Lender.

                  (c) When taking  action under this  Agreement,  the Agent will
have the same level of  responsibility  and the same protections as set forth in
the Credit Agreement for the Agent's actions thereunder.


                                       129

<PAGE>



         12. This Agreement  shall bind the  Guarantor's  successors and assigns
and shall inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable  by, the Agent and each of
the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns. This Agreement may only
be waived,  modified or amended by a written  instrument signed by the Agent and
the party against which the enforcement  thereof is sought. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL
IN ALL RESPECTS BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUCTED IN ACCORDANCE  WITH, THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF NORTH  CAROLINA.  If any term of this Agreement shall be invalid or
unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall remain in force and effect.
This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original,  but all of which shall  constitute one agreement.  This Agreement and
the other Loan  Documents  constitute  the entire  agreement of the parties with
respect to the subject  matter hereof and supersede any  inconsistent  agreement
with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

         13. TO THE EXTENT  PERMITTED BY LAW, THE  GUARANTOR  HEREBY  KNOWINGLY,
VOLUNTARILY AND  INTENTIONALLY  WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY
WITH  RESPECT TO ANY  LITIGATION  BASED  HEREON,  OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN
CONNECTION  WITH,  THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN  DOCUMENT,  OR ANY COURSE OF
CONDUCT,  COURSE OF DEALING,  STATEMENT  (WHETHER ORAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF
THE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR THE GUARANTOR.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT
TO THE AGENT AND EACH LENDER  MAKING THE LOANS  AVAILABLE  TO THE  BORROWER  AND
PARTICIPATING PARTNERSHIPS AND PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES.

         14.  Additional  Waiver.  The  Guarantor  and the Agent  believe  that,
inasmuch as this Agreement and the  transactions  contemplated  hereby have been
entered into and  consummated  outside the State of Alabama,  such  transactions
constitute  transactions in interstate  commerce,  so that neither the Agent nor
any of the Lenders is  required,  solely by  entering  into this  Agreement  and
consummating the transactions  contemplated hereby, to qualify to do business as
a  foreign  corporation  within  the  State  of  Alabama.   Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  however,  the Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives all rights that it
may have to raise,  in any action  brought by any of the Lenders or the Agent to
enforce the rights of the Lenders and the Agent hereunder, or the obligations of
the Guarantor  hereunder,  any defense which is based upon the failure of any of
the Lenders or the Agent to qualify to do business as a foreign  corporation  in
the State of Alabama, including, but not limited to, any defenses based upon ss.
232 of the Alabama  Constitution  of 1901, ss.  10-2A-247 of the Code of Alabama
(1975) or ss. 40-14-4 of the Code of Alabama (1975), or any successor  provision
to any thereof.  The foregoing waiver is made knowingly and voluntarily and is a
material inducement for the Agent and the Lenders to enter into the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement.


                  [Reminder of page intentionally left blank.]

                                       130

<PAGE>



         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this Agreement has been executed by the Guarantor
on the date first written above.

                                             [NAME OF PARTNERSHIP]
ATTEST:

By:______________________                     By:___________________________
Name:____________________                     Name:_________________________
Title:______________Secretary                 Title:________________________

                                              NATIONSBANK, N.A. (CAROLINAS)

                                              By:______________________
                                              Name:____________________
                                              Title:___________________ 

                                       131

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT D
                                    ---------

                             HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

                  REQUEST FOR ADVANCE OR INTEREST RATE ELECTION
                  ---------------------------------------------

         Under the Second  Amended and  Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated as of
April 11, 1995 (the "Credit Agreement") entered into by HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation (the "Borrower"),  and NATIONSBANK,  N.A. (CAROLINAS),  a
national banking association (the "Agent"), and the Lenders party thereto:

                               Request for Advance
                               -------------------

         Pursuant to Section 2.2 of the Credit  Agreement,  the Borrower  hereby
requests an Advance as follows:

                  (a)      Amount of Advance - $__________.

                  (b)      Date  as  of  which  the  Advance  is to  be  made  -
                           ___________.

                  (c)      Part or parts,  if any, of the Advance that are to be
                           used  by  or  for  the   benefit   of   Participating
                           Partnerships:

                                                              Part Allocable
                     Name of                                     to such
                  Participating                               Participating
                   Partnership                                 Partnership
                   -----------                                 -----------



                  (d)      The following  interest rate  information is provided
                           by respect to the Segment represented by the Advance:

                           (i) the  interest  rate shall be [the Base Rate] [the
                           LIBOR-Based Rate] (circle one).

                           (ii) If a LIBOR-Based Rate is selected,  the maturity
                           selected for the Interest  Period is [one month] [two
                           months] [three months] for a LIBOR-Based Rate (circle
                           one, if applicable).

                             Interest Rate Election
                             ----------------------

         Pursuant to Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower makes the
following  interest  rate  election with respect to the Segment in the principal
amount of $__________ that matures on ____________.


                                       132

<PAGE>



                  (a)      The  amount of the  Segment  to which  the  requested
                           interest rate will apply - $________.

                  (b)      The date on which  the  selected  interest  rate will
                           become applicable - __________.

                  (c)      The  interest  rate  selected is [the Base Rate] [the
                           LIBOR-Based Rate] (circle one).

                  (d)      If a  LIBOR-Based  Rate  is  selected,  the  maturity
                           selected for the Interest  Period is [one month] [two
                           months] [three months] for a LIBOR-Based Rate (circle
                           one, if applicable).

         In  accordance   with  Section  6.1  of  the  Credit   Agreement,   the
presentation  by the  Borrower of this  Request  for  Advance or  Interest  Rate
Election  constitutes a representation and warranty by the Borrower to the Agent
and the Lenders that no material  adverse  change in the financial  condition of
the  Borrower  and  the  Consolidated  Entities,  on a  consolidated  basis,  as
reflected in the financial  statements  referred to in Section 5.3 of the Credit
Agreement, has occurred since the date of such financial statements and that the
representations  and  warranties of Borrower  contained in the Credit  Agreement
continue to be true and correct (except the financial  statements referred to in
Section 5.3 shall be deemed those most recently  delivered to the Agent pursuant
to Section 7.3).

         Dated __________.

                                             HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION



                                             By:________________________________
                                                  Its___________________________



                                       133

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT E

                      FORM OF COMPETITIVE BID QUOTE REQUEST
                      -------------------------------------

                                     [Date]

To:               NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas)

From:             HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

Re:               Competitive Bid Quote Request


         Pursuant  to Section  2.3 of the Second  Amended  and  Restated  Credit
Agreement dated as of April 11, 1995 (as modified and supplemented  from time to
time, the "Credit Agreement") among HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  the lenders named
therein and NationsBank,  N.A.  (Carolinas) as agent, we hereby give notice that
we request  Competitive  Bid Quotes for the following  proposed  Competitive Bid
Borrowing(s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                         <C>                        <C>                     <C>                    <C>
    Borrowing               Quotation                                                                 Interest
      Date                    Date       1             Amount      2           Type     3              Period    4
- ----------------         ----------------         -----------------       --------------           -------------- 




         Terms used  herein  have the  meanings  assigned  to them in the Credit
Agreement.

                                           HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION


                                           By:________________________________
                                              Title:
- --------------
<FN>
 
     1 For use if an Absolute  Rate in an Absolute Rate Auction is requested to
be submitted before the Borrowing Date.

      2 Each amount must be $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000.

      3 Insert  either  "LIBOR  Margin" (in the case of LIBOR  Market  Loans) or
"Absolute Rate" (in the case of Absolute Rate Loans).

      4 One, two three or six months,  in the case of a LIBOR Market Loan or, in
the case of an Absolute  Rate Loan,  a period of up to 180 days after the making
of such Absolute Rate Loan and ending on a Business Day.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                       134

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT F

                          FORM OF COMPETITIVE BID QUOTE
                          -----------------------------


To:                        NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas), as Agent

Attention:

Re:                        Competitive Bid Quote to HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation
                           Corporation (the "Borrower")


         The Competitive Bid Quote is given in accordance with Section 2.3(c) of
the Second Amended and Restated Credit  Agreement dated as of April 11, 1995 (as
modified  and  supplemented  from time to time,  the "Credit  Agreement")  among
HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation,  the  lenders  named  therein  and  NationsBank,  N.A.
(Carolinas),  as agent. Terms defined in the Credit Agreement are used herein as
defined therein.

         In response to the Borrower's  invitation  dated  __________,  199_, we
hereby make the following Competitive Bid Quote(s) on the following terms:

                  1.       Quoting Bank:

                  2.       Person to contact at Quoting Bank:

                  3.       We hereby  offer to make  Competitive  Bid Loan(s) in
         the following principal amount[s], for the following Interest Period(s)
         and at the following rate(s):
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

<S>                      <C>                    <C>                <C>                <C>                 <C>
    Borrowing            Quotation                                                    Interest
      Date                  Date       1        Amount2            Type3               Period    4        Rate5

- ----------------       ----------------         ------             ----            --------------         ---- 

- -------------------
<FN>
      1 As specified in the related Competitive Bid Quote Request.

      2 The  principal  amount bid for each  Interest  Period may not exceed the
principal  amount  requested.  Bids  must be made for at least  $2,000,000  or a
larger multiple of $1,000,000.

      3 Indicate "LIBOR Margin" (in the case of LIBOR Market Loans) or "Absolute
Rate" (in the case of Absolute Rate Loans).

      4 One, two, three or six months, in the case of a LIBOR Market Loan or, in
the case of an Absolute  Rate Loan,  a period of up to 180 days after the making
of such  Absolute  Rate Loan and ending on a Business  Day, as  specified in the
related Competitive Bid Market Quote Request.

</FN>
</TABLE>
                                       135

<PAGE>




         We understand  and agree that the offer(s) set forth above,  subject to
the satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement,
irrevocably  obligate[s]  us to make the  Competitive  Bid Loan(s) for which any
offer(s) (is/are)  accepted,  in whole or in part (subject to the third sentence
of Section 2.3(e) of the Credit Agreement).

                                     Very truly yours,

                                     [NAME OF BANK]


                                     By:________________________________
                                        Authorized Officer

Dated:  __________, ____








_____________________

      5(...continued)
      5 For a LIBOR  Market  Loan,  specify  margin  over or  under  the  London
interbank  offered rate determined for the applicable  Interest Period.  Specify
percentage (rounded to the nearest 1/10,000 of 1%) and specify whether "PLUS" or
"MINUS".  For an Absolute Rate Loan, specify rate of interest per annum (rounded
to the nearest 1/10,000 of 1%).


                                       136



<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT G

                     HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                           PARTICIPATING SUBSIDIARIES
                           --------------------------
                         


                           PARTICIPATING PARTNERSHIPS
                           --------------------------











                                       137





<PAGE>





                                       138

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT H-1

                            [Form of Syndicated Note]

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$_____________1                                               ____________, 199_



         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  HEALTHSOUTH  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation
(the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to  ____________________________2  (the
"Lender"),  for account of its  Applicable  Lending  Office  provided for by the
Credit Agreement referred to below, at the principal office of NationsBank, N.A.
(Carolinas) at One Independence Center, 101 North Tryon Street, Charlotte, North
Carolina  28255,  the principal sum of  ______________3  Dollars (or such lesser
amount  as  shall  equal  the  aggregate   unpaid  principal  under  the  Credit
Agreement),  in lawful money of the United States of America and in  immediately
available  funds,  on the dates and in the  principal  amounts  provided  in the
Credit  Agreement,  and to pay interest on the unpaid  principal  amount of each
such Syndicated  Loan, at such office,  in like money and funds,  for the period
commencing on the date of such  Syndicated Loan until such Syndicated Loan shall
be paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates  provided in the Credit
Agreement.

         The date, amount,  Type,  interest rate and duration of Interest Period
(if applicable) of each Syndicated Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower,  and
each payment made on account of the principal thereof,  shall be recorded by the
Lender on its books and,  prior to any  transfer  of this Note,  endorsed by the
Lender on the schedule  attached hereto or any  continuation  thereof,  provided
that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall
not affect the  obligations  of the  Borrower to make a payment  when due of any
amount  owing  under  the  Credit  Agreement  or  hereunder  in  respect  of the
Syndicated Loans made by the Lender.

         This Note is one of the  Syndicated  Notes  referred  to in the  Second
Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated as of April 11, 1995 (as modified
and supplemented from time to time, the "Credit  Agreement") among the Borrower,
the Lenders named  therein and  NationsBank,  N.A.  (Carolinas),  as Agent,  and
evidences  Syndicated  Loans made by the Lender  thereunder.  Terms used but not
defined in this Note have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Credit
Agreement.


___________________
1  Insert the amount of Lender's Commitment.
2  Insert name of Lender in capital letters.
3  Insert Lender's Commitment in words.

                                       139

<PAGE>



         The Credit  Agreement  provides for the acceleration of the maturity of
this Note upon the  occurrence of certain  events and for  prepayments  of Loans
upon the terms and conditions  specified therein.  In the event this Note is not
paid when due at any stated or accelerated maturity, the Borrower agrees to pay,
in addition to the principal and interest,  all costs of  collection,  including
reasonable attorney's fees.

         Except as permitted by Section  10.1(a) of the Credit  Agreement,  this
Note may not be assigned by the Lender to any other Person.

         This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with,  the
law of the State of North Carolina.

                                         HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

ATTEST:
                                         By:
                                             ____________________________
By:______________________                    Vice President
    Assistant Secretary

                                         [CORPORATE SEAL]



                                       140

<PAGE>





                          SCHEDULE OF SYNDICATED LOANS


         This Note evidences Syndicated Loans made, continued or converted under
the  within-described  Credit  Agreement to the Borrower,  on the dates,  in the
principal  amounts,  of the  Types,  bearing  interest  at the rates and  having
Interest  Periods  (if  applicable)  of  the   continuations,   conversions  and
prepayments of principal set forth below:



       Principal
Date    Amount    Type            Maturity  Amount     Unpaid
 of       of       of   Interest   Date of  Paid or  Principal  Notation
Loan     Loan     Loan    Rate      Loan    Prepaid   Amount     Made by
- -----    -----    ----   ------    ------   -------    -------   -------


                                       141

<PAGE>



                                   EXHIBIT H-2


                         [Form of Competitive Bid Note]

                                 PROMISSORY NOTE


$_____________1                                               ____________, 1994



         FOR VALUE RECEIVED,  HEALTHSOUTH  CORPORATION,  a Delaware  corporation
(the "Borrower"), hereby promises to pay to  ____________________________2  (the
"Lender"),  for account of its  Applicable  Lending  Office  provided for by the
Credit Agreement referred to below, at the principal office of NationsBank, N.A.
(Carolinas),  Independence  Center,  101 North Tryon  Street,  Charlotte,  North
Carolina 28255,  the aggregate  unpaid  principal  amount of the Competitive Bid
Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit  Agreement,  in lawful
money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, on the
dates and in the principal amounts provided in the Credit Agreement,  and to pay
interest on the unpaid  principal  amount of each such  Competitive Bid Loan, at
such office,  in like money and funds, for the period  commencing on the date of
such Competitive Bid Loan until such Competitive Bid Loan shall be paid in full,
at the rates per annum and on the dates provided in the Credit Agreement.

         The  date,  amount,  Type,  interest  rate  and  maturity  date of each
Competitive  Loan made by the Lender to the  Borrower,  and each payment made on
account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Borrower on its books
and,  prior to any  transfer  of this  Note,  endorsed  by the  Borrower  on the
schedule attached hereto or any continuation thereof,  provided that the failure
of the Lender to make any such  recordation or endorsement  shall not affect the
obligations of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing under
the Credit  Agreement or hereunder in respect of the  Competitive Bid Loans made
by the Lender.

         This Note is one of the Competitive Bid Notes referred to in the Second
Amended and Restated  Credit  Agreement  dated as of April 11, 1995 (as modified
and supplemented from time to time, the "Credit  Agreement") among the Borrower,
the Lenders named  therein and  NationsBank,  N.A.  (Carolinas),  as Agent,  and
evidences  Competitive Bid Loans made by the Lender  thereunder.  Terms used but
not defined in this Note have the  respective  meanings  assigned to them in the
Credit Agreement.


_________________
1  Insert the amount of Lender's Commitment.
2  Insert name of Lender in capital letters.

                                       142

<PAGE>

         The Credit  Agreement  provides for the acceleration of the maturity of
this  Note  upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events  and for  prepayments  of
Competitive Bid Loans upon the terms and conditions  specified  therein.  In the
event this Note is not paid when due at any stated or accelerated maturity,  the
Borrower agrees to pay, in addition to the principal and interest,  all costs of
collection, including reasonable attorney's fees.

         Except as permitted by Section  10.1(a) of the Credit  Agreement,  this
Note may not be assigned by the Lender to any other Person.

         This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance  with,  the
law of the State of North Carolina.

                                    HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

ATTEST:
                                    By:
                                       ______________________________
By:______________________                Vice President
    Assistant Secretary

                                    [CORPORATE SEAL]


                                       143

<PAGE>



                        SCHEDULE OF COMPETITIVE BID LOANS


         This  Note  evidences  Loans  made  under the  within-described  Credit
Agreement to the Borrower, on the dates, in the principal amounts, of the Types,
bearing interest at the rates and maturing on the dates set forth below, subject
to the payments and prepayments of principal set forth below:


        Principal
Date     Amount   Type            Maturity  Amount     Unpaid
 of       of       of   Interest   Date of  Paid or  Principal  Notation
Loan     Loan     Loan    Rate      Loan    Prepaid   Amount     Made by
- ----    ------    ----   -----     ------   -------   -------    -------






                                       144
<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT I
                                    ---------

                                     FORM OF
                             COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
                             ----------------------

         Reference is made to that certain  Second  Amended and Restated  Credit
Agreement  between  HEALTHSOUTH   Corporation,   a  Delaware   corporation  (the
"Borrower"),  NationsBank, N.A. (Carolinas), a national banking association (the
"Agent"), and the Lenders party thereto, dated as of April 11, 1995 (the "Credit
Agreement").  Capitalized  terms  used in  this  certificate  and  the  Schedule
attached hereto,  unless otherwise defined herein, have the meanings assigned to
them in the Credit Agreement.

         The undersigned does hereby certify to the Agent as follows:

         1. He is the duly elected and serving [chief  financial office or chief
executive officer] of the Borrower.

         2. He has reviewed the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and has made, or has caused to be made under his supervision, a review
of the transactions and conditions of the Borrower and its Consolidated Entities
through the date on which this  certificate is delivered to the Agent.  No Event
of Default or event that upon  notice or lapse of time or both would  constitute
an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement has occurred and is continuing as
of  the  date  this   certificate   is  delivered  to  the  Lender,   except  as
follows:________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
[Give detailed description or insert "none" if appropriate].

         3. The computations relating to the Borrower's financial conditions set
forth on Schedule  I-1 attached  hereto were true and correct as of  __________,
19__ (such date being the last day of the most  recently  ended fiscal  calendar
quarter)  and there has been no material  adverse  change in such  amounts  upon
which such  computations are based through the date on which this certificate is
delivered to the Lender.

         4.  The  principal  amount  of  the  Partnership  Liabilities  of  each
Participating  Partnership  as the date  hereof  is set  forth on  Schedule  I-2
attached hereto.


                                            ___________________________________
                                            ________ of HEALTHSOUTH CORPORATION

__________, 19__


                                       145

<PAGE>



                                  SCHEDULE I-1
                                  ------------

                          Financial Covenant Compliance
                          -----------------------------

         The  following   financial   covenant   calculations  are  made  as  of
_______________ (the "Determination Date").


1.  Consolidated Net Worth

         A.       Consolidated Net Worth at                         ___________
                  Determination Date

         B.       Consolidated Net Worth                            ___________
                  Required (calculated below)

                  a) Greater of (i) Consolidated
                     net worth at 3/31/95 minus
                     $10,000,000 or (ii)
                     $416,000,000                                   ___________
                  b) Consolidated Net Income for
                     successive fiscal quarters
                     x 75%                                          ___________
                  c) Net proceeds of any sale of
                     Capital Stock                                  ___________
                  d) (a) + (b) + (c) (Required)                     ___________

2.       Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage

         A.       Consolidated Net Income                           ___________
         B.       Consolidated Interest Expense                     ___________
         C.       Consolidated Depreciation Expense                 ___________
         D.       Consolidated Lease Expense                        ___________
         E.       Consolidated Income Tax Expense                   ___________
         F.       Consolidated Amortization Expense                 ___________
         G.       Allowable acquisition expense                     ___________
         H.       2A + 2B + 2C + 2D + 2E + 2F + 2G                  ___________
         I.       Capital Expenditures                              ___________
         J.       2H - 2I                                           ___________
         K.       Consolidated Interest Expense                     ___________
         L.       Consolidated Lease Expense                        ___________
         M.       Consolidated Current Maturities                   ___________
         N.       Restricted Payments                               ___________
         O.       2K + 2L + 2M + 2N                                 ___________
         P.       J/O                                               ___________

         Required:  Not less than 1.10 to 1.00
         Actual Capital Expenditures for the period                 ___________

3.       Senior Leverage Ratio

         A.       Senior Indebtedness                               ___________
         B.       Consolidated Total Capital                        ___________
         C.       A./B.                                             ___________


                                       146

<PAGE>



         Required:         Less than 0.55 to 1.00 prior to January 1, 1996, less
                           than  0.50 to  1.00  from  January  1,  1996  through
                           December 31, 1996,  and less than 0.45 to 1.00 on and
                           after January 1, 1997.

4.       Consolidated Indebtedness/Consolidated Cash Flow

         A.       Indebtedness                                     ___________
         B.       Consolidated Cash Flow                           ___________
         C.       A./B.                                           ____ to 1.00
         D.       Required                                        ____ to 1.00

         Required:         Not more than the levels established for certain
                           periods as described in section 7.8(a)(4) of the
                           Credit Agreement





                                       147


<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE I-2
                                  ------------

                             Partnership Liabilities
                             -----------------------


Name of Partnership                                     Partnership Liabilities
- -------------------                                     -----------------------



                                       148

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT J
                                    ---------

                              SUMMARY OF INSURANCE
                              --------------------


                                  See Attached.




















                                       149



<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT K
                                    ----------

                            EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS AND
                          OUTSTANDING LETTERS OF CREDIT
                          -----------------------------












                                       150

<PAGE>














                                       151

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT L


                     HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Corporation

                         Investments of Equity Interests


                                                                     Maximum
            Name                                                    Investment
            ----                                                    ----------

Austin Surgery Center (MOB)                                        $1,920,600
Kinetikos Medical (Stock)                                             100,000
Capstone (REIT)                                                        99,000
ODEA (MOB)                                                            127,361
Cumberland Health Associates (Rehab Facility
  Building & Loan)                                                  4,895,000
Allegheny Rehab Associates (Rehab Facility
  Buiding & Loan)                                                   6,230,000
RIOSA (Rehab Facility Building)                                     1,370,000
Med Partners (Stock)                                                2,110,646
HealthSmart (Stock and Debt)                                          150,000
Wellmark (Stock)                                                    1,000,000
PRI (PT Partnership)                                                  600,000
Caretenders Healthcorp (Stock)                                      7,369,806
National Bank Injury Network (Stock)                                3,000,000
SportsMed LLC (Debentures and Notes)                                2,000,000
Fountainhead Holding, Inc. (Stock)                                        -0-
Specialty Alliance (HPO)                                               75,000
NME (Variance Loan)                                                   185,000
Blair Health (Loan)                                                 3,101,000
Ft. Smith (Loan)                                                        5,000
Montgomery (Loan)                                                     299,968
Capital Region (Loan)                                                 212,968
Ocean Health (Loan)                                                 1,142,387
Arizona Spine Care (Loan)                                              50,000
Mary Shields Hospital (Mortgage Loan)                                 195,424
Northeast Hospital (Loan)                                           1,725,000


                                       152

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT M

                    SUBSIDIARIES AND CONTROLLED PARTNERSHIPS






                                       153



<PAGE>








                                       154

<PAGE>





                                       155

<PAGE>








                                       156

<PAGE>





                                       157

<PAGE>




                                       158

<PAGE>



                                    EXHIBIT N
                                    ---------

                                 EXISTING LIENS
                                 ---------------



                                       159


<PAGE>



                                                                  EXHIBIT 11


HEALTHSOUTH Corporation and Subsidiaries
Computation of Income Per Share (Unaudited)
In Thousands, except for per share data
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                                1993                1994               1995
                                                           --------------     --------------      ---------
<S>                                                        <C>                <C>                <C>   
PRIMARY:

  Weighted average common shares outstanding                       75,480             78,039            85,902
  Net effect of diluted stock options                               4,004              8,422             8,344
                                                           --------------     --------------      ------------

      Total Common and Common Equivalent Shares                    79,484             86,461            94,246
                                                           ==============     ==============      ============

  Net income/(loss)                                        $       17,336     $       50,493      $     78,949
                                                           ==============     ==============      ============

  Net income/(loss) per common and
      common equivalent share                              $         0.22     $         0.58      $       0.84
                                                           ==============     ==============      ============


FULLY DILUTED:

  Weighted average common shares outstanding                       75,480             78,039            85,902
  Net effect of diluted stock options                               4,004              8,422             8,344
                                                           --------------     --------------      ------------
                                                                   79,484             86,461            94,246
  Assumed conversion of 5% Convertible
      Subordinated Debentures due 2001                               (1)               (2)               6,113
                                                           --------------     --------------      ------------

  Total Common and Common Equivalent Shares,
      Fully Diluted                                        $       79,484     $       86,461      $    100,359
                                                           ==============     ==============      ============

  Net income                                               $       17,336     $       50,493      $     78,949

  Elimination of interest and amortization on 5%
      Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2001, less
      the related effect on the provision for income taxes           (1)                (1)              3,826
                                                           --------------     --------------      ------------

  Net income, fully diluted                                $       17,336     $       50,493      $     82,775
                                                           ==============     ==============      ============

  Net income per common and common equivalent share                  N/A      $         0.58      $       0.82
                                                           ==============     ==============      ============

<FN>
(1)   There were no other potentially  dilutive securities  outstanding for this
      period.
(2)   The effect of the Convertible  Subordinated Debentures was antidilutive in
      1994.
</FN>
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                                                                      EXHIBIT 21


                             HEALTHSOUTH Corporation

                                  Subsidiaries

Advantage Health Corporation (DE) (CT)(FL)(MA)(NH)(NJ)(NY)(ME)(PA)(RI)(VT)
 Advantage Beverly Corporation (MA) (ME)
 Advantage Health Arlington Corp. (MA)
 Advantage Health Comprehensive Care Corp. (MA)
 Advantage Health Development Corp. (MA)
 Advantage Health Eastern Rehabilitation Network, Inc. (CT)
 Advantage Health Harmarville Rehabilitation Corporation (PA)
 Advantage Health Management Corp. (MA) (CT)(FL)(NY) (ME)(NH)
 Advantage Health Physical Therapy of New Hampshire, Inc. (NH)
 Advantage Health Rehabilitation Clinics of Rhode Island, Inc. (RI)
 Advantage Health Rehab. West Corp. (MA)
 Advantage Health Venture Corp. (MA)
          Advantage Health Nursing Care, Inc. (MA)
 Advantage Rehabilitation Clinics, Inc. (MA)
       AHC Management Services of New York, Inc. (NY)
       Advantage Health Challenge Physical Therapy, Inc. (MA)
       Advantage Health CORF of Maine, Inc. (ME)
       Advantage Health Physical Therapy, Inc. (MA) (CT)(DE)
       Advantage Health Physical Therapy of New Jersey, Inc. (MA) (NJ)
       Advantage Health Physical Therapy of Quincy, Inc. (MA)
       Advantage Health Physical Therapy Services of Connecticut, Inc. (CT)
                Therapy Resources of New London, Inc. (CT)
       Advantage Health Sports Therapy, Inc. (MA)
       Advantage Health Sports Therapy North, Inc. (MA)
       Advantage Rehabilitation Clinics of Maine, Inc. (ME)
 AHC Development Corp. (MA)
 Baygan Development Corp. (FL)
 Cynthia and James London, Inc. (ME)
 LH Real Estate Company, Inc. (MA) (99.5%)
 New England Home Health Care, Inc. (MA) (96.8%)
       Special Care Certified of Cape and Islands, Inc. (MA)
       Special Care Certified of Massachusetts, Inc. (MA)
       Special Care Home Health Services of Connecticut, Inc. (CT)
       Special Care Home Health Services of Connecticut p.r.n., Inc. (CT)
       Special Care Home Health Services of Maine, Inc. (ME)
       Special Care Nursing Services, Inc. (MA)
       Special Home Care, Inc. (MA)
 New England Rehabilitation Center of Southern New Hampshire, Inc. (NH) (91.75%)
 New England Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (MA)
 New England Rehabilitation Hospital of Portland, Inc. (ME)
 New England Rehabilitation Management Co., Inc. (NH) (CT)(FL)(ME)(NY)
       New England Rehabilitation Services of Central Massachusetts, Inc. (MA)


<PAGE>



                  (33-1/3%)
         Winchester Gables, Inc. (MA) (51%)
Diagnostic Health Corporation (DE) (AL)(DC)(GA)(MD)(TN)(TX)(NJ)(VA)
Disability and Impairment Evaluation Centers of America, Inc. (DE) (TX)(LA)(OK)
         DIECA, Inc. (DE) (LA)
HEALTHSOUTH Aviation, Inc. (AL)
HEALTHSOUTH Community Re-Entry Center of Dallas, Inc. (DE) (TX)
HEALTHSOUTH Doctors' Hospital, Inc. (DE) (FL)
         Hospital Health Systems, Inc. (FL)
         Doctors' Health Service Corporation (FL)
                  Doctors' Scanning Associates, Inc. (FL)
                  Doctors' Home Health, Inc. (FL)
                  Doctors' Medical Equipment Corp. (FL)
HEALTHSOUTH Holdings, Inc. (DE) (AL)(AR)(CT)(DC)(GA)(IL)(IA)(LA)(MD)(MA)(MS)(MO)
  (NV)(NJ)(NC)(NY)(OH)(OK)(PA)(RI)(SC)(TN)(VA)(WA)(WI)
         Associated Therapy Centers, Inc. (OH)
         Delaware Sportscare/Physical Therapy, Inc. (DE)
         Madison Rehabilitation Center, Inc. (CT)
         Physical Therapy Professionals, Inc. (OK)
         Professional Therapy & Rehabilitation, Inc. (OK)
HEALTHSOUTH International, Inc. (DE)
HEALTHSOUTH Medical Center, Inc. (AL)
HEALTHSOUTH Occupational Health & Injury
 Management of Colorado,  Inc.  (DE) (CO)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Altoona,  Inc. (DE)(MD)(PA)(WV)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Austin,  Inc. (DE) (TX)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Birmingham, Inc.  (DE)  (AL)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Charleston,  Inc.  (DE) (SC)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Columbia,  Inc. (DE) (MO)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Dallas,  Inc. (DE) (TX) 
HEALTHSOUTH of Dothan,  Inc. (AL) 
HEALTHSOUTH of East Tennessee,  Inc. (DE) (TN) 
HEALTHSOUTH of Erie, Inc. (DE) (PA) 
HEALTHSOUTH of Fort Smith,  Inc. (DE) (AR)(OK)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Great Lakes,  Inc.  (DE)  (PA)(OH)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Houston,  Inc.  (DE) (TX)
HEALTHSOUTH of Louisiana, Inc. (DE) (LA) 
HEALTHSOUTH of Mechanicsburg, Inc. (DE) (PA) 
HEALTHSOUTH of Michigan,  Inc. (DE) (MI)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Middle  Tennessee, Inc. (DE) (TN)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Midland,  Inc. (DE) (TX) 
HEALTHSOUTH of Missouri, Inc.  (DE)  (MO)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Montgomery,  Inc.  (AL)  
HEALTHSOUTH of New Hampshire,  Inc. (DE) (NH)  
HEALTHSOUTH of New Mexico,  Inc. (NM) 
HEALTHSOUTH of Nittany  Valley,  Inc.  (DE)  (PA)  
HEALTHSOUTH of Oklahoma,  Inc.  (DE)  (OK)
HEALTHSOUTH of Ontario, Inc. (DE) (Canada)

                                      - 2 -

<PAGE>


HEALTHSOUTH of Pittsburgh, Inc. (DE) (PA)
HEALTHSOUTH of Salem, Inc. (DE) (NH)
HEALTHSOUTH of San Antonio, Inc. (DE) (TX)
HEALTHSOUTH of South Carolina, Inc. (DE) (SC)
HEALTHSOUTH of Texarkana, Inc. (DE) (TX)(LA)
HEALTHSOUTH of Texas, Inc. (TX)
HEALTHSOUTH of Toms River, Inc. (DE) (NJ)
HEALTHSOUTH of Treasure Coast, Inc. (DE) (FL)
HEALTHSOUTH of Utah, Inc. (DE) (UT)
HEALTHSOUTH of Virginia, Inc. (DE) (VA)
HEALTHSOUTH of York, Inc. (DE) (PA)
HEALTHSOUTH Orthopedic Services, Inc. (DE) (AL)(CA)(CO)(FL)(IL)(IN)(MD)(MO)(NJ)
  (NC)(OH)(PA)(SC)(TX)(WA)(WI)
      Dublin Physical Therapy, Inc. (OH)
      Northwestern Memorial/Caremark, Inc. (IL) (50%)
HEALTHSOUTH Properties Corporation (DE) (AL)(AZ)(FL)(NM)(TX)
HEALTHSOUTH Real Property Holding Corporation (DE) (AL)(AZ)(FL)(TX)
HEALTHSOUTH Rehabilitation Center, Inc. (SC)
HEALTHSOUTH Speciality Hospital, Inc. (TX)
HEALTHSOUTH Sub-Acute Center of Houston, Inc. (DE) (TX)
HEALTHSOUTH Sub-Acute Center of Mechanicsburg, Inc. (DE) (PA)
HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Centers-West, Inc. (DE) (AL)(AZ)(CA)(UT)
      (formerly Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc.)
      Sutter Tucson Surgery Center, a division of Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc.
      (listed as a d/b/a in Arizona for Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc.)
      Salt Lake City Surgical Center, a division of Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc.
      (listed as a d/b/a in Utah for Sutter Surgery Centers, Inc.)
HEALTHSOUTH Surgical Center of Tuscaloosa, Inc. (AL)
The Hitchcock Groups, Inc. (IN)
HEALTHSOUTH IMC Healthcare Centers (CA)
      (formerly Kearny Mesa Industrial Medical Center)
Physician Practice Management Corporation (DE) (AL)(FL)(VA)
Professional Therapy Systems, Inc. (TN)
Rehab Systems Company (DE) (AZ)(CA)(IN)(MD)(NJ)(NV)(PA)(TX)(VA)(WV)
      American Health Enterprises, Ltd. (PA) (WV)
      Arizona Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (DE) (AZ)
      CRH, Inc. (MD)
      East Capital Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (MD)
      Medical Rehabilitation Corporation of Maryland (MD)
      Bakersfield Regional Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (DE) (CA)
      NovaCare Meridian Point Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (AZ)
      NovaCare Rehabilitation Hospital of North Texas, Inc. (DE) (TX)
      NovaCare SMC, Inc. (MD)
      NovaCare Tri-State Regional Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (IN)
      Rehab Systems Financial Corporation (DE)
      RehabWorld of West Virginia, Inc. (WV)
      Rehabilitation Corporation of Virginia (VA)
      Rehabilitation Hospital Corporation of America (DE) (PA)

                                      - 3 -

<PAGE>



      Tucson Regional Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (DE) (AZ)
      West Virginia Rehabilitation Hospital, Inc. (WV)
      West Virginia Rehabilitation Services, Inc. (PA (WV)
ReLife, Inc. (DE) (GA)(AL)(TN)
      Rebound, Inc. (DE) (OH)(TN)(TX)(MO)(FL)(SC)(AL)
      Health Providers, Inc. (FL) (Multi-state)
      Lakeshore System Services, Inc. (AL) (GA)(FL)(MO)(NC)(OH)(SC)(TN)(TX)(WV)
      Lakeshore System Services of Florida, Inc. (FL)
      ReLife of Tennessee, Inc. (TN)
      ReLife Acquisition Corporation (AL) (WV)
               Renaissance Rehabilitation Center of Chattanooga, Inc. (GA) (TN)
               Renaissance Rehabilitation Center, Inc. (GA) (LA)
               American Health Resources, Inc. (OH)
                        West Virginia Rehabilitation Resources, Inc. (WV)
Sports Therapy and Advanced Rehabilitation Training, Inc. (TX)
Surgical Care Affiliates, Inc. (DE) (TN)(PA)
      Alaska Surgery Center, Inc. (AK)
      All-Care Surgi Center, Inc. (MD)
      Aurora-SC, Inc. (CO)
      Bakersfield-SC, Inc. (TN) (CA)
      Camp Hill-SCA Centers, Inc. (PA)
      The Center for Day Surgery, Inc. (AR)
      Charlotte-SC, Inc. (NC)
      Chattanooga-SC, Inc. (TN)
      Coral Springs-SC, Inc. (TN) (FL)
      El Paso-SC, Inc. (TX)
      Fort Worth-SC, Inc. (TX)
      Glenwood, SC, Inc. (TN) (CA)
      Golden-SCA, Inc. (CO)
      Greenpark Surgery Center, Inc. (TX)
      HEALTHSOUTH-Montgomery, Inc. (TN) (OH)
      HEALTHSOUTH Surgery Center of Westerville, Inc. (DE)
      Knoxville-SCA Surgery Center, Inc. (TN)
      Lancaster Medical Centre, Inc. (PA)
      Lancaster Surgical Center, Inc. (PA)
      Lexington-SC, Inc. (KY)
      Lexington-SC Properties, Inc. (KY)
      Little Rock-SC, Inc. (AR)
      Louisville-SC Properties, Inc. (KY)
      Maryland-SCA Centers, Inc. (MD)
      Nashville-SCA Surgery Centers, Inc. (TN)
      Oshkosh-SCA Surgery Center, Inc. (WI)
      Pueblo-SCA Surgery Center, Inc. (CO)
      Redlands-SCA Surgery Centers, Inc. (CA)
      San Antonio Surgery Center, Inc. (TX)
      San Luis Obispo-SC, Inc. (TN) (CA)
      SCA-Albuquerque, Inc. (NM)
      SCA-Albuquerque Surgery Properties, Inc. (NM)

                                      - 4 -

<PAGE>

         SCA Cabell Development Corporation (WV)
         SCA Cabell, Inc. (WV)
         SCA-Citrus, Inc. (TN) (FL)
         SCA-Colorado Springs, Inc. (CO)
         SCA-Conroe, Inc. (TN) (TX)
         SCA-Dalton, Inc. (TN) (GA)
         SCA-Development, Inc. (TN)
         SCA-Dothan, Inc. (TN) (AL)
         SCA-Dover, Inc. (DE)
         SCA-Eugene, Inc. (TN) (OR)
         SCA-Evansville, Inc. (IN)
         SCA-Florence, Inc. (TN) (AL)
         SCA-Fort Collins, Inc. (CO)
         SCA-Fort Walton, Inc. (TN) (FL)
         SCA-Ft. Myers, Inc. (FL)
         SCA-Gadsden, Inc. (AL)
                  Gadsden Surgery Center, Inc. (AL)
         SCA-Gainesville, Inc. (TN) (GA)
         SCA-Green River, Inc. (TN) (WA)
         SCA-Hamilton Development Corp. (TN)
         SCA-HHI, Inc. (TN)
                  Health Horizons of San Francisco, Inc. (TN) (CA)
                  SCA-Greenville East, Inc. (TN) (SC)
         SCA Investment Company (NV)
         SCA-JV, Inc. (IL) WI)
         SCA-Lake Forest, Inc. (TN) (LA)
         SCA-Little Rock Development Corp. (AR)
         SCA Luis Obispo-SC, Inc. (CA)
         SCA-Management Company (TN) (WA)
         SCA-Marquette, Inc. (TN) (MI)
         SCA-Mecklenberg Development Corp. (NC)
         SCA-Mobile, Inc. (AL)
         SCA-Mobile Properties, Inc. (AL)
         SCA-Mt. Pleasant, Inc. (TN) (PA)
         SCA-North Indianapolis, Inc. (IN)
         SCA-Ohio Valley, Inc. (TN) (PA)
         SCA-Paoli, Inc. (TN) (PA)
         SCA-Roseland, Inc. (NJ)
         SCA-San Jose, Inc. (CA)
         SCA-Santa Rosa, Inc. (TN) (CA)
         SCA-Sarasota, Inc. (FL)
         SCA-Shelby Development Corp. (TN)
         SCA-South Jersey, Inc. (NJ)
         SCA-St. Joseph Missouri, Inc. (TN) (MO)
         SCA-St. Petersburg, Inc. (FL)
         SCA-Albuquerque, Inc. (NM)
         SCA-Albuquerque Surgery Properties, Inc. (NM)
         SCA-Arlington Surgery, Inc. (TX)

                                      - 5 -

<PAGE>


         SCA-Blue Ridge, Inc. (TN) (NC)
         SCA-Pittsburgh, Inc. (TN) (PA)
         SCA-Shelby Development Corp. (TN)
         SCA-Tampa, Inc. (FL)
         SCA-Wausau, Inc. (TN) (WI)
         SCA-Winter Park, Inc. (TN) (FL)
         SCA-Yuma, Inc. (TN) (AZ)
         Scranton-SC, Inc. (PA)
         Shelby Surgery Properties, Inc. (TN)
         Springfield-SC, Inc. (MA)
         Surgery Center of Louisville, Inc. (KY)
         Surgical Services of Sarasota, Inc. (FL)
         Wauwatosa Outpatient Surgery Center, Inc. (WI)
Surgical Health Corporation (DE) (AL)(ID)
         Healthcare Real Estate Holdings II, Inc. (GA) (MO)
         Heritage Medical Services of Maryland, Inc. (TN) (MD)
         Heritage Medical Services of Texas, Inc. (TX)
         Heritage Surgical Associates of Chula Vista, Inc. (CA)
         HSC of Beaumont, Inc. (TN) (TX)
         HSC of Boca Raton, Inc. (FL)
         HSC of Bradenton, Inc. (TN) (FL)
         HSC of Chesapeake, Inc. (TN)
         HSC of Cincinnati, Inc. (TN) (OH)
         HSC of Clarksville, Inc. (TN)
         HSC of Ft. Pierce, Inc. (GA) (FL)
         HSC of Gulf Coast, Inc. (TN)
         HSC of Houston, Inc. (TN) (TX)
         HSC of Nashville, Inc. (TN)
         HSC of Southwest Houston, Inc. (TN) (TX)
         HSC of Vero Beach, Inc. (TN) (FL)
         HVPG of California, Inc. (CA)
                  La Jolla Health Systems, Inc. (CA)
         Midwest Anesthesia, Inc. (MO)
         Newport Beach Health Systems, Inc. (CA)
         North County Anesthesia, Inc. (GA) (MO)
         North County Outpatient Management, Inc. (GA)
         Outpatient Surgery Center, Inc. (MO)
         SHC Amarillo, Inc. (GA)
         SHC Atlanta, Inc. (GA)
         SHC Austin, Inc. (GA)
         SHC Boca Raton Laser, Inc. (GA) (FL)
         SHC Central Florida, Inc. (GA) (FL)
         SHC Chattanooga, Inc. (GA) (TN)
         SHC Gwinnett, Inc. (GA)
         SHC Hawthorn, Inc. (GA) (IL)
         SHC Management Corporation (GA) (AZ)(FL)(IL)(MO)(OK)(TX)
         SHC Melbourne, Inc. (GA) (FL)
         SHC Midwest City, Inc. (GA) (OK)

                                      - 6 -

<PAGE>
         SHC Naples, Inc. (FL)
         SHC North Dade, Inc. (GA) (FL)
         SHC North Shore, Inc. (GA) (IL)
         SHC Northlake, Inc. (GA)
         SHC Oakwater, Inc. (GA) (FL)
         SHC Oklahoma City, Inc. (GA) (OK)
         SHC Palms Wellington, Inc. (GA) (FL)
         SHC Phoenix, Inc. (GA) (AZ)
         SHC San Diego, Inc. (GA) (CA)
         SHC Tri-County, Inc. (GA)
         SHC West County, Inc. (GA)
         South County Outpatient Management, Inc. (MO)
         Surgical Health of Orlando, Inc. (FL)
         Surgical Health of San Antonio, Inc. (TX)
         Tesson Ferry Anesthesia, Inc. (MO)
         Tesson Ferry Recovery, Inc. (MO)
         West County Anesthesia, Inc. (GA) (MO)
         The Woodlands Surgery Systems, Inc. (DE) (TX)
Tuckahoe Surgery Center, Inc. (VA)



                                      - 7 -

<PAGE>



                  Exhibit (23)--CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS


We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form
S-8 No.  33-13489)  pertaining to the 1984  Incentive  Stock Option Plan, in the
Registration   Statement  (Form  S-8  No.  33-23642)   pertaining  to  the  1988
Non-Qualified  Stock Option Plan, in the  Registration  Statement  (Form S-8 No.
33-34908)  pertaining  to the  1989  Stock  Option  Plan,  in  the  Registration
Statement (Form S-8 No.  33-40798)  pertaining to the 1990 Stock Option Plan, in
the Registration  Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-50440) pertaining to the 1991 Stock
Option Plan, in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-64316) pertaining to
the  1992  Stock  Option  Plan,  in the  Registration  Statement  (Form  S-8 No.
33-64308)  pertaining  to  the  1993  Consultants'  Stock  Option  Plan,  in the
Registration  Statement  (Form S-8 No.  33-55303)  pertaining  to the 1993 Stock
Option Plan, in the Registration  Statement (Form S-8 No. 33-6231) pertaining to
the Surgical Health  Corporation and Heritage Surgical  Corporation Stock Option
Plans and in the Registration  Statement (Form S-8 No.  33-64615)  pertaining to
the Sutter  Surgery  Centers,  Inc.  Stock  Option  Plans,  of our report  dated
February 14, 1996,  with respect to the  consolidated  financial  statements and
schedule of  HEALTHSOUTH  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  included in the Annual
Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 1995.


                                                  ERNST & YOUNG LLP

Birmingham, Alabama
March 27, 1996
<PAGE>



<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
<CIK>                         0000785161
<NAME>                        HEALTHSOUTH Corporation
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000
       
<S>                                       <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                                  12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                         DEC-31-1995
<PERIOD-END>                              DEC-31-1995
<CASH>                                      $ 104,896
<SECURITIES>                                    4,077
<RECEIVABLES>                                 549,790
<ALLOWANCES>                                  212,972
<INVENTORY>                                    33,504
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              563,440
<PP&E>                                      1,303,285
<DEPRECIATION>                                203,073
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              2,460,129
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         235,966
<BONDS>                                     1,253,374
<COMMON>                                            0
                               0
                                       974
<OTHER-SE>                                    926,736
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                2,460,129
<SALES>                                             0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            1,556,687
<CGS>                                               0
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               1,130,068
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              121,195
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               31,637
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             91,693
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               142,622
<INCOME-TAX>                                   48,091
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            78,949
<DISCONTINUED>                                      0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                     0
<CHANGES>                                           0
<NET-INCOME>                                   78,949
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                    0.84
<EPS-DILUTED>                                    0.82
        


</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission